Home

TEK 3066, 3086 Sony Programming

1. 2 361 Average 2 375 Remote Commands cc cece 2 381 Retrieving Response 2 399 Status and Events u ee wee ns 3 1 Obtaining Event and Error 3 1 TCP IP Event BOrt 1 rus 3 1 Status Byte Register SBR leeeesleeeeeeee eee 3 2 MEss ges ect botes gos pese stg osi tege DI Res 3 3 Programming Examples 4 1 Appendix A Character Charts A 1 Appendix B Factory Initialization Settings B 1 Configuration Commands 8555 B 1 Setup Commands sy sans Bet Op a B 2 View Commands 6 06 98 ea an Ber ale nen Bee Kae B 3 Commands an er Raben B 15 Config Mode Command 0 0 0 cece B 16 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Table of Contents List of Figures Figure 1 1 Common message elements 1 2 Figure 1 2 Functional groupings and an alphabetical list of commands eere l9 ey te ale er wee Ss Y RS 1 2 Figure 1 3 Event interrupt driven programs 1 3 Figure 1 4 Example programs of the PERL source codes 1 3 Figure 1 5 Interface c
2. 3 2 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual iii Table of Contents List of Tables Table 2 1 BNF symbols and meanings Table 2 2 Comparison of header off and on responses Table 2 3 Parameter types used in syntax descriptions Table 2 4 Constructed mnemonics Table 2 5 Functional groups in the command set Table 2 6 Configuration commands Table 2 7 Standard Setup commands Table 2 8 CDMA Setup commands Table 2 9 Waveform View commands Table 2 10 Table 2 11 Table 2 12 Table 2 13 Table 2 14 Table 2 15 Table 2 16 Table 2 17 Table 2 18 Table 2 19 Table 2 20 Table 2 21 3066 option 15 and 3086 option 16 only Table 2 22 3066 option 15 and 3086 option 16 only Table 2 23 3066 option 15 and 3086 option 16 only Table 2 24 3086 option 16 only Table 2 25 Table 2 26 Table 2 27 Table 2 28 Table 2 29 Table 2 30 Table 2 31 Table 2 32 Analog View commands FSK View commands Spectrogram View commands Waterfall View commands Polar View commands Eye Diagram View commands Symbol Table View commands EVM View commands CDMA Waveform View commands CDMA Polar View commands CDMA Time View commands CodeSpectrogram View command
3. Setup 2 83 Standard Setup 2 66 Setup ReferenceOsc Setup 2 83 Standard Setup 2 67 Setup Save Standard Setup 2 67 Setup Span CDMA Setup 2 64 Standard Setup 2 68 Setup Trigger CDMA Setup 2 85 Standard Setup 2 68 Setup TriggerCount CDMA Setup 2 86 Standard Setup 2 70 Setup TriggerDelayed CDMA Setup 2 86 Standard Setup 2 70 Setup TriggerDomain CDMA Setup 2 87 Standard Setup 2 71 Setup TriggerInterval 9 CDMA Setup 2 87 Standard Setup 2 71 Setup TriggerPosition Setup 2 68 Standard Setup 2 72 Setup TriggerSlope Setup 2 88 Standard Setup 2 72 Setup TriggerSource CDMA Setup 2 89 Standard Setup 2 73 Setup TriggerTimeout CDMA Setup 2 89 Standard Setup 2 73 Setup TriggerTimes 9 CDMA Setup 2 90 Standard Setup 2 74 Setup Version CDMA Setup 2 90 Standard Setup 2 74 Setup Zoom Execute 2 75 Setup Zoom Frequency 2 75 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Index 7 Index Setup Zoom Mag 2 76 SI prefix and unit 2 5 special characters 2 3 Spectrogram View commands View lt x gt Compression 2 142 View lt x gt Format 2 142 View x Marker DeltaMarker 2 743 View x Marker DeltaT 2 43 View x Marker DeltaX 2 44 View x Marker DeltaY 2 44 View lt x gt Mar
4. N FSK View Commands When you select FSK in the Config View lt x gt command use the commands in this section to set the details for the FSK view 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 131 FSK View Commands View x CopyTo No Query Form Syntax Arguments Examples Stores the display data to a file or data register This command is effective only for the data acquired in the Vector mode View lt x gt CopyTo Clipboard DI D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 lt file_name gt Clipboard stores the display data to the Windows clipboard in the ASCII text format You can use the data in your application D1 to D8 selects the data register 1 to 8 respectively file name string is TXT ASCII text file The extension is set to TXT automatically Viewl CopyTo Clipboard stores the display data to the clipboard View lt x gt Marker DeltaMarker Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands 2 132 Turns the delta marker on or off View lt x gt Marker DeltaMarker On Off View lt x gt Marker DeltaMarker On turns the delta marker on Off turns the delta marker off Viewl Marker DeltaMarker On turns the delta marker on View lt x gt Marker DeltaX View lt x gt Marker DeltaY View lt x gt Marker ResetDelta 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual FSK View Commands View lt
5. Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands 2 264 Sets or queries the value represented by the minimum bottom edge of the vertical axis View lt x gt Scale YStart value View lt x gt Scale YStart lt value gt lt NR3 gt ranges from the reference level 200 dB to the reference level 100 dB Viewl Scale YStart 120 sets the value represented by the bottom edge of the vertical axis to 120 dB View lt x gt Scale YScale 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual CDMA Time View Commands View x Source Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Selects or queries the display data source for the specified view View lt x gt Source None Active Zoom file name View lt x gt Source None specifies no source The display area in the view will be emptied Active specifies the currently acquired data as the source Zoom specifies the zoomed data as the source file name string specifies the file as the source The file name must be IQ the IQ format Viewl Source Active specifies the currently acquired data as the source Config Mode View lt x gt Trace2 TraceVisible Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Determines whether or not to display the Trace 2 averaged waveform View lt x gt Trace2 TraceVisible On Off View lt x gt Trace2 TraceVisible On displays the Tra
6. View lt x gt Source Arguments None specifies no source The display area in the view will be emptied Active specifies the currently acquired data as the source Average specifies the averaged data as the source When you select this item you have to set the average type and the number of averages using the View lt x gt Average Type and the View lt x gt Average Times commands respectively Zoom specifies the zoomed data as the source D1D2 to D7D8 specify the register pair DID2 to D7D8 as the source respectively D1 to D8 specify the data register D1 to D8 as the source respectively file name string specifies the file as the source The file name must be IQ the IQ format or AP the AP format Examples Viewl Source Active specifies the currently acquired data as the view source Related Commands Config Mode View lt x gt Average Times View lt x gt Average Type 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 227 CDMA Waveform View Commands View x Version Query Only Queries the version of the CDMA Waveform View program Syntax _ View lt x gt Version Returns lt NR2 gt Examples Viewl Version might return 1 1 View x Z Specifies or queries the displayed frame number Syntax lt gt 7 value View lt x gt Z Arguments lt value gt lt NR1 gt ranges from 0 to the number of frames 1 Examples Viewl
7. 2 241 View lt x gt Standard CDPD 2 242 View lt x gt Standard GSM 2 242 View x Standard 1895 2 242 View x Standard NADC 2 243 View x Standard PDC 2 243 View x Standard PHS 2 243 View lt x gt Standard TETRA 2 244 View lt x gt SymbolRate 2 244 View lt x gt Version 2 244 View lt x gt Z 2 245 CDMA Setup commands Setup BlockSize 2 78 Setup CDMA Channel 2 79 Setup CDMA Span30M 2 79 Setup CDMA Span50M 2 80 Setup CDMA Span5MAuto 2 80 Setup CDMA Span5MNormal 2 67 Setup CDMA Standard 2 81 Setup CDMA TriggerLevel 2 82 Setup MarkerToFreq 2 82 Setup MaxSpan 2 82 Setup ReferenceLevel 2 83 Setup ReferenceOsc 2 85 Setup Span 2 84 Setup Trigger 2 85 Setup TriggerCount 2 86 Setup TriggerDelayed 2 86 Setup TriggerDomain 2 87 Setup TriggerInterval 2 87 Setup TriggerPosition 2 88 Setup TriggerSlope 2 88 Setup TriggerSource 2 89 Setup TriggerTimeout 9 2 89 Setup TriggerTimes 2 90 Setup Version 2 90 CDMA Time View commands View lt x gt Average Times 2 248 Index 2 View lt x gt Block 2 248 View x BreakMeasure 2 248 View x BreakMeasureData 2 249 View x Executing 2 249 View lt x gt Marker DeltaMarker 2 250 View lt x gt Marker DeltaX 2 250 View lt x gt Marker DeltaY 2 251 View lt x gt Marker Peak 2 257 View lt x gt Marker
8. CDMA Waveform View 2 219 Waveform View 2 106 View x Measurement ACP BW Waveform View 2 107 View x Measurement ACP Marker Waveform View 2 107 View lt x gt Measurement ACP SP Waveform View 2 108 View x Measurement OBW CDMA Waveform View 2 219 Waveform View 2 108 View x Measurement Separation Waveform View 2 220 View lt x gt Measurement SortedBy Waveform View 2 220 View x Measurement SpuriousSearch N Waveform View 2 221 View x Measurement Threshold Waveform View 2 221 View x Modulation CDMA Polar View 2 239 CodePolar View 2 282 CodeWPolar View 2 314 Polar View 2 181 View x Monochrome CodeSpectrogram View 2 271 CodeWSpectrogram View 2 303 Spectrogram View 2 148 View lt x gt NumberColors CodeSpectrogram View 2 272 CodeWSpectrogram View 2 304 Spectrogram View 2 149 View x OutputFormat CCDF 2 338 View x Position CCDF 2 339 CDMA Polar View 2 239 CDMA Time View 2 260 CDMA Waveform View 2 222 Polar View 2 181 Waveform View 2 109 View x Radix Symbol Table View 2 194 View lt x gt RBW CDMA Waveform View 2 222 View lt x gt RefDestination CDMA Polar View 2 240 Index 12 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Index Polar View 2 182 View
9. G GPIB configurations 6 connection rules 6 interface 1 4 port 1 5 setting parameters 8 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Index 5 Index H headers in query responses 2 3 initialization settings 1 interface connections 4 Ethernet 4 GPIB 1 4 messages 3 3 error 3 4 event 3 3 obtaining 3 mnemonics constructed 2 6 P parameter types 2 3 Parameter types used in syntax descriptions 2 3 Polar View commands View lt x gt AlphaBT 2 172 View lt x gt AutoCarrier 2 172 View x Burst BlockSize 2 173 View x Burst NumberFrames 2 173 View lt x gt Burst Offset 2 174 View lt x gt Burst Search 2 775 View x Burst Threshold 22 75 View lt x gt Carrier 2 176 View x Display 2 176 View lt x gt Format 2 777 View x Marker A 2 777 View x Marker DeltaT 2 776 View lt x gt Marker P 2 778 View x Marker T 2 178 View x Marker 2 779 View x Marker Y 2 779 View x MeasDestination 2 780 View lt x gt MeasFilter 2 780 View x Modulation 2 18 View x Position 2 181 View lt x gt RefDestination 2 182 View lt x gt RefFilter 2 782 View lt x gt Result lt y gt 2 183 View lt x gt Source 2 163 View x Standard CDPD 2 764 View lt x gt Standard GSM 2 184 View
10. View lt x gt SymbolRate lt value gt 1024k 512k 256k 128k 64k 32k 16k Composite selects the symbol rate Composite corresponds to multi rate Viewl SymbolRate 1024k sets the symbol rate to 1024K View x Version Query Only Syntax Returns Examples Queries the version of the CodeWPower View program View lt x gt Version lt NR2 gt Viewl Version might return 1 1 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 329 CodeWPower View Commands 3086 Option 16 Only Viewex XAxis Specifies or queries the horizontal axis Syntax View lt x gt XAxis ShortCode Symbol Viewex XAxi s Arguments ShortCode defines the horizontal axis as short code Symbol defines the horizontal axis as symbol Examples Viewl XAxis ShortCode defines the horizontal axis as short code Related Commands View lt x gt ShortCode View lt x gt Z Specifies or queries the displayed time slot number Syntax Viewoo Z value View lt x gt Z Arguments lt value gt lt NR1 gt ranges from 0 to the number of slots 1 Examples Viewl Z 199 specifies that the slot 199 displays 2 330 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual NMIEILILO S CCDF Commands Option 20 Only When you select CCDF in the Config View lt x gt command use the commands in this
11. 2 307 View lt x gt SymbolRate 2 308 View lt x gt Version 2 308 View lt x gt ZGap 2 308 command chaining 2 4 creating 2 2 groups 2 7 parts 7 2 port 6 syntax 2 1 communication ports 5 setting parameters 7 Config Block 2 38 Config Continue 2 38 Config Label 2 39 Config Message 2 39 Config Mode 2 40 Config Mode Load 2 41 Config Mode Save 2 41 Config Next 2 42 Config Pause 2 42 Config PrintScreen 2 43 Config PrintScreen Printer 2 43 Config PrintScreen Printer Items 2 44 Config PrintScreen Save 2 44 Config Roll 2 45 Config Setup N 2 45 Config Setup Items 2 46 Config Setup Show 2 46 Config Start 2 47 Config StartAgain 2 47 Config Status Overload 2 48 Config Status Pause 2 48 Config Status Triggered 2 49 Config Status Uncal 2 49 Config Stop 2 50 Config System 2 50 Config Util Items 2 57 Config Util x 2 51 Config Util x Show 2 52 Config Version 2 52 Config View BackgroundColor 2 53 Config View Items 2 53 Config View MarkerLink 2 54 Config View Style 2 54 Config View x 2 54 Config View x Show 2 56 Configuration commands Config Block 2 38 Config Continue 2 36 Config Label 2 39 Config Message 2 39 Config Mode 2 40 Config Mode Load 2 41 Config Mode Save 2 41 Config Next 2 42 Config Pa
12. AP the AP format If you omit destination the value specified in the Uti12 Data SaveHeader command is used Examples Util2 Data SaveFlatness Active SAMPLE1 IQ adds the calibration data for currently acquired data to the file SAMPLEI IQ Related Commands Util2 Buffer SaveHeader Util2 Data SaveHeader 2 370 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Save Load Commands Util2 Data SaveFrame No Query Form Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Adds frame data for the specified source to the file Util2 Data SaveFrame source beginZ endZ lt destination gt lt source gt Active Zoom D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 08 file name gt specifies the data source If you omit the source the value specified in the Util2 Buffer SaveHeader command is used Active specifies the currently acquired data as the source Zoom specifies the zoomed data as the source D1 to D8 specify the data register D1 to D8 respectively file name string specifies the data file as the source The file name must be IQ the IQ format or AP the AP format beginZ lt 1 gt specifies the first frame It ranges 0 to the number of frames 1 lt endZ gt lt NR1 gt specifies the last frame It ranges 0 to the number of frames 1 destination lt string gt specifies the file to save the data The file name
13. If a decimal numeric argument refers to amplitude frequency or time you can express it using SI units instead of the scaled explicit point input value format lt NR3 gt SI units conform to the Systeme International d Unites standard For example you can use the input format 200 m or 1 0 M instead of 200 0E 3 or 1 0E 6 respectively to specify the argument NOTE You must omit the unit such as Hz and dB For example 5 MHz of frequency is represented by 5M in a command The SI prefixes which must be included are shown below Note that either lower or upper case prefixes can be used SI prefix nN uU mm m M Curespandnapanen fro oe o gt w w Note that the prefix m M indicates 10 3 when the decimal numeric argument denotes amplitude or time but 10 when it denotes frequency General Rules Here are three general rules for using the analyzer commands queries and parameters 66 99 m You must use double quotation marks for quoted strings correct This string uses quotation marks correctly incorrect This string also uses quotation marks correctly incorrect This string does not use quotation marks correctly m You can use upper case lower case or a mixture of both cases for all commands queries and parameters VIEW1 MASK RBWIM FREQUENCY 25M is the same as viewl mask rbwilm frequency 25m and viewl mask rbwim FREQUENCY 25M m No embedded spaces are allo
14. Write peak hold data of 30 frames to a file every 3 seconds See the figure below Load the TCP IP library use lib c Program Files SONY TektronixM3066NPer1 use TCPIP Refer to TCP IP setup program on page 4 4 End process routine sub signal handler shutdown SS 2 Input data Peak hold File print S Config Pause Off n 30frames shutdown S 2 t die 3s J 30 f SIG INT signal handler SIG BREAK signal handler 30 frames Main j tcp_client S 3000 tcp_client SS 3001 print S NewLine LF n print S Config Pause On n print S Config Viewl Waveform n print S Viewl Source Active n print S Setup Span n chomp tmp lt S gt if tmp gt 50e6 print S Setup Span 50e6 n print S Setup BlockSize 30 n 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Programming Examples print S Setup Trigger Interval n print S Setup TriggerCount On Wn print S Setup TriggerTimes 10 n print S Setup TriggerInterval 3 n print Press BLOCK button Mn file IntBlock ap c 0 The number of acquisitions while SS print chomp if Active if Block print S Util3 PeakHold Active 29 0 D1 n If you clear the UnitPeriod value in the header it is automatically set to 100 ms by the Util2 Data SaveHeader command print S Register Header D1 Uni
15. lt string gt is the utility program name None disables the UTILITY side key Config Util5 SAMPLE assigns the utility program SAMPLE to the UTILITY 5 UTILITY E key Config Utill None disables the UTILITY 1 UTILITY A key 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 51 Congifuration Commands Config Util lt x gt Show No Query Form Displays the utility menu for the specified UTILITY side key Syntax Config Util x Show Arguments None Examples Config Utill Show displays the utility menu of the UTILITY 1 side key Related Commands Config Util x Config Version Query Only Queries the version of the Configuration program Syntax Config Version Returns lt NR2 gt Examples Config Version might return 1 1 2 52 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Congifuration Commands Config View BackgroundColor Selects or queries the background color of the waveform display area Syntax Config View BackgroundColor Black White Config View BackgroundColor Arguments Black selects black for the background color White selects white for the background color Examples Config View BackgroundColor Black selects black for the background color Config View ltems Query Only Returns the list of available programs for the View 1 to 8 A to Select the program with the Config View lt x gt command Syntax
16. 1 gt ranges 0 to the number of time slots 1 Viewl Analysis TimeSlot 1 sets the time slot number to 1 View x Analyze No Query Form Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands 2 310 Performs analysis on the background for all time slots acquired View lt x gt Analyze None Viewl Analyze performs analysis for all slots View lt x gt BreakAnalyze 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual CodeWPolar View Commands 3086 Option 16 Only View lt x gt AutoCarrier Determines whether to search the carrier automatically for each time slot Syntax View lt x gt AutoCarrier On Off View lt x gt AutoCarrier Arguments On searches the carrier automatically for each slot and displays the frequency error in reference to the center frequency on screen at Freq Error Off sets the carrier frequency to the value specified with the View lt x gt Carrier command Examples Viewl AutoCarrier On searches the carrier automatically and displays the frequency error Related Commands View lt x gt Carrier View x BreakAnalyze No Query Form Breaks the analysis executed by the View lt x gt Analyze command Syntax View lt x gt BreakAnalyze Arguments None Examples Viewl BreakAnalyze breaks the analysis Related Commands View lt x gt Analyze 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 311 CodeWPolar View Command
17. 1 moves the marker to the adjacent peak on the left of the marker moves the marker to the adjacent peak on the right of the marker Viewl Marker Peak 1 moves the marker to the adjacent peak on the right of the marker View lt x gt Marker SearchMax View lt x gt Marker SearchMin View lt x gt Marker SearchSeparation 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 251 CDMA Time View Commands View lt x gt Marker ResetDelta No Query Form Moves the delta marker to the main marker position Syntax _ View lt x gt Marker ResetDelta Arguments None Examples Viewl Marker ResetDelta moves the delta marker to the main marker position Related Commands View lt x gt Marker DeltaMarker View lt x gt Marker SearchNax No Query Form Positions the marker on the highest signal on screen Syntax View lt x gt Marker SearchMax Arguments None Examples Viewl Marker SearchMax positions the marker on the highest signal on screen Related Commands View lt x gt Marker SearchMin 2 252 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual CDMA Time View Commands View x Marker SearchMin No Query Form Positions the marker on the lowest signal on screen Syntax Viewcx Marker SearchMin Arguments None Examples Viewl Marker SearchMin positions the marker on the lowest signal on screen Related Commands View lt x gt Marker SearchMax View lt x gt Mar
18. 2 279 View lt x gt BreakAnalyze 2 279 View lt x gt Carrier 2 280 View x Display 2 280 View lt x gt Format 2 281 View x Marker T 2 28 View x MeasFilter 2 282 View x Modulation 2 282 View lt x gt RefFilter 2 283 View lt x gt Source 2 283 View lt x gt Standard IS95EQ 2 284 View lt x gt SymbolRate 2 285 View lt x gt Version 2 285 CodePower View commands View x Average 2 268 View x Average AllFrames 2 268 View lt x gt Average BeginZ 2 289 View lt x gt Average EndZ 2 289 View lt x gt Average Execute 2 290 View lt x gt AverageMarkerToFrame 2 290 View lt x gt Average Times 2 291 View x Average Type 2 291 View lt x gt Marker DeltaMarker 2 292 View x Marker ResetDelta 2 292 View x Marker SearchMax 2 292 View x Marker SearchMin 2 293 View x Marker SearchSeparation 2 293 View lt x gt Marker X 2 294 View x Scale AutoScale 2 294 View lt x gt Scale XScale 2 295 View x Scale XStart 2 295 View x Scale YScale 2 296 View x Scale Y Start 2 296 View lt x gt Version 2 297 View lt x gt Z N 2 297 CodeSpectrogram View commands View lt x gt Marker DeltaMarker 2 268 View x Marker ResetDelta 2 268 View x Marker SearchMax 2 269 View x Marker SearchMin 2 269 View lt x gt Marker SearchSeparation
19. 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Standard Setup Commands Setup TriggerSource Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Selects or queries the trigger source Setup TriggerSource Internal External Setup TriggerSource Internal uses the trigger mask pattern stored in the internal register for trigger generation External uses the signal from the EXT TRIG connector on the front panel as a trigger input In the IQ mode of the 3086 the source is fixed to External Setup TriggerSource Internal uses the trigger mask pattern stored in the internal register as the trigger source Setup Trigger Setup TriggerTimeout Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the timeout value in the Timeout trigger mode Setup TriggerTimeout value Setup TriggerTimeout lt value gt lt NR3 gt specifies the timeout value The range is 0 to 60 s Setup TriggerTimeout 30 sets the timeout to 30 s Setup Trigger 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 73 Standard Setup Commands Setup TriggerTimes Sets or queries the trigger count for the Count trigger mode Syntax Setup TriggerTimes value Setup TriggerTimes Arguments lt value gt lt NR1 gt depends on the FFT points and the memory mode 256 1to 16000 Block size 1024 110 4000 Block size Other than Frequency 1 to
20. CDMA Polar View 2 244 CodePolar View 2 265 CodeWPolar View 2 318 CodeWPower View 2 329 CodeWSpectrogram View 2 308 Polar View 2 186 View lt x gt TimeSlot CodeWPolar View 2 318 View x Trace2 Compression Waveform View 2 114 View lt x gt Trace2 Format Waveform View 2 115 View lt x gt Trace2 Source Waveform View 2 116 View lt x gt Trace2 TraceVisible CDMA Time View 2 265 View lt x gt Trace2 Z Waveform View 2 116 View lt x gt Trace Visible 7 CDMA Time View 2 266 View lt x gt Version Analog View 2 129 CCDF 2 346 CCDFView 2 355 CDMA Polar View 2 244 CDMA Time View 2 266 CDMA Waveform View 2 228 CodePolar View 2 265 CodePower View 2 297 CodeSpectrogram View 2 276 CodeWPolar View 2 318 CodeWPower View 2 329 CodeWSpectrogram View 2 308 EVM View 2 206 Eye Diagram View 2 190 FSK View 2 140 Polar View 2 186 Spectrogram View 2 154 Symbol Table View 2 196 Waterfall View 2 69 Waveform View 2 117 View x X Axis CodeWPower View 2 330 View x Y Height Waterfall View 2 770 View lt x gt Z Analog View 2 130 CCDF 2 346 CDMA Polar View 2 245 Index 14 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Index CDMA Waveform View 2 228 CodePower View 2 297 CodeWPower View 2 330 FSK View 2 140 Polar View 2 786 Waveform View 2 117 Wiew x ZGap CodeSpectrogram View 2 276 CodeWSp
21. CodePolar View 2 278 CodeWPolar View 2 3 0 View lt x gt AutoCarrier CDMA Polar View 2 230 CodePolar View 2 279 CodeWPolar View 2 311 Polar View 2 72 View x Average CodePower View 2 268 CodeWPower View 2 320 View x Average AllFrames CodePower View 2 268 CodeWPower View 2 320 View lt x gt Average BeginZ CodePower View 2 289 CodeWPower View 2 321 View lt x gt Average EndZ CodePower View 2 269 CodeWPower View 2 321 View lt x gt Average Execute CodePower View 2 290 CodeWPower View 2 322 View lt x gt Average MarkerToFrame CodePower View 2 290 CodeWPower View 2 322 View lt x gt Average Reset CCDF 2 332 View x Average Times CDMA Time View 2 248 CDMA Waveform View 2 208 CodePower View 2 291 CodeWPower View 2 323 Waveform View 2 92 View x Average Type CDMA Waveform View 2 208 CodePower View 2 291 CodeWPower View 2 323 Waveform View 2 92 View x BeginZ CCDF 2 333 View lt x gt Block CDMA Time View 2 248 View x BreakAnalyze CodePolar View 2 279 CodeWPolar View 2 311 View x BreakMeasure CDMA Time View 2 246 View x BreakMeasureData CDMA Time View 2 249 View lt x gt Burst BlockSize 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Index 9 Index CDMA Polar View 2 231 Polar View 2 173 View lt x gt Burst NumberFram
22. Examples Related Commands Viewl Marker SearchSeparation 10 sets the minimum horizontal distance for peak separation to 10 relative to full scale Sets or queries the horizontal position of the marker View lt x gt Marker X value View lt x gt Marker X lt value gt lt 3 gt ranges from the minimum left edge to the maximum right edge of the the horizontal axis Viewl Marker X 1 56 positions the marker at 1 5 GHz View lt x gt Marker Y View lt x gt Marker Y Query Only Syntax Returns Examples Related Commands Queries the vertical position of the marker View lt x gt Marker Y lt NR3 gt Viewl Marker Y might return 30 indicating that the marker is positioned at 30 dBm View lt x gt Marker X 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 215 CDMA Waveform View Commands Viewex Mask RBW1M Frequency Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the frequency of the reference line at 1 MHz of resolution bandwidth See Figure 2 6 View lt x gt Mask RBWIM Frequency value View lt x gt Mask RBWIM Frequency lt value gt lt NR3 gt ranges 0 to 25 MHz Viewl Mask RBW1M Frequency 25M sets the frequency of the reference line to 25 MHz at 1 MHz of RBW View lt x gt Mask RBWIM Level View lt x gt Mask RBW1M Level View lt x gt Mask RBW1M Frequency Figure 2 6 Sett
23. The value must be smaller than the one set with the View lt x gt Scale LYStop command Examples Viewl Scale LYStart 1m sets the value represented by the bottom edge of the vertical axis to 1 1000 Related Commands View lt x gt Scale LYStop 2 352 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual CCDFView Commands Option 20 Only View x Scale LYStop Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the value represented by the maximum top edge of the vertical axis CCDF View lt x gt Scale LYStop value View lt x gt Scale LYStop lt value gt lt NR3 gt ranges 1 10 to 100 The value must be greater than the one set with the View lt x gt Scale LYStart command Viewl Scale LYStop 100 sets the value represented by the top edge of the vertical axis to 100 View lt x gt Scale LYStart View lt x gt Scale Origin No Query Form Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Resets the horizontal and vertical scale to the default setting View lt x gt Scale Origin None Viewl Scale Origin resets the horizontal and vertical scale to the default setting View lt x gt Scale LYStart View lt x gt Scale LYStop View lt x gt Scale XScale 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 353 CCDFView Commands Option 20 Only View x Scale XScale Syntax Arguments Examples Re
24. View lt x gt Marker DeltaY View lt x gt Marker Peak Set the horizontal position of the delta marker Query the vertical position of the delta marker Move the marker to the adjacent peak View lt x gt Marker ResetDelta View lt x gt Marker SearchMax View lt x gt Marker SearchMin View lt x gt Marker SearchSeparation View lt x gt Marker X Move the delta marker to the marker position Search the maximum peak and place the marker on it Search the minimum peak and place the marker on it Set the resolution to separate two peaks Set the horizontal position of the marker View lt x gt Marker Y View lt x gt Scale AutoScale View lt x gt Scale HoldYScale Query the vertical position of the marker Scale the vertical axis automatically Determine whether to hold or reset the vertical scale when you change the input source View lt x gt Scale XScale Scale the horizontal axis View lt x gt Scale XStart View lt x gt Scale YScale View lt x gt Scale Y Start Set the start point of the horizontal axis on the screen Scale the vertical axis Set the start point of the vertical axis on the screen 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 17 Command Groups Spectrogram View Table 2 11 FSK View commands Cont Header View lt x gt Source View lt x gt Version lt gt 2 Des
25. View lt x gt Scale YScale value View lt x gt Scale YScale value NR3 ranges 1 to 100 dB Viewl Scale YScale 50 sets the vertical axis full scale to 50 dB View lt x gt Scale XScale View lt x gt Scale YStart View lt x gt Scale YStart Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the value represented by the minimum bottom edge of the vertical axis power View lt x gt Scale YStart value View lt x gt Scale YStart value NR3 ranges from ref level 200 dB to ref level 100 dB horizontal axis full scale Viewl Scale YStart 50 sets the value represented by the bottom edge of the vertical axis to 50 dB View lt x gt Scale YScale View lt x gt ShortCode 2 328 Specifies or queries the short code to display the code domain power when the horizontal axis represents symbol 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual CodeWPower View Commands 3086 Option 16 Only Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands View lt x gt ShortCode value View lt x gt ShortCode lt value gt lt NR1 gt ranges 0 to 1023 of the channel number Viewl ShortCode 255 sets the short code to channel 255 View lt x gt XAxis View lt x gt SymbolRate Syntax Arguments Examples Sets or queries the symbol rate to display the code domain power View lt x gt SymbolRate lt value gt
26. 50k 20k 10k 5k 2k 1k 500 200 100 Zoom 5M 2 1M 500k 200k 100k 50k 20k 10k 5k 2k 1k 500 200 100 Examples Setup Span 5M sets the span to 5 MHz Related Commands Setup CDMA Span30M Setup CDMA Span5MAuto Setup SpanbMNormal Setup MaxSpan 2 04 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual CDMA Setup Commands Setup Trigger Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Selects or queries the trigger mode Setup Trigger Auto Delayed Interval Never Normal Quick QuickInterval Timeout Setup Trigger Auto acquires data regardless of trigger generation as follows If you have turned off the trigger count the data acquisition will repeat until you stop it If you have turned on the trigger count the data will be acquired the number of times specified with the Setup TriggerTimes command after you start the acquisition Delayed causes the data acquisition to stop the specified time after the trigger Interval specifies that a block data is acquired and displayed at the time interval set with the Setup TriggerInterval command Never ignores any trigger settings The data acquisition repeats until you stop it Normal waits for a valid trigger event Quick is the same as the Normal except that data is displayed after all blocks are acquired It shortens the time interval between two block data acquisit
27. Config View Items Returns lt name gt lt program name gt where lt program_name gt lt string gt Examples Config View Items might return None Waveform Spectrogram Waterfall Related Commands Config View lt x gt Config View lt x gt Show 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 53 Congifuration Commands Config View MarkerLink Syntax Arguments Examples Config View Style Syntax Arguments Examples Config View x 2 54 Determines whether the markers in different views move together in unison or separately Config View MarkerLink On Off Config View MarkerLink On ties the markers in different views together Off frees the markers in different views to move separately Config View MarkerLink On specifies that the markers in different views move in unison Specifies or queries the layout of the views on screen Config View Style OneByOne OneByTwo OneByFour TwoByTwo Config View Style OneByOne specifies that one view displays on the screen OneByTwo selects 1 X 2 view display OneByFour selects 1 X 4 view display TwoByTwo selects 2 X 2 view display Config View Style TwoByTwo selects 2 X 2 view display Assigns the View program to the VIEW key 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Congifuration Commands Syntax Config View lt x gt None Wave
28. D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 08 file name Clipboard copies the display data to the Windows clipboard in the ASCII text format You can use the data in your application D1 to D8 are the data register 1 to 8 respectively file name string is TXT ASCII text file The extension is set to TXT automatically Viewl CopyTo Clipboard stores the display data to the clipboard View lt x gt CopyFrom Determines whether to display the trigger mask on the analyzer screen Displaying the mask enables you to edit it View lt x gt Edit On Off View lt x gt Edit On displays the trigger mask and enables you to edit it Off does not display the trigger mask and disables you to edit it Viewl Edit On displays the trigger mask and enables you to edit it 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Waveform View Commands View lt x gt Edit DrawHorizontal No Query Form Fills the trigger mask area below the horizontal line on which the marker exists Syntax View lt x gt Edit DrawHorizontal Arguments None Examples Viewl Edit DrawHorizontal fills the trigger mask area below the horizontal line on which the marker exists Related Commands View lt x gt Edit Y View lt x gt Edit DrawLine No Query Form Fills the trigger mask area below the line connecting the main marker and the delta marker Syntax View lt x gt Edit DrawLine Arguments None Examp
29. On Off View lt x gt SymbolConstel lation On displays the symbol constellation Off does not display the symbol constellation Viewl SymbolConstellation On displays the symbol constellation View lt x gt ShortCode View lt x gt TimeSlot 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 317 CodeWPolar View Commands 3086 Option 16 Only View lt x gt SymbolRate Syntax Arguments Examples View lt x gt TimesSlot Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the symbol rate View lt x gt SymbolRate lt value gt View lt x gt SymbolRate lt value gt 4 8M 16M selects the symbol rate Viewl SymbolRate 4M sets the symbol rate to 4 M s Specifies or queries the time slot number to display the symbol constellation View lt x gt TimeSlot value View lt x gt TimeS1lot lt value gt lt NR1 gt ranges from 0 to the number of time slots 1 Viewl TimeSlot 1 sets the slot number to 1 View lt x gt SymbolConstellation View lt x gt Version Query Only Syntax Returns Examples 2 318 Queries the version of the CodeWPolar View program View lt x gt Version lt NR2 gt Viewl Version might return 1 1 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual et ee CodeWPower View Commands 3086 Option16 Only When you select CodeW
30. Returns lt NR2 gt Examples Viewl Version might return 1 1 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 285 CodePolar View Commands 3066 Option 15 and 3086 Option 16 Only 2 286 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual CodePower View Commands 3066 Option 15 and 3086 Option 16 Only When you select CodePower in the Config View lt x gt command use the commands in this section to set the details for the code domain power view This view incorporates analysis functions for the cdmaOne standard 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 287 CodePower View Commands 3066 Option 15 and 3086 Option 16 Only View x Average Determines whether or not to display the results of averaging on the analyzer screen Syntax View lt x gt Average On Off View lt x gt Average Arguments On displays the results of averaging The averaged power is displayed for each channel with a bar graph Off hides the results of averaging Examples Viewl Average On displays the results of averaging Related Commands _ View lt x gt Average Execute View x Average AllFrames No Query Form Specifies that all of the acquired symbol data are used for averaging Syntax View lt x gt AllFrames Arguments None Examples Viewl AllFrames specifies that all of acquired symbol data are used for averaging Related Commands _ View
31. Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands 2 182 Selects or queries the register pair to store the reference data View lt x gt RefDestination None D1D2 D3D4 0506 0708 View lt x gt RefDestination None specifies no destination D1D2 to D7D8 specify the register pair to store the reference data Viewl RefDestination 0102 selects the D1 and D2 register pair to store the reference data View lt x gt MeasDestination Selects or queries the filter to create the reference data View lt x gt RefFilter None RaisedCosine Gaussian View lt x gt RefFilter None selects no filter RaisedCosine selects the raised cosine filter Gaussian selects the Gaussian filter Viewl RefFilter RaisedCosine selects the raised cosine filter to create the reference data View lt x gt MeasFilter 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Polar View Commands View lt x gt Result lt y gt Query Only Syntax Returns Examples View x Source Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Queries the measurement result View lt x gt Result lt y gt lt NR3 gt Resultl returns the carrier frequency error in reference to the center frequency Result2 returns the origin offset Result3 returns the full scale in volts Viewl Result1 might return 15 23 indicating that the carrier frequency error is 15 23 Hz Selects or queries the disp
32. Syntax Uti18 Z value Uti18 Z Arguments lt value gt lt NR1 gt ranges from 0 to the number of frames 1 Examples Uti18 Z 199 sets the frame number to 199 Related Commands Uti18 Z item 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 397 Remote Commands Util8 Z lt item gt Query Only Syntax Returns Examples Related Commands 2 398 Queries the time stamp or the status of the frame specified with the Uti18 Z command Util8 Z lt item gt The following table lists the item the returned values and their meanings lt item gt Returned value Meaning TimeStamp lt NRf gt Time stamp for the frame Status NORMAL The frame is normal INVALID The frame has no data MISSFRAME The frame was not acquired within the specified period OVERLOAD The analyzer s A D converter overloads TRIGGERED The analyzer has been triggered LASTFRAME The frame is the last one The time stamp is zero when the last frame is acquired Util8 Z TimeStamp might return 1 6e 4 indicating that the frame was acquired 160 us before the last frame Uti 18 Z Status might return OVERLOAD TRIGGERED 01118 7 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Retrieving Response Message When a query command is sent from the external controller the analyzer puts the response message on the output buffe
33. Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands 2 200 Positions the marker on the highest signal on screen View lt x gt Marker SearchMax None Viewl Marker SearchMax positions the marker on the highest signal on screen View lt x gt Marker SearchMin 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual EVM View Commands View x Marker SearchMin No Query Form Positions the marker on the lowest signal on screen Syntax Viewcx Marker SearchMin Arguments None Examples Viewl Marker SearchMin positions the marker on the lowest signal on screen Related Commands View lt x gt Marker SearchMax View lt x gt Marker X Sets or queries the horizontal position of the marker Syntax View lt x gt Marker X value View lt x gt Marker X Arguments lt value gt lt NR3 gt ranges from the minimum left edge to the maximum right edge of the the horizontal axis Examples Viewl Marker X 5 positions the marker at 5 us Related Commands Viewex Marker Y 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 201 EVM View Commands Viewex Marker Y Query Only Queries the vertical position of the marker Syntax Viewcx Marker Y Returns NR3 in percent 96 Examples Viewl Marker Y might return 1 543 indicating that the marker is positioned at 1 543 Related Commands View lt x gt Marker X View lt x gt
34. View lt x gt Destination Selects or queries the destination to output the CCDF calculation results Syntax View lt x gt Destination D1 D2 D3 04 D5 D6 D7 D8 View lt x gt Destination Arguments D1 to D8 selects one of the data registers to output the CCDF calculation results Examples Viewl Destination D1 selects the D1 data register 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 333 CCDF Commands Option 20 Only View lt x gt EndZ Specifies or queries the lowermost frame in the CCDF calculation range Syntax View lt x gt EndZ value View lt x gt EndZ Arguments lt value gt lt NR1 gt ranges from 0 to the number of frames 1 Examples Viewl EndZ 100 sets the lowermost frame number to 100 Related Commands _ View lt x gt BeginZ View lt x gt Execute No Query Form Performs the CCDF calculation Syntax View lt x gt Execute Arguments None Examples Viewl Execute performs the CCDF calculation Related Commands View lt x gt Average Reset 2 334 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual CCDF Commands Option 20 Only View x Marker DeltaMarker Turns the delta marker on or off Syntax View lt x gt Marker DeltaMarker On Off View lt x gt Marker DeltaMarker Arguments On turns the delta marker on Off turns the delta marker off Examples Viewl Marker DeltaMarker
35. View lt x gt QutputFormat CCDF specifies that the CCDF calculation results are displayed with time along the horizontal axis and power along the vertical axis Histogram transforms the CCDF calculation results to a histogram Viewl OutputFormat CCDF selects the CCDF format 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual CCDF Commands Option 20 Only View x Position Syntax Arguments Examples Specifies or queries which frame in a block to be displayed View lt x gt Position value View lt x gt Position value lt 2 gt ranges 0 to 100 It specifies the display frame position relative to the block size specifies that the first frame in a block is displayed 100 46 represents the last frame Viewl Position 100 displays the last frame in a block View x Resolution Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the amplitude resolution of a histogram when the output format is set to Histogram with the View lt x gt QutputFormat command View lt x gt Resolution value View lt x gt Resolution lt value gt lt NR3 gt ranges 0 01 to 10 dB Viewl Resolution 10 sets the resolution of a histogram to 10 dB View lt x gt QutputFormat 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 339 CCDF Commands Option 20 Only View lt x gt Result1 Query Only Queries the crest facto
36. View lt x gt Scale ZStart View lt x gt Monochrome Determines whether to display a spectrogram in monochrome Syntax View lt x gt Monochrome On Off View lt x gt Monochrome Arguments On displays a spectrogram in monochrome Off displays a spectrogram in color Examples Viewl Monochrome On displays a spectrogram in monochrome 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 271 CodeSpectrogram View Commands 3066 Option 15 and 3086 Option 16 Only View lt x gt NumberColors Selects or queries the number of display colors Syntax View lt x gt NumberColors 10 100 View lt x gt NumberColors Arguments 10 selects the 10 color display 100 selects the 100 color display default Examples Viewl NumberColors 100 selects the 100 color display Related Commands View lt x gt Scale YScale View lt x gt Scale YStart View x Scale AutoScale No Query Form Resets the Y color axis scale to the default setting Syntax View lt x gt Scale AutoScale Arguments None Examples Viewl Scale AutoScale resets the Y color axis scale to the default setting Related Commands View lt x gt Scale YScale 2 272 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual CodeSpectrogram View Commands 3066 Option 15 3086 Option 16 Only View x Scale XScale Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or queries
37. View lt x gt Z Arguments lt value gt lt NR1 gt ranges from 0 to the number of frames 1 Examples Viewl Z 199 specifies that the frame 199 displays 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 245 CDMA Polar View Commands 2 246 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual er S Time View Commands When you select CDMAT ime in the Config View lt x gt command use the commands in this section to control the CDMA Time view 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 247 CDMA Time View Commands View x Average Times Syntax Arguments Examples View x Block Syntax Arguments Examples Sets or queries the number of frames that make up an averaged waveform View lt x gt Average Times value View lt x gt Average Times value NRI is the number of frames for averaging from 1 to 1000 Viewl Average Times 1000 specifies that an averaged waveform will show the result of combining 1000 frames Sets or queries the block number View lt x gt Block value View lt x gt Block lt value gt lt NR1 gt ranges from 0 to the number of acquired blocks 1 Viewl Block 0 sets the block number to 0 View x BreakMeasure No Query Form Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands 2 248 Stops the Measure function executed with the View lt x gt
38. Viewl Marker SearchMax positions the marker on the highest signal on screen Related Commands View lt x gt Marker SearchMin View lt x gt Marker SearchMin No Query Form Positions the marker on the lowest signal on screen Syntax View lt x gt Marker SearchMin Arguments None Examples Viewl Marker SearchMin positions the marker on the lowest signal on screen Related Commands Viewex Marker SearchMax View x Marker SearchSeparation Sets or queries the minimum horizontal distance to separate two peaks Syntax View lt x gt Marker SearchSeparation value Arguments value NR2 specifies the minimum horizontal distance to separate two peaks The range is 1 to 10 relative to full scale Examples Viewl Marker SearchSeparation 10 sets the minimum horizontal distance for peak separation to 10 relative to full scale Related Commands View lt x gt Scale XScale 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 293 CodePower View Commands 3066 Option 15 and 3086 Option 16 Only View lt x gt Marker X Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the horizontal position of the marker View lt x gt Marker X value View lt x gt Marker X lt value gt lt 1 gt ranges from the minimum left edge to the maximum right edge of the the horizontal axis channel Viewl Marker X 32 positions the marker at channel 32
39. value Uti 13 EndZ lt value gt lt NR1 gt ranges 0 to the number of frames 1 Util3 EndZ 100 sets the last frame number to 100 Uti 13 BeginZ Util3 RMS Uti13 PeakHold Util3 MarkerToFrame No Query Form Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Specifies that the frames between the main marker and the delta marker are processed Util3 MarkerToFrame None Util3 MarkerToFrame specifies that the frames between the main marker and the delta marker are processed Util3 BeginZ Util3 EndZ Util3 RMS Util3 PeakHold 2 377 Average Commands Util3 PeakHold No Query Form Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands 2 378 Holds peak for each bin in the specified frame range Util3 PeakHold lt source gt lt beginz gt lt endZ gt lt destination gt lt source gt Active Zoom file name specifies the data source If you specify no argument the value set with the Util3 Source command is used Active specifies the currently acquired data as the source Zoom specifies the zoomed data as the source file name string specifies the data file as the source The file name must be IQ the IQ format or AP the AP format beginZ lt 1 gt specifies the first frame It ranges 0 to the number of frames 1 If you specify no argument the value
40. 4A 74 5A 90 7A 122 113 TAM 133 TA27 173 27 K 4B 75 5B 91 7B 123 114 TA12 134 TA28 174 SA28 L i 4 76 5C 92 7C 124 115 TA13 135 TA29 175 SA29 M 4D 77 50 93 7 125 116 Tata 136 TA30 176 SA30 N x 4E 78 5E 94 7E 126 117 15 137 UNT 177 RUBOUT 4F 79 sr 95 DE TALK SECONDARY ADDRESSES ADDRESSES OR COMMANDS Tektronix REF ANSI STD X3 4 1977 IEEE STD 488 1 1987 ISO STD 646 2973 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Appendix B Factory Initialization Settings The factory initialization settings provide you a known state for the analyzer Factory initialization sets the values as shown in Table B 1 to B 26 for each command group Table B 27 and B 28 present those values for the Config Mode command by its arguments Configuration Commands Table B 1 Factory initialization settings Configuration commands Header Default settings Config Setup Standard Config BackgroundColor Black Config MarkerLink On Config Util lt x gt Config View Style Util Self Gain Calibration Util2 Save Load Util3 Average Util8 Remote 1x1 Config View lt x gt 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual View1 Waveform Appendix B Factory Initialization Settings Setup Commands Table B 2 Factory initialization settings Setup commands Header Default settings Standard Defa
41. Arguments turns the delta marker on Off turns the delta marker off Examples Viewl Marker DeltaMarker On turns the delta marker on Related Commands View lt x gt Marker DeltaX View lt x gt Marker DeltaY View lt x gt Marker ResetDelta View lt x gt Marker DeltaX Sets or queries the horizontal position of the delta marker Syntax View lt x gt Marker DeltaX lt value gt View lt x gt Marker DeltaX Arguments lt value gt lt 3 gt ranges from the minimum left edge to the maximum right edge of the the horizontal axis Examples Viewl Marker DeltaX 5u positions the delta marker at 5 us Related Commands View lt x gt Marker DeltaY 2 250 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual CDMA Time View Commands View lt x gt Marker DeltaY Query Only Syntax Returns Examples Related Commands Queries the vertical position of the delta marker View lt x gt Marker DeltaY lt NR3 gt Viewl Marker DeltaY might return 50 23 indicating that the delta marker is positioned at 50 23 dBm View lt x gt Marker DeltaX View lt x gt Marker Peak No Query Form Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Moves the marker to the adjacent peak in the specified direction Note that the adjacent peak is farther than the distance specified with the View lt x gt Marker SearchSeparation command View lt x gt Marker Peak 1 1
42. Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the value represented by the minimum left edge of the horizontal axis View lt x gt Scale XStart value View lt x gt Scale XStart value NR3 ranges from the minimum to the maximum value on the horizontal axis of the acquired data Viewl Scale XStart 800M sets the value represented by the left edge of the horizontal axis to 800 MHz View lt x gt Scale XScale 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 111 Waveform View Commands View x Scale YScale Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the vertical axis full scale to display a portion of the data View lt x gt Scale YScale value View lt x gt Scale YScale lt value gt lt NR3 gt ranges full scale 100 to full scale of the acquired data Viewl Scale YScale 20 sets the vertical axis full scale to 20 dB View lt x gt Scale XScale View lt x gt Scale YStart View lt x gt Scale YStart Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands 2 112 Sets or queries the value represented by the minimum bottom edge of the vertical axis View lt x gt Scale YStart value View lt x gt Scale YStart lt value gt lt NR3 gt ranges from the reference level 200 dB to the reference level 100 dB Viewl Scale YStart 120 sets the value represented by the bottom edge of the vertical axis
43. Average EndZ View lt x gt Average MarkerToFrame No Query Form Specifies that the symbols between the main marker and the delta marker are averaged Syntax _ View lt x gt MarkerToFrame Arguments None Examples View lt x gt MarkerToFrame specifies that the symbols between the main marker and the delta marker are averaged Related Commands _ View lt x gt Average BeginZ View lt x gt Average EndZ 2 290 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual CodePower View Commands 3066 Option 15 and 3086 Option 16 Only View lt x gt Average Times Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the number of waveform acquisitions that make up an averaged waveform View lt x gt Average Times value View lt x gt Average Times lt 1 gt lt 1 gt ranges 1 to 1 000 000 Viewl Average Times 1000 specifies that an averaged waveform will show the result of combining 1000 separately acquired waveforms View lt x gt Average Type View lt x gt Average Type Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Selects or queries the average type You can also select the peak hold mode For more information about averaging refer to the User Manual View lt x gt Average Type RMSExpo RMS MaxHold MinHold View lt x gt Average Type RMSExpo averages with the RMS root mean squared exponential This mode weights older acquisition da
44. Determines whether to hold or reset the vertical scale when you change the input source View lt x gt Scale HoldYScale On Off View lt x gt Scale HoldYScale On holds the vertical scale setting when you change the input source Off resets the vertical scale to full scale Viewl Scale HoldYScale On holds the vertical scale setting when you change the input source View lt x gt Scale YScale View lt x gt Scale YStart View lt x gt Source 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual CDMA Waveform View Commands View x Scale XScale Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the horizontal axis full scale to display a portion of the data View lt x gt Scale XScale value View lt x gt Scale XScale lt value gt lt NR3 gt ranges full scale 256 to full scale of the acquired data Viewl Scale XScale 2 5M sets the horizontal axis full scale to 2 5 MHz View lt x gt Scale XStart View lt x gt Scale YScale View lt x gt Scale XStart Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the value represented by the minimum left edge of the horizontal axis View lt x gt Scale XStart value View lt x gt Scale XStart value NR3 ranges from the minimum to the maximum value on the horizontal axis of the acquired data Viewl Scale XStart 800M sets the value represented by the left edge of t
45. MaskArea Sets or queries the area on display to exclude from calculating EVM See Figure 2 5 Syntax View lt x gt MaskArea value View lt x gt MaskArea Arguments lt value gt lt NR3 gt ranges from 0 to 50 Both right and left ends are excluded excludes no area 50 96 excludes the whole area In this example 10 area of both ends are excluded for the EVM calculation 10 10 Figure 2 5 Setting the mask for the EVM calculation 2 202 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual EVM View Commands Examples Viewl MaskArea 10 excludes 10 area from both right and left edges for the EVM calculation View lt x gt Result lt y gt Query Only Syntax Returns Examples Queries the measurement results View lt x gt Result lt y gt lt NR3 gt Resultl returns the EVM in percent rms Result2 returns the magnitude error in percent rms Result3 returns the phase error in degree Result4 returns the o Rho Viewl Result1 might return 2 913 indicating that the EVM is 2 913 rms View x Scale AutoScale No Query Form Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Adjusts the scaling of the vertical axis automatically to best display the data View lt x gt Scale AutoScale None Viewl Scale AutoScale adjusts the scaling of the vertical axis automatically View lt x gt Scale XScale View lt x gt Scale YScale
46. Returns Examples Queries the version of the Waterfall View program View lt x gt Version lt NR2 gt Viewl Version might return 1 1 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 169 Waterfall View Commands View lt x gt YHeight Sets or queries the full scale of the vertical axis in pixels Syntax View lt x gt YHeight value View lt x gt YHeight Arguments lt 1 gt lt 1 gt ranges 1 to 100 pixels Examples Viewl YHeight 100 sets the full scale of the vertical axis to 100 pixels Related Commands View lt x gt ZGap View x ZGap Sets or queries the frame interval for the Waterfall display Syntax View lt x gt ZGap value View lt x gt ZGap Arguments lt value gt lt NR1 gt ranges 1 to 100 pixels Examples Viewl ZGap 100 sets the frame interval to 100 pixels Related Commands View lt x gt YHeight 2 170 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual EIE Polar View Commands When you select Polar in the Config View lt x gt command use the commands in this section to control the Polar view For information on the Polar view refer to the User Manual 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 171 Polar View Commands View x AlphaBT Syntax Arguments Examples Sets or queries the o BT value View lt x gt AlphaBT va
47. Syntax Util2 Buffer SaveHeader lt source gt lt destination gt Arguments lt source gt Active Zoom 01 D2 D3 04 D5 D6 D7 08 file name specifies the data source for the header Active specifies the currently acquired data as the source Zoom specifies the zoomed data as the source D1 to D8 specify the data register D1 to D8 respectively file name string specifies the data file as the source The file name must be IQ the IQ format or AP the AP format destination file name gt file name string specifies the file to save the header data The file name must be IQ the IQ format or AP the AP format Examples Util2 Buffer SaveHeader Active SAMPLE1 1Q saves the header for data on active memory to the file SAMPLE1 IQ Related Commands Uti12 Buffer header Util2 Buffer CopyHeader Util2 Data Load No Query Form Loads the data from the file in the IQ format to the active memory Syntax Util2 Data Load file name Arguments file name string must be IQ Examples Util2 Data Load SAMPLEI1 IQ loads the data from the file SAMPLE1 IQ to the active memory Related Commands Util2 Data Save 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 365 Save Load Commands Util2 Data Save No Query Form Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands 2 366 Saves the data f
48. Turns the delta marker on or off View lt x gt Marker DeltaMarker On Off View lt x gt Marker DeltaMarker On turns the delta marker on Off turns the delta marker off Viewl Marker DeltaMarker On turns the delta marker on View lt x gt Marker DeltaX View lt x gt Marker DeltaY View lt x gt Marker ResetDelta View lt x gt Marker DeltaX Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the horizontal position of the delta marker View lt x gt Marker DeltaX lt value gt View lt x gt Marker DeltaX value lt 3 gt ranges from the minimum left edge to the maximum right edge of the the horizontal axis Viewl Marker DeltaX 5 positions the delta marker at 5 us View lt x gt Marker DeltaY 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 199 EVM View Commands View lt x gt Marker DeltaY Query Only Syntax Returns Examples Related Commands Queries the vertical position of the delta marker View lt x gt Marker DeltaY lt NR3 gt Viewl Marker DeltaY might return 1 78 View lt x gt Marker DeltaX View lt x gt Marker ResetDelta No Query Form Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Moves the delta marker to the main marker position View lt x gt Marker ResetDelta None Viewl Marker ResetDelta View lt x gt Marker DeltaMarker View lt x gt Marker SearchNax No Query Form
49. Util2 EndZ Default settings Util2 Source Active Table B 25 Factory initialization settings Average commands Header Default settings Util3 BeginZ 0 Util3 Destination Di Util3 EndZ 0 Util3 Source Active Table B 26 Factory initialization settings Remote commands Header Default settings Util8 Format FreqAmpl Util8 GPIB Interface Off Util8 GPIB PrimaryAddress 1 Util8 Header Off Util8 NewLine CRLF Util8 NumericOutput Exp Util8 Source Active Util8 TCPIP Port Command 3066 Util8 TCPIP Port Event 3067 Util8 Z 0 Appendix B Factory Initialization Settings Config Mode Command The Config Mode command refer to page 2 40 overwrites the above default values as shown in Table B 27 and B 28 depending on its arguments Table B 27 Factory initialization settings Config Mode command 1 Freq2 Dual Zoom View1 Waveform Waveform Waveform Waveform View2 Spectrogram Spectrogram Spectrogram Time vs View4 Waveform Spectrogram Time vs Q View5 View8 None None Trigger mode Auto Auto 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Appendix B Factory Initialization Settings Table B 28 Factory initialization settings Config Mode command 2 View style eom pe 1x2 2 2 1 2 1 2 2 2 Setup CDMA CDMA CDMA CDMA Standard View CDMA Waveform Wavefo
50. View lt x gt Format Syntax Arguments Examples 2 120 Stores the display data to a file or data register This command is effective only for the data acquired in the Vector mode View lt x gt CopyTo Clipboard DI D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 lt file_name gt Clipboard stores the display data to the Windows clipboard in the ASCII text format You can use the data in your application D1 to D8 select the data register 1 to 8 respectively lt file_name gt lt string gt is TXT ASCII text file The extension is set to TXT automatically Viewl CopyTo Clipboard stores the display data to the clipboard Selects or queries the signal modulation type View lt x gt Format AM PM FM View lt x gt Format Specifies the modulation type Argument Modulation type Horizontal axis Vertical axis AM Amplitude modulation Time Modulating factor PM Phase modulation Time Phase FM Frequency modulation Time Frequency Viewl Format AM selects the AM modulation 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Analog View Commands View x Marker DeltaMarker Turns the delta marker on or off Syntax View lt x gt Marker DeltaMarker On Off View lt x gt Marker DeltaMarker Arguments On turns the delta marker on Off turns the delta marker off Examples Viewl Marker DeltaMarker On turns the delta mark
51. Zoom has stopped Data acquisition has completed in the Quick trigger mode Active Prepare Data acquisition is ready PowerOn Util8 Status The analyzer is on and ready for operation might return Acti ve Stop 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Remote Commands Util8 TCPIP Port Command Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the TCP IP command port number You can not use this command via TCP IP Refer to page 1 6 for information about the TCP IP ports Util8 TCPIP Port Command value Uti18 TCPIP Port Command value NR1 ranges 1024 to 32767 It must not be the same as the event port number 0 118 3000 sets command port number to 3000 Uti18 TCPIP Port Command Reset 0 118 Util8 TCPIP Port Command Reset No Query Form Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Disconnects the TCP IP command port from the network and closes command input and response output You can not use this command via TCP IP Refer to page 1 6 for information about the TCP IP ports Uti18 TCPIP Port Command Reset None Uti18 TCPIP Port Command Reset closes the TCP IP command port Uti18 TCPIP Port Command 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 395 Remote Commands UtilB TCPIP Por
52. edge of the the horizontal axis Viewl Marker DeltaX 1 26 positions the delta marker at 1 2 GHz View lt x gt Marker DeltaY View lt x gt Marker DeltaZ View lt x gt Marker ResetDelta View lt x gt Marker DeltaY Query Only Syntax Returns Examples Related Commands Queries the delta marker position on the vertical axis View lt x gt Marker DeltaY lt NR3 gt Viewl Marker DeltaY might return 12 3 indicating that the delta marker is positioned at 12 3 dBm View lt x gt Marker DeltaX View lt x gt Marker DeltaZ View lt x gt Marker ResetDelta 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 159 Waterfall View Commands View x Marker DeltaZ Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the delta marker position on the Z frame number axis View lt x gt Marker DeltaZ value View lt x gt Marker DeltaZ lt value gt lt NR1 gt ranges 0 to the number of frames 1 Viewl Marker DeltaZ 199 positions the delta marker at 199 of the frame number View lt x gt Marker DeltaX View lt x gt Marker DeltaY View lt x gt Marker ResetDelta View lt x gt Marker Peak No Query Form Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands 2 160 Moves the marker to the adjacent peak in the specified direction Note that the adjacent peak is farther than the distance specified with the View lt x gt Marker SearchSeparat
53. must be the IQ format or AP the AP format If you omit the destination the value specified in the Uti12 Data SaveHeader command is used Util2 Data SaveFrame Active 199 0 SAMPLET1 IQ saves the frame 199 to 0 from the active memory to the file SAMPLE1 IQ The larger frame number represents the older frame However you can specify the frame range by changing lt beginZ gt and lt endZ gt In this example both 199 0 and 0 199 are possible Util2 Buffer SaveHeader Util2 Data SaveHeader 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 371 Save Load Commands Util2 Data SaveHeader No Query Form Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands 2 372 Saves the header to a file for the specified data source Util2 Data SaveHeader lt source gt lt beginZ gt lt endZ gt lt destination gt lt source gt Active Zoom D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 08 file name gt specifies the data source Active specifies the currently acquired data as the source Zoom specifies the zoomed data as the source D1 to D8 specify the data register D1 to D8 respectively file name string specifies the data file as the source The file name must be IQ the IQ format or AP the AP format beginZ lt NR1 gt specifies the first frame It ranges 0 to the number of frames 1 lt endZ gt lt NR1 gt specifies the l
54. specifies the last frame It ranges 0 to the number of frames 1 destination lt string gt specifies the file to save the data The file name must the IQ format or AP the AP format If you omit the destination the value specified in the Uti12 Data SaveHeader command is used Examples Util2 Data SaveDateTime Active 0 SAMPLE1 1Q adds the date and time for data on active memory to the file SAMPLEI IQ Related Commands Util2 Buffer SaveHeader Util2 Data SaveHeader 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 369 Save Load Commands Util2 Data SaveFlatness No Query Form Adds the calibration data for the specified source to the file Syntax Util2 Data SaveFlatness lt source gt lt destination gt Arguments lt source gt Active Zoom 01 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 08 file name specifies the data source If you omit source the value specified in the Util2 Buffer SaveHeader command is used Active specifies the currently acquired data as the source Zoom specifies the zoomed data as the source D1 to D8 specify the data register D1 to D8 respectively file name string specifies the data file as the source The file name must be IQ the IQ format or AP the AP format lt destination gt lt string gt specifies the file to save the data The file name must be the IQ format or
55. 0 to the number of symbols 1 Viewl Scale ZStart 20 sets the value represented by the bottom edge of the Z axis to 20 View lt x gt Scale ZScale 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 275 CodeSpectrogram View Commands 3066 Option 15 and 3086 Option 16 Only View x Version Query Only Queries the version of the CodeSpectrogram View program Syntax _ View lt x gt Version Returns lt NR2 gt Examples Viewl Version might return 1 1 View x ZGap Sets or queries the display interval between two adjacent symbols on the Z symbol number axis on screen Syntax View lt x gt ZGap value View lt x gt ZGap Arguments lt value gt lt NR1 gt ranges 1 to 10 pixels Examples Viewl ZGap 10 sets the display interval between two adjacent symbols on the Z axis to 10 pixels 2 276 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual CodePolar View Commands 3066 Option 15 and 3086 Option 16 Only When you select CodePolar in the Config View lt x gt command use the commands in this section to control the polar view This view incorporates analysis functions for the cdmaOne standard For information on the polar view refer to the User Manual 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 277 CodePolar View Commands 3066 Option 15 and 3086 Option 16 Only View lt x gt AlphaBT Sets or queries the o BT
56. 1 1987 The cable is available from Tektronix as part number 012 0991 00 m Ethernet interface Option 10 With Option 10 you can connect the analyzer directly to an Ethernet network using a twisted pair IlOBASE T 100BASE TX cable NOTE Only a service personnel can install the network card Contact Tektronix for details You can also connect the following peripheral devices to the analyzer Refer to the 3066 and 3086 User Manual for information on using these interfaces m Mouse and keyboard interface m Parallel interface for connecting a printer m SCSI interface for connecting a SCSI device such as an hard disk 0000000000000 00000 0000000000000 00000 0000000000000 92 00000 0000000000000 3 00000 000000000000000 00000 1 000000000000000 3 00000 D D oooo Parallel connector ooooo o OOOOO 000000000000000 e 00000 000000000000000 00000 SCSI connector 000000000000000 J 00000 de o 9 00000 OOOOOOOOOOOOOOO 00000 O O0202020202020209209090 E 0906969096969690909600 B 05050506 05050505 050505 E 69696096969690690909696 d 690909696969090969090 6969696969696909069696 696909696909096969090 9595959595959 569569569696 9090909090909090909090 6969696969690690969696 6969696969069609696906969 I 69696969069696909690696 96959695969696969069696 69696969696969090
57. 2 View lt x gt Monochrome View lt x gt NumberColors Set the marker position on the Z axis Set the display to monochrome Select the number of display colors View lt x gt Scale AutoScale Scale the vertical axis automatically View lt x gt Scale HoldYScale View lt x gt Scale XScale View lt x gt Scale XStart View lt x gt Scale YScale Determine whether to hold or reset the vertical scale when you change the input source Scale the horizontal axis Set the start point of the horizontal axis on the screen Scale the vertical axis 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Command Groups Waterfall View Commands Table 2 12 Spectrogram View commands Cont Header View lt x gt Scale Y Start View lt x gt Scale ZScale View lt x gt Scale ZStart View lt x gt Source Description Set the start point of the vertical axis on the screen Scale the Z axis Set the start point of the Z axis on the screen Select the input data source View lt x gt Version View lt x gt ZGap Query the version of the Spectrogram View program Set the interval between two frames on the Z axis These commands control the Waterfall view Table 2 13 Waterfall View commands Header lt gt View lt x gt Format View lt x gt Marker DeltaMarker D
58. 2 270 View x Marker X 2 270 View x Marker Z 2 271 View x Monochrome 2 271 View lt x gt NumberColors 2 272 View lt x gt Scale AutoScale 2 272 View lt x gt Scale XScale 27273 View lt x gt Scale XStart 27273 View lt x gt Scale YScale 2 274 View lt x gt Scale Y Start 2 274 View lt x gt Scale ZScale 2 275 View lt x gt Scale ZStart 2 275 View lt x gt Version 2 276 View lt x gt ZGap 2 276 CodeWPolar View commands View lt x gt AlphaBT 2 310 View x Analysis TimeSlot 2 310 View lt x gt Analyze 2 310 View lt x gt AutoCarrier 2 31 View lt x gt BreakAnalyze 2 311 View x Carrier 2 312 View lt x gt Display 2 312 View x Format 2 313 View x Marker T 2 313 View x MeasFilter 2 314 View x Modulation 2 314 View lt x gt RefFilter 2 315 View lt x gt ShortCode 2 315 View lt x gt Source 2 316 View lt x gt Standard WCDMA16M 2 316 View lt x gt Standard WCDMAAM 2 316 View lt x gt Standard WCDMA8M 2 317 View lt x gt SymbolConstellation 2 317 Wiew x SymbolRate 2 318 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Index 3 Index View lt x gt TimeSlot 2 318 View x Version 2 316 CodeWPower View commands View x Average 2 320 View x Average AllFrames 2 320 View x Ave
59. 23 Command Groups 2 24 Table 2 18 CDMA Waveform View commands Cont Header View lt x gt Mask RBW30k Level1 View lt x gt Mask RBW30k Level2 View x Measurement Description Set the inner level of the reference line at 30 kHz RBW Set the outer level of the reference line at 30 kHz RBW Select the measurement function WView x Measurement OBW View lt x gt Measurement Separation View lt x gt Measurement SortedBy View lt x gt Measurement Spurious Search Set the occupied bandwidth Set the spurious resolution Select the sort key of spurious Turn the spurious search function on or off View lt x gt Measurement Threshold Set the threshold for the spurious search View lt x gt Position View lt x gt RBW View lt x gt Result lt y gt Set the display position in a block Set the resolution bandwidth Query the measurement results View lt x gt Scale AutoScale View lt x gt Scale HoldYScale View lt x gt Scale XScale Scale the vertical axis automatically Determine whether to hold or reset the vertical scale when you change the input source Scale the horizontal axis View lt x gt Scale XStart Set the start point of the horizontal axis on the screen View lt x gt Scale YScale Scale the vertical axis View lt x gt Scale Y Start Set the start point of the vertical axis on
60. 263 CDMA Waveform View 2 225 CodePower View 2 295 CodeSpectrogram View 2 273 CodeWPower View 2 327 CodeWSpectrogram View 2 305 EVM View 2 204 FSK View 2 137 Spectrogram View 2 150 Waterfall View 2 166 Waveform View 2 111 View lt x gt Scale XStart Analog View 2 127 CCDE 2 343 CCDFView 2 354 CDMA Time View 2 263 CDMA Waveform View 2 225 CodePower View 2 295 CodeSpectrogram View 2 273 CodeWPower View 2 327 CodeWSpectrogram View 2 305 EVM View 2 204 FSK View 2 138 Spectrogram View 2 151 Waterfall View 2 166 Waveform View 2 111 View lt x gt Scale XStartZero CCDF 2 344 View lt x gt Scale YScale Analog View 2 128 CCDE 2 344 CDMA Time View 2 264 CDMA Waveform View 2 226 CodePower View 2 296 CodeSpectrogram View 2 274 CodeWPower View 2 328 CodeWSpectrogram View 2 306 EVM View 2 205 FSK View 2 138 Spectrogram View 2 151 Waterfall View 2 167 Waveform View 2 112 View lt x gt Scale YStart Analog View 2 128 CCDF 2 345 CDMA Time View 2 264 CDMA Waveform View 2 226 CodePower View 2 296 CodeSpectrogram View 2 274 CodeWPower View 2 328 CodeWSpectrogram View 2 306 EVM View 2 205 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Index 13 Index FSK View 2 139 Spectrogram View 2 152 Waterfall View 2 167 Waveform View 2 112 View lt x gt Scale ZScale CodeSpectrogram View 2 275 CodeWSpectro
61. 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 203 EVM View Commands View x Scale XScale Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the horizontal axis full scale to display a portion of the data View lt x gt Scale XScale value View lt x gt Scale XScale lt value gt lt NR3 gt ranges full scale 256 to full scale of the acquired data Viewl Scale XScale 640 sets the horizontal axis full scale to 640 us View lt x gt Scale XStart View lt x gt Scale YScale View lt x gt Scale XStart Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands 2 204 Sets or queries the value represented by the minimum left edge of the horizontal axis View lt x gt Scale XStart value View lt x gt Scale XStart value NR3 ranges from the minimum to the maximum value on the horizontal axis of the acquired data Viewl Scale XStart 160 sets the value represented by the left edge of the horizontal axis to 160 us View lt x gt Scale XScale 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual EVM View Commands View x Scale YScale Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the vertical axis full scale to display a portion of the data View lt x gt Scale YScale value View lt x gt Scale YScale lt value gt lt NR3 gt ranges full scale 100 to full scale of the ac
62. 3066 option 15 and 3086 option 16 only B 11 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual V Table of Contents vi Table B 18 Factory initialization settings CodeWSpectrogram View commands 3086 option 16 only Table B 19 Factory initialization settings CodeWPolar View commands 3086 option 16 only Table B 20 Factory initialization settings CodeWPower View commands 3086 option 16 only Table B 21 Factory initialization settings CCDF commands option 20 only esee eee e hr ea nnn ee weg Table B 22 Factory initialization settings CCDFView commands option 20 0nly eres er vene eere ES Up Table 23 Factory initialization settings Self gain calibration commands ose proe Ke Creme ER Pc P rele e M Table B 24 Factory initialization settings Save Load commands Table B 25 Factory initialization settings Average commands Table B 26 Factory initialization settings Remote commands Table 27 Factory initialization settings Config Mode command 1 er iren e ee ne en se Table B 28 Factory initialization settings Config Mode command 2 i Rr Rer er er hr Table 29 Factory initialization settings Config Mode command 3066 option 15 and 3086 option 16 only Table B 30 Factory initialization se
63. 48 00000111 11110111 11101111 11001111 View lt x gt CopyTo Clipboard Returns a string listing the analyzer settings except for configuration informa tion for the calibration values You can use this string to return the analyzer to the state it was in when you made the Set query This command is equivalent to the IEEE 488 2 command LRN Set None NOTE The Set query always returns a string including command headers regardless of the setting of the Util8 Header command This is because the returned string is intended to be sent back to the analyzer as a command string 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Remote Commands Examples Set a partial response might look like this Config Utill SelfGainCal Config Util2 SaveLoad Config Util3 Average Config Util4 None Config Util5 None Config Util6 None Config Util7 None Config Uti18 Remote Util8 Dev lt x gt lt command gt No Query Form Syntax Arguments Examples Sends the specified command to the GPIB device The analyzer as the controller receives this Uti18 Dev x command command from the PC via TCP IP and sends the command to the other device through GPIB interface You can not use this command through the GPIB interface Uti18 Dev x command lt value gt where x lt NR1 gt is the GPIB address of the device command is the GPIB command to be sent val
64. Active specifies the currently acquired data as the source 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 283 CodePolar View Commands 3066 Option 15 3086 Option 16 Only View x Standard l895 No Query Form Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Configures the modulating system without the equalizer according to the IS 95 standard View lt x gt Standard 1595 None Viewl Standard 1S95 configures the modulating system without the equalizer according to the IS 95 standard Viewex Standard IS95EQ View lt x gt Standard IS95EQ No Query Form Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands 2 284 Configures the modulating system with the equalizer according to the IS 95 standard Viewex Standard IS95EQ None Viewl Standard IS95EQ configures the modulating system with the equalizer according to the IS 95 standard View x Standard 1S95 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual CodePolar View Commands 3066 Option 15 and 3086 Option 16 Only View lt x gt SymbolRate Sets or queries the chip rate Syntax View lt x gt SymbolRate value View lt x gt SymbolRate Arguments lt value gt lt NR3 gt ranges 1 5 to 30 M s Examples Viewl SymbolRate 8M sets the chip rate to 8 M s View x Version Query Only Queries the version of the CodePolar View program Syntax _ View lt x gt Version
65. Manual Appendix B Factory Initialization Settings Table B 9 Factory initialization settings Eye diagram View commands Header Default settings View lt x gt EyeLength 2 View lt x gt Format View lt x gt Marker T 0 View lt x gt Source Measurement Table B 10 Factory initialization settings Symbol View commands Header Default settings View lt x gt Marker T 0 View lt x gt Radix Bin View lt x gt Rotate 0 View lt x gt Source Measurement Table B 11 Factory initialization settings EVM View commands Header Default settings View lt x gt Format EVM View lt x gt Marker DeltaMarker Off View lt x gt Marker DeltaxX 0 View lt x gt Marker X 0 View lt x gt MaskArea 5 View lt x gt Scale XScale 1 View lt x gt Scale XStart 0 View lt x gt Scale Y Scale 100 View lt x gt Scale Y Start 0 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual B 7 Appendix B Factory Initialization Settings Table B 12 Factory initialization settings CDMA Waveform View commands Header Default settings View x Average Times 10 View lt x gt Average Type RMSExpo View lt x gt CDMA Channel 1 View lt x gt CDMA Standard 1595 lt gt lt gt FregAmpl View lt x gt Marker DeltaMarker Off View lt x gt Marker Deltax 0
66. Manual 2 259 CDMA Time View Commands View x Position Syntax Arguments Examples Specifies or queries which frame in a block to be displayed View lt x gt Position value View lt x gt Position value NR2 ranges 0 to 100 96 It specifies the display frame position relative to the block size specifies that the first frame in a block is displayed 100 represents the last frame Viewl Position 100 displays the last frame in a block View lt x gt Result lt y gt Query Only Syntax Returns Examples Related Commands 2 260 Queries the measurement result View lt x gt Result lt y gt 1 1 lt 3 gt returns the number of averages Result2 lt NR3 gt returns the average power of the on state Resu1t3 lt NR3 gt returns the average power of the off state Result4 lt NR3 gt returns the on off power ratio Result5 Pass Fail returns the result of spurious test Viewl Result2 returns 17 635 indicating the average power of the on state is 17 635 dB View lt x gt Measure View lt x gt MeasureData 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual CDMA Time View Commands View x Scale FallingEdge No Query Form Expands the falling edge of the waveform on screen Syntax View lt x gt Scale FallingEdge Arguments None Examples Viewl Scale FallingEdge expands the falling edge of the waveform on
67. Marker T Sets or queries the marker position on the time axis Syntax View lt x gt Marker T value View lt x gt Marker T Arguments lt value gt lt NR3 gt ranges the minimum to the maximum value on the time axis 2 236 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual CDMA Polar View Commands Examples Viewl Marker T 5 4u positions the marker at 5 4 us Related Commands View lt x gt Marker DeltaT View lt x gt Marker X Query Only Queries the horizontal position of the marker Syntax View lt x gt Marker X Returns lt NR3 gt 1 represents the full scale Examples Viewl Marker X might return 0 345 Related Commands Viewex Marker Y View x Marker Y Query Only Queries the vertical position of the marker Syntax View lt x gt Marker Y Returns lt NR3 gt represents the full scale Examples Viewl Marker Y might return 0 765 Related Commands View lt x gt Marker X 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 237 CDMA Polar View Commands View x MeasDestination Selects or queries the register pair to store the measurement data Syntax View lt x gt MeasDestination None 0102 0304 0506 0708 View lt x gt MeasDestination Arguments None specifies no destination D1D2 to D7D8 specify a register pair to store the measurement data Examples Viewl MeasDestination D1
68. Mask RBW30k Frequency2 20M sets the frequency of the outer reference line to 20 MHz at 30 kHz of RBW View lt x gt Mask RBW30k Frequencyl 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 217 CDMA Waveform View Commands Viewoo Mask RBWS0k Level1 gt View lt x gt Mask RBW30k Level2 View lt x gt Mask RBW30k Frequency1 View lt x gt Mask RBW30k Frequency2 Figure 2 7 Setting the reference line at 30 kHz of RBW View x Mask RBW30k Level1 Sets or queries the level of the inner reference line at 30 kHz of resolution bandwidth See Figure 2 7 Syntax View lt x gt Mask RBW30k Levell value View lt x gt Mask RBW30k Level1 Arguments lt value gt lt NR3 gt ranges 100 dB to 0 dB Examples Viewl Mask RBW30k Levell 42 sets the level of the inner reference line to 42 dB at 30 kHz of RBW Related Commands lt gt Mask RBW30k Leve12 View x Mask RBW30k Level2 Sets or queries the level of the outer reference line at 30 kHz of resolution bandwidth See Figure 2 7 Syntax Viewcx Mask RBW30k Level2 value lt gt Mask RBW30k Leve12 Arguments lt value gt lt NR3 gt ranges 100 dB to 0 dB Examples Viewl Mask RBW30k Level2 54 sets the level of the outer reference line to 54 dB at 30 kHz of RBW 2 218 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual CDMA W
69. Message 200 Execution error 220 Parameter error 225 Out of memory 250 Mass storage error 254 Media full 256 File name not found 257 File name error 258 Media protected 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Status and Events Device Specific Error These error codes and messages are returned when an internal instrument error is detected This type of error may indicate a hardware problem Table 3 6 Device specific error Code Message 300 Device specific error GPIB Error These error codes are returned when a GPIB error is detected Table 3 7 GPIB error Code 2000 Message System error Function requires GPIB board to be CIC Write function detected no Listeners Interface board not addressed correctly Invalid argument to function call Function requires GPIB board to be SAC I O operation aborted Non existent interface board Error performing DMA I O operation started before previous Operation completed No capability for intended operation Operation completed File system operation error Operation completed Serial poll status byte lost Operation completed SRQ remains asserted Operation completed The return buffer is full SS Operation completed Address or board is locked 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 3 5 Status and Events 3 6 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Pro
70. NR2 ranges 0 to 100 96 100 means that the resolution is equal to the span Viewl Measurement Separation 100 sets the spurious resolution to 100 96 span View lt x gt Measurement View lt x gt Measurement SpuriousSearch View lt x gt Measurement SortedBy Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands 2 220 Sets or queries the sort key for the spurious signals View lt x gt Measurement SortedBy Level Frequency View lt x gt Measurement SortedBy Level specifies that the spurious signals are sorted by level Frequency specifies that the spurious signals are sorted by frequency Viewl Measurement SortedBy Level specifies that the spurious signals are sorted by level View lt x gt Measurement View lt x gt Measurement SpuriousSearch 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual CDMA Waveform View Commands View x Measurement SpuriousSearch Determines whether or not to search spurious for each frame Syntax View lt x gt Measurement SpuriousSearch On Off View lt x gt Measurement SpuriousSearch Arguments On turns the spurious search on Off turns the spurious search off Examples Viewl Measurement SpuriousSearch On turns the spurious search on Related Commands View lt x gt Measurement Threshold View lt x gt Measurement Threshold Sets or queries the threshold level to detect spurious Syntax View lt x gt Measurem
71. No Query Form Configures the modulating system according to the CDPD Cellular Digital Packet Data standard Syntax View lt x gt Standard CDPD Arguments None Examples Viewl Standard CDPD configures the modulating system according to the CPDP standard View x Standard GSM No Query Form Configures the modulating system according to the GMS Global System for Mobile Communication standard Syntax View lt x gt Standard GSM Arguments None Examples Viewl Standard GSM configures the modulating system according to the GMS standard View x Standard lS95 No Query Form Configures the modulating system according to the IS 95 standard Syntax View lt x gt Standard 1S95 Arguments None Examples Viewl Standard IS95 configures the modulating system according to the IS 95 standard 2 242 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual CDMA Polar View Commands View x Standard NADC No Query Form Syntax Arguments Examples Configures the modulating system according to the NADC North American Digital Cellular standard View lt x gt Standard NADC None Viewl Standard NADC configures the modulating system according to the NADC standard View lt x gt Standard PDC No Query Form Syntax Arguments Examples Configures the modulating system according to the PDC Personal Digital Cellular System standard View lt x gt Standard PDC None Viewl
72. On turns the delta marker on Related Commands View lt x gt Marker ResetDelta View lt x gt Marker ResetDelta No Query Form Moves the delta marker to the main marker position Syntax _ View lt x gt Marker ResetDelta Arguments None Examples Viewl Marker ResetDelta moves the delta marker to the main marker position Related Commands View lt x gt Marker DeltaMarker 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 335 CCDF Commands Option 20 Only View x Marker SearchMax No Query Form Positions the marker on the highest signal on screen Syntax View lt x gt Marker SearchMax Arguments None Examples Viewl Marker SearchMax positions the marker on the highest signal on screen Related Commands View lt x gt Marker SearchMin View x Marker SearchMin No Query Form Positions the marker on the lowest signal on screen Syntax Viewcx Marker SearchMin Arguments None Examples Viewl Marker SearchMin positions the marker on the lowest signal on screen Related Commands View lt x gt Marker SearchMax 2 336 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual CCDF Commands Option 20 Only View lt x gt Marker SearchSeparation Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands View lt x gt Marker X Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the minimum horizontal distance to separate two peaks Vi
73. PRINT 0to9 Numeric keys Mode MODE Enter ENTER dBm Setup CONFIG SETUP MHz MHz s View VIEW kHz kHz ms Util UTILITY Hz Hzlus SetupMain SETUP MAIN Clear CLEAR SetupFreq SETUP FREG BackSpace BS SetupSpan SETUP SPAN Up Down Up Down arrow SetupRef SETUP REF DUKON INEN THY ViewA to ViewD VIEW A to D StepUp StepDown Step up down button ViewMain VIEW MAIN DO ViewScale VIEW SCALE F1 to F8 Side buttons ViewMarker VIEW MARKER Util8 Key Roll is equivalent to pressing the front panel ROLL button 2 387 Remote Commands Util8 NewLine Syntax Arguments Examples Selects or queries the new line character of query responses through TCP IP Uti18 NewLine CR LF CRLF Util8 NewLine CR sets the new line character to Carriage Return LF sets the new line character to Line Feed CRLF sets the new line character to Carriage Return and Line Feed Util8 NewLine CR sets the new line character to Carriage Return Util8 NumericOutput Syntax Arguments Examples 2 388 Sets or queries the numeric format of the returned value NumericOutput EXP SubUnit Numeri cOutput EXP specifies that returned values are expressed by the scaled explicit point format such as 1 0E 6 and 1 0E 6 SubUnit specifies that returned values are expressed by the SI units which conform to the Systeme International d Unites standard such as 1m and 1M For more information about the unit refer to page 2
74. ResetDelta 2 252 View lt x gt Marker SearchMax 2 252 View lt x gt Marker SearchMin 2 253 View lt x gt Marker SearchSeparation 2 253 View lt x gt Marker X 2 254 View x Marker Y 2 254 View x Mask OffLeft 2 255 View lt x gt Mask OffLevel 2 255 View x Mask OffRight 2 256 View x Mask OnLeft 2 257 View lt x gt Mask OnLevel 2 257 Wiew x Mask OnRight 2 258 View x Measure 2 259 View x MeasureData 2 259 View x Position 2 260 View lt x gt Result lt y gt 2 260 View x Scale FallingEdge 2 261 View x Scale FullScale 2 261 View x Scale HoldYScale 2 262 View x Scale RisingEdge 2 262 View lt x gt Scale XScale 27263 View x Scale XStart 2 263 View x Scale YScale 2 264 View lt x gt Scale Y Start 2 264 View x Source 2 265 View x Trace2 Trace Visible 2 265 View lt x gt TraceVisible 2 266 View lt x gt Version 2 266 CDMA Waveform View commands View lt x gt Average Times 2 208 View lt x gt Average Type 2 208 View lt x gt CDMA Channel 22208 View lt x gt Compression 2 209 View x CopyFrom 2 210 View x CopyTo 2 210 View x Format 2 210 View x Marker DeltaMarker 2 211 View x Marker DeltaX 2 212 View x Marker DeltaY 2 212 View lt x gt Marker Peak 2 213 View lt x gt Marker ResetDelta 2 273 View x Ma
75. SaveIQ 2 368 Util2 EndZ 2 373 Util2 MarkerToFrame 2 373 Util2 Source 2 374 Util2 Version 2 374 Util3 AllFrames 2 376 Util3 BeginZ 2 376 Util3 Destination 2 376 Util3 EndZ 2 377 Util3 MarkerToFrame 2 377 Util3 PeakHold 2 378 Util3 RMS 2 379 Util3 Source 2 380 Util3 Version 2 380 Util8 Dev x command 2 363 Util8 Error 2 383 Util8 Event message 2 384 Util8 Format 2 384 Util8 GPIB Interface 2 385 Util8 GPIB Primary Address 2 385 Util8 Header 2 386 Util8 Id 2 386 Util8 Key 2 387 Util8 NewLine 2 388 Util8 NumericOutput 2 388 Util8 Register Data 2 389 Util8 Register Header 2 390 Util8 Source 2 391 Util8 Source lt item gt 2 392 Util8 Status 2 394 Util8 TCPIP Port Command 2 395 Util8 TCPIP Port Command Reset 2 395 Util8 TCPIP Port Event 2 396 Util8 TCPIP Port Event Reset 2 396 Util8 Version 2 397 Util8 ViewName 2 397 Util8 Z 2 397 Util8 Z lt item gt 2 398 V View lt x gt Symbol EVM View 2 206 Symbol Table View 2 195 View lt x gt AllFrames CCDF 2 332 View lt x gt AlphaBT CDMA Polar View 2 230 CodePolar View 2 278 CodeWPolar View 2 3 0 Polar View 2 72 View x Analysis TimeSlot CodePolar View 2 278 CodeWPolar View 2 310 View x Analyze
76. Saves data to a file in the IQ format of the data including header frame data calibration data date and time are saved You can specify the data source with the Uti12 Source command and the frame range with the Util2 ALLFrames or the Util2 BeginZ and Util2 EndZ commands Util2 Data SaveIQ file name file name string must be Util2 Data SaveIQ SAMPLE1 1Q saves the data to the file SAMPLEI IQ Util2 ALLFrames Util2 BeginZ Util2 EndZ Util2 Source Util2 Data SaveAP Util2 Data Save 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Save Load Commands Util2 Data SaveDateTime No Query Form Adds the date and time to the file for the specified data source Use this command only for files with variable record length Syntax Util2 Data SaveDateTime lt source gt lt endZ gt lt destination gt Arguments lt source gt Active Zoom 01 D2 D3 D4 05 D6 D7 08 file name gt specifies the data source If you omit the source the value specified in the Util2 Buffer SaveHeader command is used Active specifies the currently acquired data as the source Zoom specifies the zoomed data as the source D1 to D8 specify the data register D1 to D8 respectively file name string specifies the data file as the source The file name must be IQ the IQ format or AP the AP format lt endZ gt lt 1 gt
77. Span 2 Hz to 3 GHz Span 2 Hz Baseband Span 2 Hz to 10 MHz Span 2 Hz 1 The 3086 only Examples Setup CenterFrequency 1 56 sets the center frequency to 1 5 GHz Related Commands Setup InputMode 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 59 Standard Setup Commands Setup FFTPoints Sets or queries the number of FFT sampling points per frame Syntax Setup FFTPoints value Setup FFTPoints Arguments lt value gt lt NR1 gt depends the memory mode Memory mode lt value gt Frequency 1024 256 Other than Frequency 1024 Examples Setup FFTPoints 1024 sets the number of FFT points to 1024 Related Commands Setup MemoryMode Setup FFTWindow Selects or queries the FFT window Syntax Setup FFTWindow Blackman Hamming Rect Setup FFTWindow Arguments Blackman selects the Blackman Harris window Hamming selects the Hamming window Rect selects the Rectangular window Examples Setup FFTWindow Blackman selects the Blackman Harris window 2 60 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Standard Setup Commands Setup FramePeriod Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the frame period in the Block mode The setting is effective in the Frequency and Dual memory mode In the Zoom mode this setting is 1gnored Setup FramePeriod value Setup FramePeriod value NR
78. Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 323 CodeWPower View Commands 3086 Option 16 Only View x Marker DeltaMarker Turns the delta marker on or off Syntax View lt x gt Marker DeltaMarker On Off View lt x gt Marker DeltaMarker Arguments turns the delta marker on Off turns the delta marker off Examples Viewl Marker DeltaMarker On turns the delta marker on Related Commands View lt x gt Marker ResetDelta View lt x gt Marker ResetDelta No Query Form Moves the delta marker to the main marker position Syntax _ View lt x gt Marker ResetDelta Arguments None Examples Viewl Marker ResetDelta moves the delta marker to the main marker position Related Commands View lt x gt Marker DeltaMarker View lt x gt Marker SearchNax No Query Form Positions the marker on the highest signal on screen Syntax View lt x gt Marker SearchMax Arguments None 2 324 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual CodeWPower View Commands 3086 Option 16 Only Examples Viewl Marker SearchMax positions the marker on the highest signal on screen Related Commands View lt x gt Marker SearchMin View lt x gt Marker SearchMin No Query Form Positions the marker on the lowest signal on screen Syntax View lt x gt Marker SearchMin Arguments None Examples Viewl Marker SearchMin positions the marker on the lowest signal on screen Related Commands
79. Standard PDC configures the modulating system according to the PDC standard View x Standard PHS No Query Form Syntax Arguments Examples Configures the modulating system according to the PHS Personal Handy Phone System standard View lt x gt Standard PHS None Viewl Standard PHS configures the modulating system according to the PHS standard 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 243 CDMA Polar View Commands View x Standard TETRA No Query Form Configures the modulating system according to the TETRA Trans European Trunked Radio standard Syntax View lt x gt Standard TETRA Arguments None Examples Viewl Standard TETRA configures the modulating system according to the TETRA standard View lt x gt SymbolRate Sets or queries the symbol rate for the digital modulation Syntax View lt x gt SymbolRate value View lt x gt SymbolRate Arguments lt value gt lt NR3 gt ranges 1 5 to 30 M s Examples Viewl SymbolRate 8M sets the symbol rate to 8 M View x Version Queries the version of the CDMA Polar View program Syntax _ View lt x gt Version Returns lt NR2 gt Examples Viewl Version might return 1 1 2 244 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual CDMA Polar View Commands View x Z Specifies or queries the displayed frame number Syntax lt gt 7 value
80. Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual B 13 Appendix B Factory Initialization Settings Table B 21 Factory initialization settings CCDF commands option 20 only Cont Header View lt x gt Marker SearchSeparation View lt x gt Marker X View lt x gt OutputFormat View lt x gt Position Default settings 2 0 CCDF 100 View lt x gt Resolution View lt x gt Scale HoldYScale View lt x gt Scale XScale 0 1 Off 1 View lt x gt Scale XStart 0 View lt x gt Scale XStartZero View lt x gt Scale Y Scale View lt x gt Scale y Start View lt x gt Source Off 0 0 Active View lt x gt Z 0 Table B 22 Factory initialization settings CCDFView commands option 20 only Header Default settings View lt x gt Marker DeltaMarker Off View lt x gt Marker SearchSeparation 2 View lt x gt Marker X 0 View lt x gt Scale XScale 1 View lt x gt Scale XStart 0 View lt x gt Source Active 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Appendix B Factory Initialization Settings Utility Commands 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Table B 23 Factory initialization settings Self gain calibration commands Header Util1 Gain Auto Default settings On Table B 24 Factory initialization settings Save Load commands Header Util2 BeginZ
81. Util3 BeginZ 2 376 Util3 Destination 2 376 Util3 EndZ 2 377 Util3 MarkerToFrame 2 377 Util3 PeakHold 2 378 Util3 RMS 2 379 Util3 Source 2 380 Util3 Version 2 380 Backus Naur Form BNF 2 case sensitivity 2 5 CCDF commands View x AllFrames 2 332 View x Average Reset 2 332 View x BeginZ 2 333 View lt x gt Destination 2 333 View lt x gt EndZ 2 334 View lt x gt Execute 2 334 View x Marker DeltaMarker 2 335 View lt x gt Marker ResetDelta 2 335 View lt x gt Marker SearchMax 2 336 View lt x gt Marker SearchMin 2 336 View lt x gt Marker SearchSeparation 2 337 View x Marker X 2 337 View lt x gt MarkerToFrame 2 338 View lt x gt OutputFormat 2 338 View lt x gt Position 2 339 View lt x gt Resolution 2 339 View lt x gt Result1 2 340 View lt x gt Result2 2 340 View lt x gt Result3 2 34 View lt x gt Scale AutoScale 2 34 View lt x gt Scale HoldYScale 2 342 View lt x gt Scale Origin 2 342 View lt x gt Scale XScale 2 343 View lt x gt Scale XStart 2 343 View lt x gt Scale XStartZero 2 344 View lt x gt Scale YScale 2 344 View lt x gt Scale Y Start 2 345 View lt x gt Source 2 345 View lt x gt Version 2 346 View lt x gt Z 2 346 CCDFView commands View lt x gt CopyFrom 2 346 View lt x gt CopyTo 2 348 View lt x
82. View 2 202 Eye Diagram View 2 189 FSK View 2 136 Polar View 2 179 Spectrogram View 2 148 Waterfall View 2 164 Waveform View 2 105 View x Marker Z CodeSpectrogram View 2 271 CodeWSpectrogram View 2 303 Spectrogram View 2 148 Waterfall View 2 164 View x MarkerToFrame CCDF 2 338 View lt x gt Mask OffLeft CDMA Time View 2 255 View lt x gt Mask OffLevel CDMA Time View 2 255 View lt x gt Mask OffRight CDMA Time View 2 256 View lt x gt Mask OnLeft CDMA Time View 2 257 View lt x gt Mask OnLevel CDMA Time View 2 257 View lt x gt Mask OnRight CDMA Time View 2 258 View x Mask RBWIM Frequency Waveform View 2 216 View lt x gt Mask RBW1M Level Waveform View 2 216 View lt x gt Mask RB W30k Frequency 1 Waveform View 2 217 View lt x gt Mask RB W30k Frequency2 Waveform View 2 217 View lt x gt Mask RBW30k Levell Waveform View 2 218 View lt x gt Mask RBW30k Level2 Waveform View 2 218 View x MaskArea EVM View 2 202 View x MaskVisible Waveform View 2 105 View x MeasDestination CDMA Polar View 2 236 Polar View 2 780 View x MeasFilter CDMA Polar View 2 236 CodePolar View 2 282 CodeWPolar View 2 314 Polar View 2 80 View x Measure CDMA Time View 2 259 View x MeasureData CDMA Time View 2 259 View x Measurement
83. View lt x gt Burst BlockSize View lt x gt Burst NumberFrames View lt x gt Burst Search View lt x gt Burst Threshold View lt x gt Z 2 174 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Polar View Commands View lt x gt Burst Search Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Determines whether to search a burst signal View lt x gt Burst Search On Off View lt x gt Burst Search On searches a burst for analyzing Off analyzes the frame specified with the View lt x gt Z command Viewl Burst Search On searches a burst for analyzing View lt x gt Burst BlockSize View lt x gt Burst NumberFrames View lt x gt Burst Offset View lt x gt Burst Threshold View lt x gt Z View lt x gt Burst Threshold Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the threshold for determining the rising edge of a burst signal See Figure 2 4 View lt x gt Burst Threshold lt value gt View lt x gt Burst Threshold lt value gt lt NR1 gt ranges 100 to 10 dB The value is the relative level from the maximum within the burst search range Viewl Burst Threshold 20 sets the threshold for determining the rising edge of a burst signal to 20 dB View lt x gt Burst BlockSize View lt x gt Burst NumberFrames View lt x gt Burst Offset View lt x gt Burst Search View lt x gt Z 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum
84. View lt x gt Scale XScale View lt x gt Scale XStart View x Scale AutoScale No Query Form Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands 2 294 Resets the vertical axis power to the default setting View lt x gt Scale AutoScale None Viewl Scale AutoScale resets the vertical axis power to the default setting View lt x gt Scale YScale 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual CodePower View Commands 3066 Option 15 and 3086 Option 16 Only View x Scale XScale Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the horizontal axis channel full scale to display a portion of data View lt x gt Scale XScale value View lt x gt Scale XScale value NR1 ranges 16 to 64 channels Viewl Scale XScale 64 sets the horizontal axis full scale to 64 channels View lt x gt Scale XStart View lt x gt Scale YScale View lt x gt Scale XStart Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the value represented by the minimum left edge of the horizontal axis channel View lt x gt Scale XStart value View lt x gt Scale XStart lt value gt lt 1 gt ranges from 0 to 64 the horizontal axis full scale channels Viewl Scale XStart 0 sets the value represented by the left edge of the horizontal axis to 0 View lt x gt Scale XScale 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spect
85. View lt x gt Version Query the version of the CodeWPower View program View lt x gt XAxis Select the variable for the horizontal axis lt gt 2 Set the time slot number CCDF Commands Option 20 only These commands control the CCDF Cumulative Complementa ry Distribution Function analysis Table 2 27 CCDF commands option 20 only Header View lt x gt AllFrames Description Specify the CCDF calculation range of all frames View lt x gt Average Reset View lt x gt BeginZ View lt x gt Destination Restart the CCDF measurement Set the uppermost frame in the calculation range Select the destination to output the calculation results View lt x gt EndZ Set the lowermost frame in the calculation range View lt x gt Execute View lt x gt Marker DeltaMarker View lt x gt Marker ResetDelta Execute CCDF calculation Turn on or off the delta marker Move the delta marker to the marker position View lt x gt Marker SearchMax Search the maximum peak and place the marker on it View lt x gt Marker SearchMin View lt x gt Marker SearchSeparation View lt x gt Marker X View lt x gt MarkerToFrame Search the minimum peak and place the marker on it Set the resolution to separate two peaks Set the horizontal position of the marker Specify the calculation range between two markers View lt x gt OutputFormat View
86. Viewex Marker SearchMax View x Marker SearchSeparation Sets or queries the minimum horizontal distance to separate two peaks Syntax View lt x gt Marker SearchSeparation value Arguments value NR2 specifies the minimum horizontal distance to separate two peaks The range is 1 to 10 relative to full scale Examples Viewl Marker SearchSeparation 10 sets the minimum horizontal distance for peak separation to 10 relative to full scale Related Commands View lt x gt Scale XScale 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 325 CodeWPower View Commands 3086 Option 16 Only View lt x gt Marker X Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the horizontal position of the marker View lt x gt Marker X value View lt x gt Marker X lt value gt lt 1 gt ranges from the minimum left edge to the maximum right edge of the the horizontal axis channel or symbol Viewl Marker X 32 positions the marker at channel 32 View lt x gt Scale XScale View lt x gt Scale XStart View x Scale AutoScale No Query Form Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands 2 326 Resets the vertical axis power to the default setting View lt x gt Scale AutoScale None Viewl Scale AutoScale resets the vertical axis to the default setting View lt x gt Scale YScale 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum
87. axis To specify the horizontal axis use the View lt x gt EyeLength command View lt x gt Format I Q Trellis View lt x gt Format I displays the eye diagram with the I data along the vertical axis Q displays the eye diagram with the Q data along the vertical axis Trellis displays the eye diagram with the phase along the vertical axis Viewl Format I displays the eye diagram with the I data along the vertical axis View lt x gt EyeLength 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Eye Diagram View Commands View lt x gt Marker T Sets or queries the marker position on the time axis Syntax View lt x gt Marker T value View lt x gt Marker T Arguments lt value gt lt NR3 gt ranges the minimum to the maximum value on the time axis Examples Viewl Marker T 5 5u positions the marker at 5 5 us Related Commands Viewex Marker Y View x Marker Y Query Only Queries the vertical position of the marker Syntax Viewcx Marker Y Returns lt NR3 gt Examples Viewl Marker Y might return 0 000005 indicating that the marker is positioned at 5 us Related Commands View lt x gt Marker T 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 189 Eye Diagram View Commands View x Source Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands View x Version Syntax Returns Examples 2 19
88. based on their frequencies Frequency Band The continuous range of frequencies extending between two limiting frequencies expressed in hertz Frequency Domain Representation The portrayal of a signal in the frequency domain representing a signal by displaying its sine wave components the signal spectrum Frequency Modulation FM The process or result of a process in which the frequency of an electrical signal the carrier is varied in accordance with some characteristic of a second electrical signal the modulating signal or modulation Frequency Range That range of frequencies over which the performance of the instrument is specified Frequency Response The unwanted variation in the displayed amplitude over a specified center frequency range measured at the center frequency expressed in decibels Frequency Span Dispersion The magnitude of the frequency band displayed expressed in hertz or hertz per division Full Span Maximum Span A mode of operation in which the spectrum analyzer scans an entire frequency band Markers When the Marker function is enabled it provides a movable cursor with readout of frequency and amplitude at the marker position When the delta marker mode is enabled a second marker allows operations and readout between the two marker positions Peak Hold Digitally stored display mode which at each frequency address compares the incoming signal level to the stored level and retains the great
89. by the Uti12 Data SaveAP and Util2 Data SaveIQ commands to save data Util2 MarkerToFrame None Util2 MarkerToFrame specifies that the frames between the main marker and the delta marker are saved Util2 BeginZ Util2 EndZ Util2 Data SaveAP Util2 Data SavelQ 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 373 Save Load Commands Util2 Source Specifies or queries the data to be saved Use the Util2 Data SaveAP or Util2 Data SaveIQ command to save the data Syntax Util2 Source None Active Zoom 01 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 file name Uti 12 Source Arguments None specifies no source no operation Active specifies the currently acquired data as the source Zoom specifies the zoomed data as the source D1 to D8 specify the data register D1 to D8 as the source respectively file name string specifies the data file as the source The file name must be IQ the IQ format or AP the AP format Examples Util2 Source Active specifies the currently acquired data as the source Related Commands Util2 Data SaveAP Util2 Data SavelQ Util2 Version Query Only Queries the version of the Save Load program Syntax Util2 Version Returns lt NR2 gt Examples Util2 Version might return 1 1 2 374 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual SSS Average Commands The Uti
90. data When the parameter is level or phase this command sets the vertical axis to full scale View lt x gt Scale AutoScale None Viewl Scale AutoScale adjusts the scaling of the vertical axis automatically View lt x gt Format View lt x gt Scale XScale View lt x gt Scale YScale View x Scale HoldYScale Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands 2 110 Determines whether to hold or reset the vertical scale when you change the input source View lt x gt Scale HoldYScale On Off View lt x gt Scale HoldYScale On holds the vertical scale setting when you change the input source Off resets the vertical scale to full scale Viewl Scale HoldYScale On holds the vertical scale setting when you change the input source View lt x gt Scale YScale View lt x gt Scale YStart View lt x gt Source 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Waveform View Commands View x Scale XScale Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the horizontal axis full scale to display a portion of the data View lt x gt Scale XScale value View lt x gt Scale XScale lt value gt lt NR3 gt ranges full scale 256 to full scale of the acquired data Viewl Scale XScale 2 5M sets the horizontal axis full scale to 2 5 MHz View lt x gt Scale XStart View lt x gt Scale YScale View lt x gt Scale XStart Syntax
91. data from a text file to data register View lt x gt CopyTo Copy display data to a file or data register View lt x gt Format View lt x gt Marker DeltaMarker View lt x gt Marker Deltax Select the waveform display format Turn on or off the delta marker Set the horizontal position of the delta marker View lt x gt Marker DeltaY Query the vertical position of the delta marker View lt x gt Marker Peak View lt x gt Marker ResetDelta View lt x gt Marker SearchMax View lt x gt Marker SearchMin Move the marker to the adjacent peak Move the delta marker to the marker position Search the maximum peak and place the marker on it Search the minimum peak and place the marker on it View lt x gt Marker SearchSeparation View lt x gt Marker X lt gt View lt x gt Mask RBW1M Frequency Set the resolution to separate two peaks Set the horizontal position of the marker Query the vertical position of the marker Set frequency of the reference line at 1 MHz RBW View lt x gt Mask RBW1M Level View lt x gt Mask RBW30k Frequency1 View lt x gt Mask RBW30k Frequency2 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Set level of the reference line at 1 MHz RBW Set the inner frequency of the reference line at 30 kHz RBW Set the outer frequency of the reference line at 30 kHz RBW 2
92. function with the View lt x gt Measurement command View lt x gt Result lt y gt lt NR3 gt lt y gt returns the power lt y gt 2 returns the occupied bandwidth lt y gt 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 or 24 returns the result of spurious test Pass or Fail Each number corresponds to each of eight spurious signals Pass indicates that the waveform is within the specified limits Fail indicates that the waveform exceeds the limits lt y gt 4 7 10 13 16 19 22 or 25 returns each spurious level of eight spurious signals lt y gt 5 8 11 14 17 20 23 or 26 returns each spurious frequency of eight spurious signals Viewl Result5 might return 825000000 indicating that the first spurious frequency is 825 MHz View lt x gt Measurement 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 223 CDMA Waveform View Commands View x Scale AutoScale No Query Form Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Adjusts the scaling of the vertical axis automatically to best display the data When the parameter is level or phase this command sets the vertical axis to full scale View lt x gt Scale AutoScale None Viewl Scale AutoScale adjusts the scaling of the vertical axis automatically View lt x gt Format View lt x gt Scale XScale View lt x gt Scale YScale View x Scale HoldYScale Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands 2 224
93. gt Average Times 10 View lt x gt Average Type RMSExpo View lt x gt Marker DeltaMarker Off View lt x gt Marker SearchSeparation 2 View lt x gt Marker X 0 View lt x gt Scale XScale 1 View lt x gt Scale XStart 0 View lt x gt Scale Y Scale 0 View lt x gt Scale Y Start 0 View lt x gt Z 0 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual B 11 Appendix B Factory Initialization Settings Table B 18 Factory initialization settings CodeWSpectrogram View commands 3086 option 16 only Header Default settings View lt x gt Marker DeltaMarker Off View lt x gt Marker SearchSeparation 2 View lt x gt Marker X 0 View lt x gt Marker Z 0 View lt x gt Monochrome Off View lt x gt NumberColors 100 View lt x gt Scale XScale 1 View lt x gt Scale XStart 0 View lt x gt Scale Y Scale 20 View lt x gt Scale Y Start 0 View lt x gt Scale ZScale 0 View lt x gt Scale ZStart 0 View lt x gt SymbolRate Composite View lt x gt ZGap 3 pixels Table B 19 Factory initialization settings CodeWPolar View commands 3086 option 16 only Header Default settings View lt x gt AlphaBT 0 22 View lt x gt Analysis TimeSlot 0 View lt x gt AutoCarrier On View lt x gt Carrier 0 View lt x gt Display Measurement View lt x gt Format Vector View lt x gt Marker T 0 View lt x gt MeasFilter
94. gt Marker SearchSeparation 2 View lt x gt Marker X 0 View lt x gt Marker Z 0 View lt x gt Scale XScale 1 View lt x gt Scale XStart 0 View lt x gt Scale Y Scale 20 View lt x gt Scale Y Start 0 View lt x gt Scale ZScale 0 View lt x gt Scale ZStart 0 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual B 5 Appendix B Factory Initialization Settings Table B 7 Factory initialization settings Waterfall View commands Cont Header View lt x gt Source View lt x gt YHeight View lt x gt ZGap Default settings Table B 8 Factory initialization settings Polar View commands Header Default settings View lt x gt AlphaBT 0 5 View lt x gt AutoCarrier On View lt x gt Burst BlockSize 4 View lt x gt Burst NumberFrames 1 View lt x gt Burst Offset 0 View lt x gt Burst Search Off View lt x gt Burst Threshold 20 dB View lt x gt Carrier 0 View lt x gt Display Measurement View lt x gt Format Vector View lt x gt Marker T 0 View lt x gt MeasDestination D5D6 View lt x gt MeasFilter RootRaisedCosine View lt x gt Modulation 1 4 rt QPSK View lt x gt Position 100 96 View lt x gt RefDestination D7D8 View lt x gt RefFilter RaisedCosine View lt x gt Source Active View lt x gt SymbolRate 21k View lt x gt Z 0 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer
95. gt Marker Trace Tracel Trace2 View lt x gt Marker Trace Tracel places the marker on waveform specified with the View lt x gt Source command Trace2 places the marker on the waveform specified with the View lt x gt Trace2 Source command Viewl Marker Trace Tracel places the marker on the Trace 1 View lt x gt Source View lt x gt Trace2 Source Sets or queries the horizontal position of the marker View lt x gt Marker X lt value gt View lt x gt Marker X lt value gt lt NR3 gt ranges from the minimum left edge to the maximum right edge of the the horizontal axis Viewl Marker X 1 56 positions the marker at 1 5 GHz View lt x gt Marker Y 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Waveform View Commands View x Marker Y Query Only Queries the vertical position of the marker Syntax Viewcx Marker Y Returns lt NR3 gt Examples Viewl Marker Y might return 30 indicating that the marker is at 30 dBm Related Commands View lt x gt Marker X View x MaskVisible Determines whether or not to display the trigger mask on the analyzer screen Syntax View lt x gt MaskVisible On Off View lt x gt MaskVisible Arguments On displays the trigger mask Off hides the trigger mask Examples Viewl MaskVisible On displays the trigger mask 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Ma
96. gt Marker X Returns lt NR3 gt 1 represents the full scale Examples Viewl Marker X might return 0 345 Related Commands Viewex Marker Y View x Marker Y Query Only Queries the vertical position of the marker Syntax View lt x gt Marker Y Returns lt NR3 gt represents the full scale Examples Viewl Marker Y might return 0 765 Related Commands View lt x gt Marker X 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 179 Polar View Commands View x MeasDestination Selects or queries the register pair to store the measurement data Syntax View lt x gt MeasDestination None 0102 0304 0506 0708 View lt x gt MeasDestination Arguments None specifies no destination D1D2 to D7D8 specify a register pair to store the measurement data Examples Viewl MeasDestination D1D2 specifies the D1 and D2 register pair for storing data Related Commands View lt x gt RefDestination View lt x gt MeasfFilter Selects or queries the filter to create the measurement data Syntax View lt x gt MeasFilter None RootRaisedCosine View lt x gt MeasFilter Arguments None selects no filter RootRaisedCosine selects the root raised cosine filter Examples Viewl MeasFilter RootRaisedCosine selects the root raised cosine filter to create the measurement data Related Commands View lt x gt RefFilter 2 180 3066 amp 30
97. input source View lt x gt Scale HoldYScale On Off View lt x gt Scale HoldYScale On holds the vertical scale setting when you change the input source Off resets the vertical scale to full scale Viewl Scale HoldYScale On holds the vertical scale setting when you change the input source View lt x gt Scale YScale View lt x gt Scale YStart View lt x gt Source View lt x gt Scale XScale Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the horizontal axis full scale to display a portion of the data View lt x gt Scale XScale value View lt x gt Scale XScale lt value gt lt NR3 gt ranges full scale 256 to full scale of the acquired data Viewl Scale XScale 20 sets the horizontal axis full scale to 20 us View lt x gt Scale XStart View lt x gt Scale YScale 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 137 FSK View Commands View x Scale XStart Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the value represented by the minimum left edge of the horizontal time axis View lt x gt Scale XStart value View lt x gt Scale XStart value NR3 ranges from the minimum to the maximum value on the horizontal axis of the acquired data Viewl Scale XStart 50u sets the value represented by the left edge of the horizontal axis to 50 us View lt x gt Scale XScale View lt x
98. is not related to the input frequency Vertical Scale Factor Vertical Display Factor The number of dB volts etc represented by one vertical division of a spectrum analyzer display screen View Display Enables viewing of contents of the chosen memory section e g View A displays the contents of memory A View B displays the contents of memory B 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Glossary 3 Glossary Glossary 4 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Index A abbreviations commands queries and parameters 2 4 Analog View commands View lt x gt CopyTo 2 120 View lt x gt Format 2 120 View lt x gt Marker DeltaMarker 2 721 View x Marker DeltaX 2 721 View x Marker DeltaY 2 722 View lt x gt Marker Peak 2 22 View lt x gt Marker ResetDelta 2 23 View lt x gt Marker SearchMax 2 23 View lt x gt Marker SearchMin 2 24 View lt x gt Marker SearchSeparation 2 24 View x Marker X 2 725 View x Marker Y 2 725 View lt x gt Scale AutoScale 2 726 View lt x gt Scale HoldYScale 2 126 View lt x gt Scale XScale 2 127 View lt x gt Scale XStart 2 127 View lt x gt Scale Y Scale 2 128 View lt x gt Scale YStart 2 128 View lt x gt Source 2 729 View lt x gt Version 2 729 View lt x gt Z 2 130 Average commands Util3 AllFrames 2 376
99. lt x gt Marker X Query the phase at the marker position Set the marker position on the time axis Query the horizontal position of the marker IView x Marker Y Query the vertical position of the marker View lt x gt MeasDestination View lt x gt MeasFilter View x Modulation View lt x gt Position Select the data register to which the measurement data is output Select the filter for the measurement data Select the modulation type Set the display position in a block View lt x gt RefDestination View lt x gt RefFilter View lt x gt Result lt y gt View lt x gt Source Select the data register to which the reference data is output Select the filter for the reference data Query the measurement results Select the input data source View lt x gt Standard CDPD View lt x gt Standard GSM View lt x gt Standard IS95 View lt x gt Standard NADC Set parameters according to the CDPD standard Set parameters according to the GSM standard Set parameters according to the IS 95 standard Set parameters according to the NADC standard View lt x gt Standard PDC View lt x gt Standard PHS View lt x gt Standard TETRA View lt x gt SymbolRate Set parameters according to the PDC standard Set parameters according to the PHS standard Set parameters according to the TETRA standard Set the symbol rate View lt x
100. lt x gt Position View lt x gt Resolution View lt x gt Result1 Select the format for displaying calculation results Set the display position in a block Set the resolution of the histogram Query the crest factor 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Command Groups CCDFView Commands Table 2 27 CCDF commands option 20 only Cont Header View lt x gt Result2 View lt x gt Result3 View lt x gt Scale AutoScale View lt x gt Scale HoldYScale Description Query the maximum amplitude Query the average amplitude Reset the vertical axis to full sacle Determine whether to hold or reset the vertical scale when you change the input source View lt x gt Scale Origin View lt x gt Scale XScale View lt x gt Scale XStart Reset the vertical and horizontal axis to the default Scale the horizontal axis Set the start point of the horizontal axis on the screen View lt x gt Scale XStartZero Determine whether to set the left edge of each frame to zero on the time axis View lt x gt Scale YScale View lt x gt Scale Y Start View lt x gt Source View lt x gt Version Scale the vertical axis Set the start point of the vertical axis on the screen Select the input data source Query the version of the CCDF program lt gt 2 Set the frame number Option 20 only These command
101. lt x gt Standard 1S95 2 284 View lt x gt Standard 2 184 View x Standard PDC 2 785 View x Standard PHS 2 785 View x Standard TETRA 2 785 View lt x gt SymbolRate 2 156 View lt x gt Version 2 166 View lt x gt Z 2 186 port command 1 6 event 7 6 GPIB 1 5 TCP IP 1 6 programming examples 4 Q quotes 2 5 R Remote commands Clipboard 2 382 Set 2 382 Util8 Dev x command 2 383 Util8 Error 2 383 Util8 Event lt message gt 2 384 Util8 Format 2 384 Util8 GPIB Interface 2 385 Util8 GPIB Primary Address 2 385 Util8 Header 2 386 Util8 Id 2 386 Util8 Key 2 387 Util8 NewLine 2 388 Util8 NumericOutput 2 388 Util8 Register Data 2 389 Util8 Register Header 2 390 Util8 Source 2 39 Util8 Source lt item gt 2 392 Util8 Status 2 394 Util8 TCPIP Port Command 2 395 Util8 TCPIP Port Command Reset 2 395 Util8 TCPIP Port Event 2 396 Util8 TCPIP Port Event Reset 2 396 Util8 Version 2 397 Util8 ViewName 2 397 Util8 Z 2 2 397 Util8 Z lt item gt 2 398 retrieving response message 2 399 Index 6 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Index rules for using commands 2 5 S Save Load commands Util2 Buffer header 2 362 Util2 AllFrames 2 362 Util2 Begin
102. mode Perform average in the RMS mode Select the input data source Util3 Version Query the version of the Average program 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 35 Command Groups Remote Commands These commands control remote operation Table 2 32 Remote commands Header Clipboard Set Util8 Dev lt address gt lt command gt Description Query the contents of the clipboard Query the instrument settings Send the command to the GPIB device Util8 Event lt message gt Util8 Format Util8 GPIB Interface Util8 GPIB PrimaryAddress Generate an event Select the waveform display format Select the GPIB configuration Set the GPIB primary address Util8 Header Determine whether to include headers on responses Utilg Id Util8 Key Util8 NewLine Query identifying information about the analyzer Equivalent to pressing the button on the front panel Select the new line character of query responses Util8 NumericOutput Select the numerical format of the returned value Util8 Register Data Util8 Register Header Util8 Source Write a value to the data register Specify axes scaling and labeling for the data register Select the input data source Util8 Source lt item gt Query the setting for the item Util8 Status Util8 TCPIP Port Command Util8 TCPIP
103. mode to Normal Syntax Setup CDMA Span5MNormal Arguments None Examples Setup CDMA Span5MNormal sets the span to 5 MHz and the trigger mode to Normal Related Commands Setup Span Setup CDMA Standard Selects or queries the CDMA standard Syntax Setup CDMA Standard 1595 T53 Setup Standard Arguments 1595 selects the IS 95 standard T53 selects the 1 53 standard Examples Setup CDMA Standard 1595 selects the IS 95 standard 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 81 Setup Commands Setup CDMA TriggerLevel Sets or queries the trigger level in the time domain Syntax Setup CDMA TriggerLevel value Setup CDMA TriggerLevel Arguments value lt 2 gt specifies the trigger level The range is 40 dB to 0 dB Examples Setup CDMA TriggerLevel 0 sets the trigger level to 0 dB Setup MarkerToFreq No Query Form Sets the center frequency to the value at the marker Syntax Setup MarkerToFreq Arguments None Examples Setup MarkerToFreq sets the center frequency to the value at the marker Setup MaxSpan No Query Form Sets the span to the maximum Syntax Setup MaxSpan Arguments None Examples Setup MaxSpan sets the span to the maximum Related Commands Setup Span 2 82 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual CDMA Setup Commands Setup ReferenceLevel Syn
104. number of frames preceding the trigger generation to that of one block Setup TriggerPosition 10 For example if the block size is 1 000 frames 100 frames will be acquired before the trigger generation and 900 frames after it Setup Trigger Setup TriggerSlope Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands 2 88 Selects either a rising or falling edge for the trigger Setup TriggerSlope Rise Fall Setup TriggerSlope Rise specifies to trigger on the rising or positive edge of a signal Fall specifies to trigger on the falling or negative edge of a signal Setup TriggerSlope Rise specifies to trigger on the rising edge of a signal Setup Trigger Setup TriggerSource 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual CDMA Setup Commands Setup TriggerSource Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Selects or queries the trigger source Setup TriggerSource Internal External Setup TriggerSource Internal uses the trigger mask pattern stored in the internal register for trigger generation Externa uses the signal from the EXT TRIG connector on the front panel as a trigger input Setup TriggerSource Internal uses the trigger mask pattern stored in the internal register as the trigger source Setup Trigger Setup TriggerTimeout Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the timeout value in the Timeout
105. only These commands control the code domain spectrogram view according to the W CDMA standard Table 2 24 CodeWSpectrogram View commands 3086 option 16 only Header View lt x gt Marker DeltaMarker Description Turn the delta marker on or off View lt x gt Marker ResetDelta View lt x gt Marker SearchMax View lt x gt Marker SearchMin View lt x gt Marker SearchSeparation Move the delta marker to the marker position Search the maximum peak and place the marker on it Search the minimum peak and place the marker on it Set the resolution to separate two peaks 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 29 Command Groups 2 30 CodeWPolar View Table 2 24 CodeWSpectrogram View commands 3086 option 16 only Cont Header View x Marker X lt gt 2 View lt x gt Monochrome View lt x gt NumberColors Description Set the horizontal position of the marker Set the marker position on the Z axis Set the display to monochrome Select the number of display colors View lt x gt Scale AutoScale View lt x gt Scale XScale Scale the vertical axis automatically Scale the horizontal axis View lt x gt Scale XStart Set the start point of the horizontal axis on the screen View lt x gt Scale YScale Scale the vertical axis View lt x gt Scale Y Start Set the start point of t
106. or queries the value represented by the minimum bottom edge of the Y color axis Syntax View lt x gt Scale YStart value View lt x gt Scale YStart Arguments lt value gt lt NR3 gt ranges from ref level 200 dB to ref level 100 dB horizontal axis full scale Examples Viewl Scale YStart 50 sets the value represented by the bottom edge of the Y axis to 50 dBm Related Commands View lt x gt Scale YScale 2 274 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual CodeSpectrogram View Commands 3066 Option 15 3086 Option 16 Only View x Scale ZScale Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the symbol display interval The spectrogram is displayed every specified number of symbols View lt x gt Scale ZScale value View lt x gt Scale ZScale lt value gt lt NR1 gt ranges 1 to 32 1 means every symbol is displayed 32 means every 32 symbol is displayed Viewl Scale ZScale 8 displays a spectrogram every 8 symbol View lt x gt Scale XScale View lt x gt Scale YScale View lt x gt Scale ZStart View lt x gt Scale ZStart Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the value represented by the minimum bottom edge of the Z symbol number axis i e the first symbol to be displayed View lt x gt Scale ZStart value View lt x gt Scale ZStart lt value gt lt NR1 gt ranges
107. or queries the waveform display format 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual CDMA Waveform View Commands Syntax View lt x gt Format FregAmpl FreqPhase FreqI FreqQ TimeAmpl TimePhase Timel TimeQ j View lt x gt Format Arguments Defines the parameters associated with the horizontal and vertical axes as follows Argument Horizontal axis Vertical axis FregAmpl Frequency span Amplitude FreqPhase Frequency span Phase Fregl Frequency span In Phase FreqQ Frequency span Q Quadrature Phase TimeAmpl Time Amplitude TimePhase Time Phase Timel Time In Phase TimeQ Time Q Quadrature phase Examples Viewl Format FreqAmpl shows the waveform with frequency along the horizontal axis and amplitude along the vertical axis View x Marker DeltaMarker Turns the delta marker on or off Syntax View lt x gt Marker DeltaMarker On Off View lt x gt Marker DeltaMarker Arguments On turns the delta marker on Off turns the delta marker off Examples Viewl Marker DeltaMarker On turns the delta marker on Related Commands View lt x gt Marker DeltaX View lt x gt Marker DeltaY View lt x gt Marker ResetDelta 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 211 CDMA Waveform View Commands View lt x gt Marker DeltaX Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the ho
108. programs for the Setup Select the program with the Config Setup command Config Setup Items program name gt lt program name gt where lt program_name gt lt string gt Config Setup Items might return None Standard CDMA Config Setup Config Setup Show No Query Form Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands 2 46 Displays the SETUP menu on the analyzer screen Config Setup Show None Config Setup Show displays the Setup menu on the analyzer screen Config Setup 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Congifuration Commands Config Start No Query Form Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Starts data acquisition in the Block mode During data acquisition the analyzer ignores this command Config Start None Config Start starts data acquisition in the Block mode Config Stop Config StartAgain No Query Form Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Stops the data acquisition and restarts data acquisition in the Block mode Config StartAgain None Config StartAgain stops the data acquisition and restarts data acquisition in the Block mode Config Start Config Stop 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 47 Congifuration Commands Config Status Overload Query Only Queries whether the analyzer s A D converter overloads Syntax Config Status
109. screen Related Commands View lt x gt Scale RisingEdge View x Scale FullScale No Query Form Displays the whole waveform Syntax View lt x gt Scale FullScale Arguments None Examples Viewl Scale FullScale displays the whole waveform Related Commands View lt x gt Scale RisingEdge View lt x gt Scale FallingEdge 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 261 CDMA Time View Commands View x Scale HoldYScale Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Determines whether to hold or reset the vertical scale when you change the input source View lt x gt Scale HoldYScale On Off View lt x gt Scale HoldYScale On holds the vertical scale setting when you change the input source Off resets the vertical scale to full scale Viewl Scale HoldYScale On holds the vertical scale setting when you change the input source View lt x gt Scale YScale View lt x gt Scale YStart View lt x gt Source View lt x gt Scale RisingEdge No Query Form Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands 2 262 Expands the rising edge of the waveform on screen View lt x gt Scale RisingEdge None Viewl Scale RisingEdge expands the rising edge of the waveform on screen View lt x gt Scale FallingEdge 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual CDMA Time View Commands View x Scale XScale Syntax Argum
110. see Figure 2 9 Syntax View lt x gt Mask OffLeft value View lt x gt Mask OffLeft Arguments lt value gt lt NR3 gt ranges 0 to 1 6 ms Examples Viewl Mask OffLeft 0 2m sets the mask time just before the rising edge of waveform to 0 2 ms Related Commands View lt x gt Mask OffRight View lt x gt Mask OffLevel Sets or queries the mask level for the off state see Figure 2 9 Syntax View lt x gt Mask OffLevel value View lt x gt Mask OffLevel Arguments lt value gt lt NR3 gt ranges 100 dB to 0 dB Examples Viewl Mask OffLevel 60 sets the mask level for the off state to 60 dB Related Commands View lt x gt Mask OnLevel 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 255 CDMA Time View Commands View lt x gt Mask OffRight Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands 2 256 Sets or queries the mask time just after the falling edge of waveform see Figure 2 9 View lt x gt Mask OffRight lt value gt View lt x gt Mask OffRight lt value gt lt NR3 gt ranges 0 to 1 6 ms Viewl Mask OffRight 1 2m sets the mask time just after the falling edge of waveform to 1 2 ms View lt x gt Mask OffLeft View lt x gt Mask OffLeft View lt x gt Mask OffRighft View lt x gt Mask OnLevel View lt x gt Mask OffLevel View lt x gt Mask OnLeft View lt x gt Mask OnRight Figure 2 9 S
111. set with the Util3 BeginZ command is used lt endZ gt lt NR1 gt specifies the last frame It ranges 0 to the number of frames 1 If you specify no argument the value set with the Util3 EndZ command is used lt destination gt 01 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 07 D8 specifies the register to store the results If you specify no argument the value set with the Util3 Destination command is used Util3 PeakHold Active 199 0 D1 holds peak for each bin in the frame 199 to 0 and stores the results in the register D1 The larger frame number represents the older frame However you can specify the frame range by changing lt beginZ gt and lt endZ gt In this example both 199 0 and 0 199 are possible Config Mode Util3 BeginZ Util3 EndZ Util3 Destination Util3 Source 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Average Commands Util3 RMS No Query Form Calculates RMS root mean square for each bin in the specified frame range Syntax Uti 13 RMS lt source gt beginZ lt endZ gt lt destination gt Arguments lt source gt Active Zoom file name specifies the data source If you specify no argument the value set with the Util3 Source command is used Active specifies the currently acquired data as the source Zoom specifies the zoomed data as the source file name string specifies the data file as the source The
112. the Spectrogram view Control the Waterfall view Polar Control the Polar view Eye diagram Control the Eye diagram view Symbol table Control the Symbol table view EVM Control the EVM view CDMA Waveform Control the CDMA Waveform view CDMA Polar Control the CDMA Polar view CDMA Time Control the CDMA Time view CodeSpectrogram Control the code domain spectrogram view cdmaOne standard CodePolar Control the polar view cdmaOne standard CodePower Control the code domain power view cdmaOne standard CodeWSpectrogram Control the code domain spectrogram view W CDMA standard CodeWPolar Control the polar view W CDMA standard 2 CodeWPower 2 Control the code domain power view W CDMA standard CCDF 3 Control the CCDF measurement CCDFView 3 Control the CCDF view Utility Self gain calibration Control the self gain calibration Save Load Control to save and load data to from files Control remote operation 1 3066 option 15 and 3086 option 16 only 2 3086 option 16 only 3 3066 3086 option 20 only 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 9 Command Groups General Programming Sequence The programs for controlling the analyzer have the following steps in general 1 Configuration Use the Configuration command group to set the basic operation mode and assign the Views Also use the Remote command subgroup Util8 to set the communication p
113. the horizontal axis channel full scale to display a portion of data View lt x gt Scale XScale value View lt x gt Scale XScale value NR1 ranges 16 to 64 channels Viewl Scale XScale 64 sets the horizontal axis full scale to 64 channels View lt x gt Scale XStart View lt x gt Scale YScale View lt x gt Scale ZScale View lt x gt Scale XStart Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the value represented by the minimum left edge of the horizontal axis channel View lt x gt Scale XStart value View lt x gt Scale XStart lt value gt lt 1 gt ranges from 0 to 64 the horizontal axis full scale channels Viewl Scale XStart 0 sets the value represented by the left edge of the horizontal axis to channel 0 View lt x gt Scale XScale 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 273 CodeSpectrogram View Commands 3066 Option 15 and 3086 Option 16 Only View x Scale YScale Sets or queries the Y color axis full scale to display a portion of data Syntax View lt x gt Scale YScale value View lt x gt Scale YScale Arguments lt value gt lt NR3 gt is 10 20 50 or 100 dB Examples Viewl Scale YScale 50 sets the Y axis full scale to 50 dB Related Commands View lt x gt Scale XScale View lt x gt Scale YStart View lt x gt Scale ZScale View lt x gt Scale YStart Sets
114. the minimum horizontal distance to separate two peaks Syntax View lt x gt Marker SearchSeparation value Arguments lt value gt lt NR2 gt specifies the minimum horizontal distance to separate two peaks The range is 1 to 10 relative to full scale Examples Viewl Marker SearchSeparation 10 sets the minimum horizontal distance for peak separation to 10 relative to full scale Related Commands View lt x gt Scale XScale View lt x gt Marker X Sets or queries the horizontal position of the marker Syntax View lt x gt Marker X value View lt x gt Marker X Arguments lt value gt lt 3 gt ranges from the minimum left edge to the maximum right edge of the the horizontal axis channel Examples Viewl Marker X 32 positions the marker at channel 32 Related Commands View lt x gt Marker Z View lt x gt Scale XScale View lt x gt Scale XStart 2 270 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual CodeSpectrogram View Commands 3066 Option 15 3086 Option 16 Only View lt x gt Marker Z Sets or queries the marker position on the vertical symbol number axis Syntax View lt x gt Marker Z value View x Marker 7 Arguments lt value gt lt NR1 gt ranges 0 to the number of symbols 1 Examples Viewl Marker Z 199 positions the marker at the symbol number 199 Related Commands View lt x gt Marker X View lt x gt Scale ZScale
115. the screen View lt x gt Source View lt x gt Version Select the input data source Query the version of the CDMA Waveform View program lt gt 2 CDMA Polar View Commands Set the frame number These commands control the CDMA Polar view Table 2 19 CDMA Polar View commands Header View lt x gt AlphaBT Description Set the a BT View lt x gt AutoCarrier Turn the carrier search function on or off View lt x gt Burst BlockSize View lt x gt Burst NumberFrames Set the range for searching a burst Set the range for acquiring burst data 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Command Groups Table 2 19 CDMA Polar View commands Cont Header View lt x gt Burst Offset View lt x gt Burst Search View lt x gt Burst Threshold View lt x gt Carrier Description Set the start point for acquiring burst data Determine whether to search a burst Set the threshold to detect the rising edge of a burst Set the carrier frequency View lt x gt Display View lt x gt Format View lt x gt Marker A Select the display data source Select the waveform display format Query the amplitude at the marker position View lt x gt Marker DeltaT Set the delta marker position on the time axis View lt x gt Marker P View lt x gt Marker T View
116. the source D1D2 to D7D8 specify the register pair DID2 to D7D8 as the source respectively file name string specifies the data file as the source The file name must be IQ the IQ format or AP the AP format Viewl Source Active specifies the currently acquired data as the view source Config Mode 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 139 FSK View Commands View x Version Query Only Queries the version of the FSK View program Syntax View lt x gt Version Returns lt NR2 gt Examples View1 Version might return 1 1 View x Z Specifies or queries the displayed frame number Syntax lt gt 7 value View lt x gt Z Arguments lt value gt lt NR1 gt ranges from 0 to the number of frames 1 Examples Viewl Z 199 specifies that the frame 199 displays 2 140 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual EEXELUGTUIIUUSENIITIIIII A Spectrogram View Commands When you select Spectrogram in the Config View lt x gt command use the commands in this section to control the Spectrogram view 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 141 Spectrogram View Commands View x Compression Selects or queries the display data compression method It specifies how to take or discard each acquired data point
117. to 120 dB View lt x gt Scale YScale 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Waveform View Commands View x Source Selects or queries the display data source for the specified view Syntax View lt x gt Source None Active Average Zoom 0102 D3D4 D5D6 D7D8 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 file name View lt x gt Source Arguments None specifies no source The display area in the view will be emptied Active specifies the currently acquired data as the source Average specifies the averaged data as the source When you select this item you have to set the average type and the number of averages using the View lt x gt Average Type and the View lt x gt Average Times commands respectively Zoom specifies the zoomed data as the source D1D2 to D7D8 specify the register pair DID2 to D7D8 as the source respectively D1 to D8 specify the data register D1 to D8 as the source respectively file name string specifies the file as the source The file name must be IQ the IQ format or AP the AP format Examples Viewl Source Active specifies the currently acquired data as the view source Related Commands Config Mode View lt x gt Average Times View lt x gt Average Type 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 113 Waveform View Commands View x Trace2 Compression Selects
118. trigger mode Setup TriggerTimeout value Setup TriggerTimeout lt value gt lt NR3 gt specifies the timeout value The range is 0 to 60 s Setup TriggerTimeout 30 sets the timeout to 30 s Setup Trigger 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 89 Setup Commands Setup TriggerTimes Sets or queries the trigger count in the Count trigger mode Syntax Setup TriggerTimes value Setup TriggerTimes Arguments lt value gt lt NR1 gt depends on the FFT points and the memory mode FFT points value 256 1to 16000 Block size 1024 110 4000 Block size Other than Frequency 1 to 2000 Block size Examples Setup TriggerTimes 10 sets the trigger count to 10 Related Commands Setup Trigger Setup Version Query Only Queries the version of the CDMA Setup program Syntax Setup Version Returns lt NR2 gt indicates the version number Examples Setup Version might return 1 1 2 90 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual EEE JN Waveform View Commands When you select Waveform in the Config View lt x gt command use the commands in this section to set the details for the Waveform view 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 91 Waveform View Commands View x Average Times Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets
119. value Syntax lt gt 1 value View lt x gt AlphaBT Arguments lt value gt lt NR2 gt ranges 0 0001 to 1 Examples Viewl AlphaBT 1 sets the o BT value to 1 View lt x gt Analysis TimeSlot Specifies or queries the symbol number to display the constellation Syntax View lt x gt Analysis TimeSlot value View lt x gt Analysis TimeSlot Arguments lt value gt lt NR1 gt ranges 0 to the number of symbols 1 Examples Viewl Analysis TimeSlot 1 sets the symbol number to 1 View lt x gt Analyze No Query Form Performs analysis on the background for all symbols acquired Syntax lt gt 1 Arguments None Examples Viewl Analyze performs analysis on the background for all symbols acquired Related Commands View lt x gt BreakAnalyze 2 278 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual CodePolar View Commands 3066 Option 15 3086 Option 16 Only View lt x gt AutoCarrier Determines whether to search the carrier automatically for each frame Syntax View lt x gt AutoCarrier On Off View lt x gt AutoCarrier Arguments On searches the carrier automatically for each frame and displays the frequency error in reference to the center frequency on screen at Freq Error Off sets the carrier frequency to the value specified with the View lt x gt Carrier command Examples Viewl Aut
120. x Source Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Selects or queries the display data source for the specified view View lt x gt Source None Active Zoom D1D2 0304 D5D6 0708 file name View lt x gt Source None specifies no source The display area in the view will be emptied Active specifies the currently acquired data as the source Zoom specifies the zoomed data as the source D1D2 to D7D8 specify the register pair DID2 to D7D8 as the source respectively file name string specifies the data file as the source The file name must be IQ the IQ format or AP the AP format Viewl Source Active specifies the currently acquired data as the view source Config Mode View lt x gt Version Query Only Syntax Returns Examples Queries the version of the Analog View program View lt x gt Version lt NR2 gt Viewl Version might return 1 1 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 129 Analog View Commands View x Z Syntax Arguments Examples 2 130 Specifies or queries the displayed frame number View lt x gt Z value View lt x gt Z lt value gt lt NR1 gt ranges from 0 to the number of frames 1 Viewl Z 199 specifies that the frame 199 displays 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual HS CEEEG
121. 0 Selects or queries the data source for the eye diagram View lt x gt Source Measurement Reference View lt x gt Source Measurement selects the measurement data as the view source The data is stored in the register pair specified with the View lt x gt MeasDestination in the Polar View or the CDMA Polar View command group Reference selects the reference data as the data source The data is stored in the register pair specified with the View lt x gt RefDestination in the Polar View or the CDMA Polar View command group Viewl Source Measurement selects the measurement data as the view source View lt x gt MeasDestination and View lt x gt RefDestination in the Polar View or the CDMA Polar View command group Queries the version of the Eye Diagram View program View lt x gt Version lt NR2 gt Viewl Version might return 1 1 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Symbol Table View Commands When you select SymbolTable in the Config View lt x gt command use the commands in this section to control the Symbol Table view For information on the symbol table refer to the User Manual 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 191 Symbol Table View Commands View x CopyTo No Query Form Stores the display data to the Windows clipboard Syntax View lt x gt CopyTo Clipboard Arguments Clipboard stor
122. 066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual CDMA Waveform View Commands Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands View lt x gt CDMA Channel value View x CDMA Channel lt value gt lt NR1 gt specifies the channel number For the 15 95 standard the range is 1 to 777 Channel 1 and 777 correspond to 825 03 and 848 31 MHz respectively The frequency difference between two adjacent channels is 0 03 MHz For the T 53 standard the range is 1 to 1199 Channel 1 and 1199 correspond to 915 0125 and 888 9875 MHz respectively The frequency difference between two adjacent channels is 0 0125 MHz Viewl1 CDMA Channel 777 sets the channel number to 777 Setup Channel View x Compression Syntax Arguments Examples Selects or queries the display data compression method It specifies how to take or discard each acquired data point for a corresponding pixel on the screen because the number of horizontal pixels is usually less than that of data points View lt x gt Compression Sample MinMax Max Min View x Compression Sample takes the acquired data points at regular intervals to obtain a waveform display MinMax takes the minimum and the maximum data points for a corresponding pixel The minimum and the maximum data points are displayed with a vertical bar on the screen Max takes the maximum data point for a corresponding pixel Min t
123. 1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 08 file name Uti18 Source None specifies no source The display area in the view will be emptied Active specifies the currently acquired data as the source Average specifies the averaged data as the source When you select this item you have to set the average type and the number of averages using the View lt x gt Average Type and the View lt x gt Average Times commands respectively Zoom specifies the zoomed data as the source D1D2 to D7D8 specify the register pair DID2 to D7D8 as the source respectively D1 to D8 specify the data register D1 to D8 as the source respectively file name string specifies the data file as the source The file name must be IQ the IQ format or AP the AP format Util8 Source Active specifies the currently acquired data as the source Config Mode Uti18 Source item 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 391 Remote Commands Util8 Source lt item gt Query Only Queries the settings for the data source specified with the Uti18 Source command You need to set the display format with the Uti18 Format command before executing this command Syntax Uti18 Source lt item gt Returns The following table lists the lt item gt and parameter type lt item gt Returns Meaning Bins lt NR1 gt The number of bins BlockSize lt NRf gt
124. 10 72 LA26 1010 LF SUB A 10 1A 26 2A 42 3A 58 13 33 53 LAN 73 LA27 1011 VT ESC B 11 1B 27 2B 43 3B 59 14 34 54 LA12 74 LA28 1100 FF FS lt C 12 1C 28 2C 44 3C 60 15 35 55 LA13 75 LA29 1101 CR GS z D 13 1D 29 2D 45 3D 61 16 36 56 LA14 76 LA30 1110 so RS gt 14 1E 30 2E 46 62 17 37 57 LA15 77 UNL 1 11 1 SI US 1 F 15 1F 31 2F 47 3F 63 ADDRESSED UNIVERSAL LISTEN KEY octal 5 PPer GPIB code with ATN asserted ENQ lt ASCII character hex 5 5 decimal A 2 UPPER CASE LOWER CASE 100 Tao 120 16 140 SA0 160 16 40 64 50 60 96 70 112 101 1 121 17 141 1 161 SA17 A Q a q 4 65 51 81 et 97 71 113 102 2 122 18 142 2 162 SA18 B R b r 42 66 52 8 62 98 72 114 103 123 TA19 143 SA3 163 SA19 C S S 43 67 53 83 63 99 73 115 104 TAM 124 TA20 144 4 164 SA20 D T d t 44 68 54 84 64 100 74 116 105 5 125 21 145 SA5 165 21 U e u 45 69 55 85 65 101 75 117 106 6 126 22 146 SA6 166 SA22 F V f V 46 70 56 86 66 102 76 118 107 127 23 147 SA7 167 SA23 G W g w 47 71 57 87 67 103 77 119 110 Tas 130 TA24 150 8 170 SA24 H X h x 48 72 58 88 68 104 78 120 111 TA9 131 TA25 151 SA9 171 SA25 Y i y 49 73 59 89 79 121 112 10 132 TA26 172 SA26 J Z z
125. 2 325 CodeWSpectrogram View 2 301 EVM View 2 201 FSK View 2 135 Spectrogram View 2 146 Waterfall View 2 162 Waveform View 2 103 View lt x gt Marker SearchSeparation Analog View 2 124 CCDF 2 537 CCDFView 2 351 CDMA Time View 2 253 CDMA Waveform View 2 214 CodePower View 2 293 CodeSpectrogram View 2 270 CodeWPower View 2 325 CodeWSpectrogram View 2 302 FSK View 2 135 Spectrogram View 2 146 Waterfall View 2 162 Waveform View 2 03 View lt x gt Marker Symbol Symbol Table View 2 195 View lt x gt Marker T 7 CDMA Polar View 2 236 CodePolar View 2 281 CodeWPolar View 2 313 Eye Diagram View 2 189 Polar View 2 178 Symbol Table View 2 193 View x Marker T Spectrogram View 2 147 Waterfall View 2 163 View x Marker Trace Waveform View 2 04 View x Marker X Analog View 2 125 CCDF 2 537 CCDFView 2 351 CDMA Time View 2 254 CDMA Waveform View 2 215 CodePower View 2 294 CodeSpectrogram View 2 270 CodeWPower View 2 326 CodeWSpectrogram View 2 302 EVM View 2 201 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Index 11 Index FSK View 2 136 Spectrogram View 2 147 Waterfall View 2 163 Waveform View 2 104 View lt x gt Marker X CDMA Polar View 2 237 Polar View 2 179 View x Marker Y Analog View 2 125 CDMA Polar View 2 237 CDMA Time View 2 254 CDMA Waveform View 2 215 EVM
126. 2 Compression View lt x gt Trace2 Format Select the input data source Select the compression method to display the trace 2 Select the display format of the trace 2 View lt x gt Trace2 Source Select the input data source of the trace 2 View lt x gt Trace2 Z View lt x gt Version lt gt 2 Set the frame number of the trace 2 Query the version of the Waveform View program Set the frame number These commands control the Analog view to analyze an analog modulating signal This view is capable of demodulating and displaying PM Phase Modulation AM Amplitude Modulation or FM Frequency Modulation signals Table 2 10 Analog View commands Header View lt x gt CopyTo View lt x gt Format Description Copy display data to a file or data register Select the waveform display format View lt x gt Marker DeltaMarker View lt x gt Marker Deltax View lt x gt Marker DeltaY View lt x gt Marker Peak View lt x gt Marker ResetDelta Turns on or off the delta marker Query the horizontal position of the delta marker Query the vertical position of the delta marker Move the marker to the adjacent peak Move the delta marker to the marker position View lt x gt Marker SearchMax View lt x gt Marker SearchMin View lt x gt Marker SearchSeparation View lt x gt Marker X Search the maximum peak and place the ma
127. 2000 Block size Examples Setup TriggerTimes 10 sets the trigger count to 10 Related Commands Setup Trigger Setup Version Query Only Queries the version of the Setup program Syntax Setup Version Returns NR2 indicates the version number Examples Setup Version might return 1 1 2 74 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Standard Setup Commands Setup Zoom Execute No Query Form Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Zooms waveform with the expansion factor specified by the Setup Zoom Mag command Setup Zoom Execute None Setup Zoom Execute zooms waveform Setup MemoryMode Setup Zoom Frequency Setup Zoom Mag Setup Zoom Frequency Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the center frequency for the zoom Setup Zoom Frequency value Setup Zoom Frequency lt value gt lt NR3 gt specifies the center frequency for the zoom Setup Zoom Frequency 1 56 sets the center frequency for the zoom to 1 5 GHz Setup Zoom Execute Setup Zoom Mag 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 75 Standard Setup Commands Setup Zoom Mag Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands 2 T6 Sets or queries the expansion factor in the Zoom mode Setup Zoom Mag value Setup Zoom Mag value NRI is the expansion factor It depends on the spa
128. 3 ranges 20 us to 60 s Setup FramePeriod 30m sets the frame period to 30 ms Setup MemoryMode Setup FrequencyOffset Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the frequency display offset This setting is useful for example when a down converter connects externally It has no effect on the analyzer hardware settings FrequencyOffset value FrequencyOffset lt value gt lt NR3 gt ranges 100 GHz to 100 GHz Setup FrequencyOffset 1006 sets the frequency display offset to 100 GHz Setup CenterFrequency 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 61 Standard Setup Commands Setup InputCoupling Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands 2 62 Selects or queries the input coupling to the RF INPUT connector on the front panel In the IQ mode of the 3086 this command is ignored Setup InputCoupling value Setup InputCoupling lt value gt depends on the input mode Input mode lt value gt Wideband 1 RF AC Baseband GND DC 1 The 3086 only AC sets the input coupling to AC GND sets the input coupling to ground DC sets the input coupling to DC Setup InputCoupling AC sets the RF input coupling to AC Setup InputMode 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Standard Setup Commands Setup InputMode Syntax Arguments Examples Related C
129. 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 149 Spectrogram View Commands View x Scale HoldYScale Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Determines whether to hold or reset the Y color axis scale when you change the input source View lt x gt Scale HoldYScale On Off View lt x gt Scale HoldYScale On holds the Y axis scale setting when you change the input source Off resets the Y axis scale to full scale Viewl Scale HoldYScale On holds the vertical scale setting when you change the input source View lt x gt Scale YScale View lt x gt Scale YStart View lt x gt Source View lt x gt Scale XScale Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands 2 150 Sets or queries the horizontal frequency axis full scale to display a portion of the data View lt x gt Scale XScale value View lt x gt Scale XScale lt value gt lt NR3 gt ranges full scale 256 to full scale of the acquired data Viewl Scale XScale 2 5M sets the horizontal axis full scale to 2 5 MHz View lt x gt Scale XStart View lt x gt Scale YScale 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Spectrogram View Commands View x Scale XStart Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the value represented by the minimum left edge of the horizontal frequency axis View lt x gt Scale XStart
130. 385 Remote Commands Utilg Header Syntax Arguments Examples Determines whether to include or omit headers on query responses Uti18 Header On Off Uti18 Header On specifies that the analyzer includes headers on applicable query responses You can then use the query response as a command Off specifies that the analyzer omit headers on query responses so that only the argument is returned Util8 Header On adds header to the response Util8 Id Query Only Syntax Returns Examples 2 386 Returns the analyzer identification code This command is equivalent to the IEEE 488 2 command IDN Uti18 Id The instrument ID in the following format SONY Tektronix 30X6 FV lt firmware_version_number gt SV lt software_version_number gt Uti 18 Id might return SONY Tektronix 3066 FV 1 3 SV 2 0 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Remote Commands Util8 Key No Query Form This command is equivalent to pressing the specified front panel button Syntax Arguments Examples 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Uti18 Key button button specifies the front panel button The following table lists the arguments and their corresponding buttons Argument Button Argument Button Roll ROLL ViewSearch VIEW SRCH Block BLOCK View1X1 to View2X2 View 1X1 to 2X2 PrintScreen
131. 5 NumericOutput SubUnit specifies that returned values are expressed by the SI units 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Remote Commands Util8 Register Data No Query Form Writes a value to the specified location in the data register Syntax Uti18 Register Data lt register gt lt location gt lt value gt Arguments lt register gt D1 D2 D3 04 D5 D6 D7 D8 selects the data register D1 to D8 respectively location lt NR1 gt is the location in the data register to write the value on It ranges 0 to the number of data points on the horizontal axis 1 lt value gt lt NRf gt is the value to be written Examples Util8 Register Data D1 5 0 9 sets the sixth point in the data register D1 to 0 9 Related Commands Uti18 Register Header 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 389 Remote Commands Utilg Register Header No Query Form Specifies axis scaling and labeling for the data register Syntax Uti18 Register Header lt register gt lt item gt lt value gt Arguments register D1 D2 D3 D4 05 D6 D7 DB selects the data register D1 to D8 respectively The following table lists the lt item gt and lt value gt lt item gt lt value gt Meaning XNum lt NRf gt The number of data points on the horizontal axis It must be less than 8142 XStar
132. 86 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Polar View Commands View x Modulation Syntax Arguments Examples View x Position Syntax Arguments Examples Selects or queries the modulation type View lt x gt Modulation PI4QPSK BPSK QPSK PSK8 QAMI6 QAM64 GMSK View lt x gt Modulation PT4QPSK selects 1 4 Shift QPSK Quadrature Phase Shift Keying modulation BPSK selects BPSK Binary Phase Shift Keying modulation QPSK selects QPSK Quadrature Phase Shift Keying modulation PSK8 selects 8PSK Phase Shift Keying modulation QAM16 selects 16QAM Quadrature Amplitude Modulation QAM64 selects 64QAM Quadrature Amplitude Modulation GMSK selects GMSK Gaussian filtered Minimum Shift Keying modulation Viewl Modulation PI4QPSK selects the 1 4 x Shift QPSK modulation Specifies or queries which frame in a block to be displayed View lt x gt Position value View lt x gt Position value NR2 ranges 0 to 100 96 It specifies the display frame position relative to the block size specifies that the first frame in a block is displayed 100 represents the last frame Viewl Position 100 displays the last frame in a block 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 181 Polar View Commands View lt x gt RefDestination Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands View x RefFilter
133. 95 selects the modulation without the equalizer according to the IS 95 standard 1595 0 selects the modulation with the equalizer according to the IS 95 standard Examples Viewl Modulation 1595 0 selects the modulation with the equalizer according to the IS 95 standard 2 282 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual CodePolar View Commands 3066 Option 15 3086 Option 16 Only View lt x gt ReffFilter Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands View x Source Syntax Arguments Examples Selects or queries the filter to create the reference data View lt x gt RefFilter None RaisedCosine Gaussian IS95 View lt x gt RefFilter None selects no filter RaisedCosine selects the raised cosine filter Gaussian selects the Gaussian filter IS95 selects the IS 95 filter Viewl RefFilter RaisedCosine selects the raised cosine filter to create the reference data View lt x gt MeasFilter Selects or queries the input data source for the view View lt x gt Source None Active Zoom lt file_name gt View lt x gt Source None specifies no source The display area in the view will be emptied Active specifies the currently acquired data as the source Zoom specifies the zoomed data as the source file name string specifies the data file as the source The file name must be the IQ format Viewl Source
134. 9696 LT 696959569569569595695696969 EN 6969696969690690969690 O 505050505050505050500 29020202020202020202020 696969696969690969696 69690696969696906969696 O Ethernet interface Option 10 GPIB interface Mouse and keyboard interface Figure 1 5 Interface connector location on the rear panel 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Getting Started Using Communication Ports Using the GPIB The analyzer can communicate with the external controller or other devices on the GPIB and Ethernet network The analyzer has the Talker Listener and Controller functions Refer to the next section about setting the parameters for the port Controller 3066 3086 as the Controller OR O O O Other GPIB device 3066 3086 as the Talker Listner Figure 1 6 GPIB connection GPIB Device GPIB Device GPIB Device GPIB Device GPIB Device GPIB Device Figure 1 7 Typical GPIB network configurations GPIB Device 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 1 5 Getting Started 1 6 Using TCP IP GPIB Requirements Observe these rules when you use your analyzer with
135. Analyzer Programmer Manual CodeWPower View Commands 3086 Option 16 Only View x Scale XScale Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the horizontal axis channel or symbol full scale to display a portion of data View lt x gt Scale XScale value View lt x gt Scale XScale lt value gt lt NR1 gt depends on the horizontal axis setting Horizontal axis Value Short code 16 32 64 128 256 512 or 1024 Symbol 20 40 80 160 320 or 640 Viewl Scale XScale 64 sets the horizontal axis full scale to 64 channels View lt x gt Scale XStart View lt x gt Scale YScale View lt x gt XAxis View lt x gt Scale XStart Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the value represented by the minimum left edge of the horizontal axis channel or symbol View lt x gt Scale XStart value View lt x gt Scale XStart lt value gt lt 1 gt ranges from 0 to 1024 the horizontal axis full scale channels Viewl Scale XStart 0 sets the value represented by the left edge of the horizontal axis to 0 View lt x gt Scale XScale 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 327 CodeWPower View Commands 3086 Option 16 Only View x Scale YScale Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the vertical axis power full scale to display a portion of the data
136. Analyzer Programmer Manual CodeWSpectrogram View Commands 3086 Option 16 Only View x Marker SearchMax No Query Form Positions the marker on the highest signal on screen Syntax View lt x gt Marker SearchMax Arguments None Examples Viewl Marker SearchMax positions the marker on the highest signal on screen Related Commands View lt x gt Marker SearchMin View lt x gt Marker SearchNin No Query Form Positions the marker on the lowest signal on screen Syntax View lt x gt Marker SearchMin Arguments None Examples Viewl Marker SearchMin positions the marker on the lowest signal on screen Related Commands View lt x gt Marker SearchMax 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 301 CodeWSpectrogram View Commands 3086 Option 16 Only View x Marker SearchSeparation Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands View lt x gt Marker X Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands 2 302 Sets or queries the minimum horizontal distance to separate two peaks View lt x gt Marker SearchSeparation value lt value gt lt NR2 gt specifies the minimum horizontal distance to separate two peaks The range is 1 to 10 relative to full scale Viewl Marker SearchSeparation 10 sets the minimum horizontal distance for peak separation to 10 relative to full scale View lt x gt Scale XScale Sets or queries the horizontal position
137. Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 175 Polar View Commands View x Carrier Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands View x Display Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands 2 176 Sets or queries the carrier frequency View lt x gt Carrier value View lt x gt Carrier lt value gt lt NR3 gt ranges 0 Hz to 3 GHz Viewl Carrier 1 206 sets the carrier frequency to 1 2 GHz View lt x gt AutoCarrier Selects or queries the display data source View lt x gt Display Measurement Reference View lt x gt Display Measurement displays the measurement data Reference displays the reference data Viewl Display Measurement displays the measurement data View lt x gt MeasDestination View lt x gt RefDestination 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Polar View Commands View lt x gt Format Selects or queries the waveform display format Syntax View lt x gt Format Vector Constellation View lt x gt Format Arguments Vector specifies the Vector format It displays symbol to symbol movements using vector Constellation specifies the Constellation format It displays only symbols Examples Viewl Format Vector selects the Vector display format View x Marker A Query Only Queries the amplitude at the marker position Syntax View lt x gt Marker A Returns lt NR3 gt Examples Viewl Ma
138. Block size CenterFrequency lt NRf gt Center frequency DateTime lt NRf gt Date and time FFTPoints lt NR1 gt The number of FFT points FFTWindow lt string gt FFT window type FrameLength lt NR1 gt Frame length FramePeriod lt NRf gt Frame period FrameReverse lt string gt Frame sequence On reverse or Off normal Frames lt NR1 gt The number of frames FrequencyOffset lt NRf gt Frequency offset FrequencyDomain On Off Indicates whether the frequency domain data exists or not GainOffset lt NRf gt Gain offset LevelOffset lt NRf gt Level offset MaxInputLeve lt NRf gt Maximum input level MultiAddr lt NR1 gt The last frame address in the multi frame mode MultiFrames lt NR1 gt The number of frames in the multi frame mode ReferenceLevel lt NRf gt Reference level Span lt NRf gt Span 2 392 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Remote Commands item Returns Meaning Ticks lt NR1 gt The count for time stamping TimeDomain On Off Indicates whether the time domain data exists or not UnitPeriod lt NRf gt Unit period for time stamping ValidFrames lt NRf gt The number of all frames in the file XNum lt NR1 gt The number of data points on the horizontal axis XScale lt NRf gt Full scale of the horizontal axis XStart lt NRf gt The start point of the horizontal axis XUnit lt string gt The unit of data for the horizontal axis XLeftLabel lt stri
139. CDF analysis option 20 only 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Congifuration Commands Examples Config Mode Dual loads the configuration file for the Dual mode Config Mode Load No Query Form Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Loads the configuration parameters from the file to which you have stored them previously Config Mode Load file name file name lt string gt specifies the configuration file CFG Config Mode Load SAMPLE1 CFG loads the configuration parameters from the file SAMPLEI CFG Config Mode Save Config Mode Save No Query Form Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Saves the configuration parameters to a file Config Mode Save file name file name lt string gt specifies the configuration file CFG Config Mode Save SAMPLE1 CFG saves the parameters to the configuration file SAMPLEI CFG Config Mode Load 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 41 Congifuration Commands Config Next No Query Form Syntax Arguments Examples Config Pause Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands 2 42 Stops to acquire the current block and starts to acquire the next block Config Next None Config Next stops to acquire the current block and starts to acquire the next block Turns the Pause mode on or off In the Paus
140. D2 specifies the D1 and D2 register pair for storing data Related Commands View lt x gt RefDestination View lt x gt MeasfFilter Selects or queries the filter to create the measurement data Syntax View lt x gt MeasFilter None RootRaisedCosine 1595 View lt x gt MeasFilter Arguments None selects no filter RootRaisedCosine selects the root raised cosine filter IS95 selects the filter specified under the IS 95 standard Examples Viewl MeasFilter RootRaisedCosine selects the root raised cosine filter to create the measurement data Related Commands View lt x gt RefFilter 2 238 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual CDMA Polar View Commands View x Modulation Syntax Arguments Examples View x Position Syntax Arguments Examples Selects or queries the digital modulation format View lt x gt Modulation PI4QPSK BPSK QPSK PSK8 QAM16 QAM64 GMSK CDMAOQPSK View lt x gt Modulation PT4QPSK selects 1 4 Shift QPSK Quadrature Phase Shift Keying modulation BPSK selects BPSK Binary Phase Shift Keying modulation QPSK selects QPSK Quadrature Phase Shift Keying modulation PSK8 selects 8PSK Phase Shift Keying modulation QAM16 selects 16QAM Quadrature Amplitude Modulation modulation QAM64 selects 64QAM Quadrature Amplitude Modulation modulation GMSK selects GMSK Gaussian filtered Minimum Shift Keying modu
141. Deltax 0 View lt x gt Marker SearchSeparation 2 View lt x gt Marker Trace Tracet View lt x gt Marker X 0 View lt x gt MaskVisible Off View lt x gt Measurement Off View lt x gt Measurement ACP BW 0 View lt x gt Measurement ACP Marker Center View lt x gt Measurement ACP SP 0 View lt x gt Measurement OBW 99 View lt x gt Position 100 96 View lt x gt Scale XScale 1 View lt x gt Scale XStart 0 View lt x gt Scale YScale 0 View lt x gt Scale Y Start 0 View lt x gt Source Active View lt x gt Trace2 Compression Max View lt x gt Trace2 Format FregAmpl View lt x gt Trace2 Source None View lt x gt Trace2 Z 0 View lt x gt Z 0 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual B 3 Appendix B Factory Initialization Settings Table B 4 Factory initialization settings Analog View commands Header Default settings View lt x gt Format AM View lt x gt Marker DeltaMarker Off View lt x gt Marker DeltaX 0 View lt x gt Marker SearchSeparation 2 View lt x gt Marker X 0 View lt x gt Scale XScale 1 View lt x gt Scale XStart 0 View lt x gt Scale YScale 200 View lt x gt Scale Y Start 200 View lt x gt Source Active View lt x gt Z 0 Table B 5 Factory initialization settings FSK View commands Header Default settings View lt x gt Marker DeltaMarker Off View lt x gt Marke
142. Display the CONFIG UTILITY menu Query the version of the Configuration program 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 11 Command Groups Setup Commands Standard Setup Commands 2 12 Table 2 6 Configuration commands Cont Header Config View BackgroundColor Config View Items Description Select the background color for waveform view area Return the list of available programs for the view Config View MarkerLink Determine whether the markers in different views move in unison or separately Config View Style Select the view layout Config View lt x gt Config View lt x gt Show Assign the View program to a View side key Display the View menu When you select Standard in the Config Setup command use the following commands to control parameters for the standard measurement These commands are equivalent to the SETUP menu on the front panel Table 2 7 Standard Setup commands Header Description Setup BlockSize Set the number of frames per block Setup CenterFrequency Set the center frequency Setup FFTPoints Set the number of FFT sampling points per frame Setup FFTWindow Select the FFT window Setup FramePeriod Set the frame period in the Block mode Setup FrequencyOffset Setup InputCoupling Setup InputMode Set the frequency display offset Select the input coupling to the RF input Select the signal
143. Manual 2 197 EVM View Commands View x CopyTo No Query Form Syntax Arguments Examples View lt x gt Format Syntax Arguments Examples 2 198 Stores the display data to a file or data register This command is effective only for the data acquired in the Vector mode View lt x gt CopyTo Clipboard DI D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 lt file_name gt Clipboard stores the display data to the Windows clipboard in the ASCII text format You can use the data in your application D1 to D8 select the data register 1 to 8 respectively lt file_name gt lt string gt is TXT ASCII text file The extension is set to TXT automatically Viewl CopyTo Clipboard stores the display data to the clipboard Selects or queries the waveform display format View lt x gt Format EVM MagError PhaseError View lt x gt Format Defines the parameters associated with the horizontal and vertical axes as follows EVM Error vector magnitude Percentage of EVM MagError Amplitude error Percentage of amplitude error PhaseError Phase error Time Percentage of phase error Viewl Format EVM shows the waveform with time along the horizontal axis and percentage of EVM along the vertical axis 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual EVM View Commands View x Marker DeltaMarker Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands
144. Marker SearchMin View lt x gt Marker SearchSeparation 2 122 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Analog View Commands View lt x gt Marker ResetDelta No Query Form Moves the delta marker to the main marker position Syntax View lt x gt Marker ResetDelta Arguments None Examples Viewl Marker ResetDelta moves the delta marker to the main marker position Related Commands View lt x gt Marker DeltaMarker View lt x gt Marker SearchNax No Query Form Positions the marker on the highest signal on screen Syntax View lt x gt Marker SearchMax Arguments None Examples Viewl Marker SearchMax positions the marker on the highest signal on screen Related Commands View lt x gt Marker SearchMin 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 123 Analog View Commands View lt x gt Marker SearchMin No Query Form Positions the marker on the lowest signal on screen Syntax View lt x gt Marker SearchMin Arguments None Examples Viewl Marker SearchMin positions the marker on the lowest signal on screen Related Commands View lt x gt Marker SearchMax View x Marker SearchSeparation Sets or queries the minimum horizontal distance to separate two peaks Syntax View lt x gt Marker SearchSeparation value Arguments value NR2 specifies the minimum horizontal distance to separate two peaks The range is 1 to 10 relative to fu
145. Measure command View lt x gt BreakMeasure None Viewl BreakMeasure stops the Measure function View lt x gt Measure 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual CDMA Time View Commands View x BreakMeasureData No Query Form Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Stops the Measure Data function executed with the View lt x gt MeasureData command View lt x gt BreakMeasureData None Viewl BreakMeasureData stops the Measure Data function View lt x gt MeasureData View x Executing Query Only Syntax Returns Examples Related Commands Queries whether the analyzer is executing the View x Measure or View lt x gt MeasureData command View lt x gt Executing On indicates that the analyzer is executing the View x Measure or View lt x gt MeasureData command Off indicates that the analyzer stops executing the View lt x gt Measure or View lt x gt MeasureData command Viewl Executing might return On indicating that the analyzer is executing the View lt x gt Measure or View lt x gt MeasureData command View lt x gt Measure View lt x gt MeasureData 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 249 CDMA Time View Commands View lt x gt Marker DeltaMarker Turns the delta marker on or off Syntax View lt x gt Marker DeltaMarker On Off View lt x gt Marker DeltaMarker
146. No Query Form Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Moves the delta marker to the main marker position View lt x gt Marker ResetDelta None Viewl Marker ResetDelta View lt x gt Marker DeltaMarker 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 213 CDMA Waveform View Commands View x Marker SearchMax No Query Form Positions the marker on the highest signal on screen Syntax View lt x gt Marker SearchMax Arguments None Examples Viewl Marker SearchMax positions the marker on the highest signal on screen Related Commands View lt x gt Marker SearchMin View x Marker SearchMin No Query Form Positions the marker on the lowest signal on screen Syntax Viewcx Marker SearchMin Arguments None Examples Viewl Marker SearchMin positions the marker on the lowest signal on screen Related Commands View lt x gt Marker SearchMax View lt x gt Marker SearchSeparation Sets or queries the minimum horizontal distance to separate two peaks Syntax View lt x gt Marker SearchSeparation lt value gt View lt x gt Marker SearchSeparation Arguments value NR2 specifies the minimum horizontal distance to separate two peaks The range is 1 to 10 relative to full scale 2 214 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual CDMA Waveform View Commands Examples View lt x gt Marker X Syntax Arguments
147. Overload Returns On indicates the analyzer s A D converter overloads Of f indicates the analyzer s A D converter does not overload Examples Config Status Overload might return On that indicates the analyzer s A D converter overloads Config Status Pause Query Only Queries whether data acquisition pauses Syntax Config Status Pause Returns On indicates data acquisition stops Of f indicates the analyzer is acquiring data Examples Config Status Pause might return On that indicates data acquisition stops 2 48 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Congifuration Commands Config Status Triggered Query Only Syntax Returns Examples Queries whether the analyzer is triggered Config Status Triggered On indicates the analyzer is triggered Off indicates the analyzer is not triggered Config Status Triggered might return On that indicates the analyzer is triggered Config Status Uncal Query Only Syntax Returns Examples Related Commands Queries whether the analyzer is in an uncalibrated state due to the increased temperature NOTE If the instrument is in the uncal state perform the self gain calibration to ensure the normal operation Config Status Uncal On indicates the analyzer is not calibrated Off indicates the analyzer is calibrated Config Status Uncal might return On which indicates the analyzer is not calibra
148. Port Command Reset Util8 TCPIP Port Event Query the status of the analyzer Set the TCP IP command port number Close the TCP IP command port Set the TCP IP event port number Util8 TCPIP Port Event Reset Util8 Version Util8 ViewName Util8 Z Close the TCP IP event port Query the version of the Remote program Query the name of the Remote program Set the frame number Util8 Z lt item gt Query information about the frame of input data 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual VE Configuration Commands Use the Configuration commands to set the analyzer with the basic configuration pattern before acquiring displaying and measuring spectra 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 37 Congifuration Commands Config Block No Query Form Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Starts data acquisition in the Block mode During data acquisition this command stops it Config Block None Config Block starts data acquisition in the Block mode During data acquisition this command stops it Config Start Config Stop Config Continue No Query Form Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands 2 38 Breaks the pause and starts data acquisition again Config Continue None Config Continue breaks the pause and starts data acquisition again Config Pause 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Rea
149. Power in the Config View x command use the commands in this section to set the details for the code domain power view This view incorporates analysis functions for the W CDMA standard 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 319 CodeWPower View Commands 3086 Option 16 Only View x Average Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Determines whether or not to display the results of averaging on the analyzer screen View lt x gt Average On Off View lt x gt Average On displays the results of averaging The averaged power is displayed for each channel or symbol with a bar graph Off hides the results of averaging Viewl Average On displays the results of averaging View lt x gt Average Execute View x Average AllFrames No Query Form Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands 2 320 Specifies that all of the acquired time slots are used for averaging View lt x gt Average AllFrames None Viewl Average All Frames specifies that all of the acquired time slots are used for averaging View lt x gt Average BeginZ View lt x gt Average EndZ 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual CodeWPower View Commands 3086 Option 16 Only View lt x gt Average BeginZz Specifies or queries the uppermost time slot in the average range Syntax View lt x gt Average BeginZ value View lt x gt A
150. PrintScreen Printer Items might return PRINTER1 PRINTER2 PRINTER3 Related Commands Config PrintScreen Printer Config PrintScreen Save No Query Save the screen image to a file Syntax Config PrintScreen Save file name gt Arguments file name string must be BMP bitmap file Examples Config PrintScreen Save C SAMPLE1 BMP save the screen image to the file C SAMPLE1 BMP Related Commands Config PrintScreen 2 44 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Congifuration Commands Config Roll No Query Form Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Config Setup Syntax Arguments Examples Starts data acquisition in the Roll mode During data acquisition this command stops it Config Roll None Config Roll starts the data acquisition in the Roll mode During data acquisition this command stops it Config Block Loads the Setup program for the SETUP menu Config Setup None Standard Config Setup None disables the SETUP menu Standard loads the Standard Setup program CDMA loads the CDMA Setup program Config Setup Standard loads the Standard Setup program for the SETUP menu 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 45 Congifuration Commands Config Setup Items Query Only Syntax Returns Examples Related Commands Returns the list of available
151. Programmer Manual SON Y Tektronix 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer 071 0502 01 This document supports firmware version 2 2 ce Copyright Sony Tektronix Corporation All rights reserved Copyright Tektronix Inc All rights reserved Tektronix products are covered by U S and foreign patents issued and pending Information in this publication supercedes that in all previously published material Specifications and price change privileges reserved Printed in Japan Sony Tektronix Corporation P O Box 5209 Tokyo Int l Tokyo 100 31 Japan Tektronix Inc 1000 Wilsonville OR 97070 1000 TEKTRONIX and TEK are registered trademarks of Tektronix Inc WARRANTY Tektronix warrants that this product will be free from defects in materials and workmanship for a period of one 1 year from the date of shipment If any such product proves defective during this warranty period Tektronix at its option either will repair the defective product without charge for parts and labor or will provide a replacement in exchange for the defective product In order to obtain service under this warranty Customer must notify Tektronix of the defect before the expiration of the warranty period and make suitable arrangements for the performance of service Customer shall be responsible for packaging and shipping the defective product to the service center designated by Tektronix with shipping charges prepaid Tekt
152. RootRaisedCosine View lt x gt Modulation W CDMA View lt x gt RefFilter RaisedCosine View lt x gt ShortCode 0 View lt x gt Source Active View lt x gt SymbolConstellation Off 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Appendix B Factory Initialization Settings Table B 19 Factory initialization settings CodeWPolar View commands 3086 option 16 only Cont Header View lt x gt SymbolRate View lt x gt TimeSlot Default settings Table B 20 Factory initialization settings CodeWPower View commands 3086 option 16 only Header Default settings View lt x gt Average Off View lt x gt Average BeginZ 0 View lt x gt Average EndZ 0 View lt x gt Average Times 10 View lt x gt Average Type RMSExpo View lt x gt Marker DeltaMarker Off View lt x gt Marker SearchSeparation 2 View lt x gt Marker X 0 View lt x gt Scale XScale 1 View lt x gt Scale XStart 0 View lt x gt Scale Y Scale 50 View lt x gt Scale Y Start 50 View lt x gt ShortCode 0 View lt x gt SymbolRate Composite View lt x gt ZAxis ShortCode View lt x gt Z 0 Table B 21 Factory initialization settings CCDF commands option 20 only Header Default settings View lt x gt BeginZ 0 View lt x gt Destination Di View lt x gt EndZ 0 View lt x gt Marker DeltaMarker Off 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real
153. S ADVANCE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES Table of Contents Getting Started Getting Started ott an e nen ee 1 1 The Difference between the 3066 and 3086 1 1 Overview of the 1 1 2 Connecting the Interface sse hes 1 4 Using Communication Ports 1 5 Setting Communication Parameters from the Front 1 1 7 Syntax and Commands Command Syntax 2 1 Commands and Queries 2 2 Constructed 2 6 Command Groups 2 7 Functional Groups dus sexe da e REGES 2 8 General Programming Sequence 2 10 Configuration Commands ee 2 11 Setup Commands pes enea ecd a nk 2 12 View Commands gt i ius u Ra a SR SRL coud he 2 14 Utihty Commands scis ode ae es 2 34 Configuration Commands 2 37 Standard Setup Commands 2 57 CDMA Setup Commands 2 77 Waveform View Commands 2 91 Analog View 2 119 FSK View Commands een nn
154. Scale 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Waterfall View Commands View x Scale YScale Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the vertical axis full scale to display a portion of the data View lt x gt Scale YScale value View lt x gt Scale YScale lt value gt lt NR3 gt ranges full scale 100 to full scale of the acquired data Viewl Scale YScale 2 sets the vertical axis full scale to 2 dB View lt x gt Scale XScale View lt x gt Scale YStart View lt x gt Scale YStart Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the value represented by the minimum bottom edge of the vertical axis View lt x gt Scale YStart value View lt x gt Scale YStart value NR3 ranges from the minimum to the maximum value on the vertical axis of the acquired data Viewl Scale YStart 12 5 sets the value represented by the bottom edge of the vertical axis to 12 5 dBm View lt x gt Scale YScale 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 167 Waterfall View Commands View x Scale ZScale Sets or queries the frame display interval The waveform is displayed every specified number of frames Syntax View lt x gt Scale ZScale value View lt x gt Scale ZScale Arguments lt value gt lt NR1 gt ranges 1 to 32 1 means every frame is displayed 32 me
155. SearchMin 2 201 View x Marker X 2 201 View x Marker Y 2 202 View x MaskArea 2 202 View lt x gt Result lt y gt 2 203 View lt x gt Scale AutoScale 2 203 View lt x gt Scale XScale 2 204 View x Scale XStart 2 204 View lt x gt Scale YScale 2 205 View lt x gt Scale Y Start 27205 View lt x gt Version 2 206 examples programming 4 1 Eye Diagram View commands View lt x gt EyeLength 2 188 View lt x gt Format 2 188 View lt x gt Marker T 2 159 View lt x gt Marker Y 2 189 View lt x gt Source 2 790 View lt x gt Version 2 790 F factory initialization settings 1 FSK View commands View x CopyTo 2 132 View lt x gt Marker DeltaMarker 27 32 View x Marker DeltaX 2 733 View lt x gt Marker DeltaY 2 33 View lt x gt Marker Peak 2 34 View lt x gt Marker ResetDelta 2 34 View x Marker SearchMax 2 134 View lt x gt Marker SearchMin 2 35 View lt x gt Marker SearchSeparation 2 35 View lt x gt Marker X 2 136 View x Marker Y 2 136 View x Scale AutoScale 2 136 View x Scale HoldYScale 2 137 View lt x gt Scale XScale 2 137 View lt x gt Scale XStart 2 138 View lt x gt Scale YScale 2 138 View lt x gt Scale Y Start 2 139 View lt x gt Source 2 739 View lt x gt Version 2 140 View lt x gt Z 2 140 functional groups 2 8
156. Symbol View lt x gt Symbol 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 193 Symbol Table View Commands View lt x gt Radix Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands View lt x gt Rotate Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands 2 194 Selects or queries the display data format View lt x gt Radix Hex Oct Bin View lt x gt Radix Hex selects the hexadecimal format Oct selects the octal format Bin selects the binary format Viewl Radix Hex selects the hexadecimal format to display data View lt x gt Marker Data Sets or queries the numeric value start position It is unavailable for the 1 4 QPSK and GMSK modulating system View lt x gt Rotate value View lt x gt Rotate value NR1 ranges 0 to 3 Viewl Rotate 3 sets the numeric value start position to 3 View lt x gt Marker Data 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Symbol Table View Commands View x Source Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands View x Symbol Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Selects or queries the data source for the symbol table View lt x gt Source Measurement Reference View lt x gt Source Measurement selects the measurement data as the view source The data is stored in the register pair specified with the View lt x gt MeasDesti
157. The alphabetical lists provide more detail on each command and start on page 2 37 Items followed by question marks are queries items without question marks are commands Some items in this section have a question mark in parentheses in the command header section this indicates that the item can be both a command and a query 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 7 Command Groups Functional Groups There are four main groups Configuration command group configures the analyzer for the specific measurement Also it starts or stops data acquisition m Setup command group sets up the analyzer hardware such as frequency span trigger and memory m View command group displays waveform and performs measurement m Utility command group controls the utilities such as self calibration file management averaging and remote operation Table 2 5 lists the functional groups and subgroups of the commands The analyzer has its system program modules corresponding to each subgroup 2 8 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Command Groups Table 2 5 Functional groups in the command set Group Description Configuration lH Configure the analyzer and start stop acquisition Setup Set up the analyzer for the standard measurement Set up the analyzer for the CDMA measurement View Control the Waveform view Control the Analog view Control the FSK view Control
158. View lt x gt Burst Offset Figure 2 8 Settings for burst analysis View lt x gt Burst Offset Sets or queries the start point for acquiring burst data relative to the rising edge of the burst signal See Figure 2 8 Syntax View lt x gt Burst 0ffset value View lt x gt Burst 0ffset Arguments lt value gt lt 1 gt ranges 1024 to 1024 points The minus values represent the data points before the rising edge Examples Viewl Burst Offset 10 specifies that the analyzer acquires burst data from 10 points before the rising edge Related Commands View lt x gt Burst BlockSize View lt x gt Burst NumberFrames View lt x gt Burst Search View lt x gt Burst Threshold View lt x gt Z 2 232 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual CDMA Polar View Commands View lt x gt Burst Search Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Determines whether to search a burst signal View lt x gt Burst Search On Off View lt x gt Burst Search On searches a burst for analyzing Off analyzes the frame specified with the View lt x gt Z command Viewl Burst Search On searches a burst for analyzing View lt x gt Burst BlockSize View lt x gt Burst NumberFrames View lt x gt Burst Offset View lt x gt Burst Threshold View lt x gt Z View lt x gt Burst Threshold Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or queri
159. View lt x gt Marker SearchSeparation 2 View lt x gt Marker X 0 View lt x gt Mask RBW1M Frequency 1 385 MHz View lt x gt Mask RBW1M Level 60 View lt x gt Mask RBW30k Frequency1 900 k View lt x gt Mask RBW30k Frequency2 1 98 MHz View lt x gt Mask RBW30k Level1 42 View lt x gt Mask RBW30k Level2 54 View lt x gt Measurement Off View lt x gt Measurement OBW 99 View lt x gt Measurement Separation 2 View lt x gt Measurement SortedBy Frequency View lt x gt Measurement SpuriousSearch Off View lt x gt Measurement Threshold 100 View lt x gt Position 100 96 View lt x gt RBW 30 kHz View lt x gt Scale XScale 1 View lt x gt Scale XStart 0 View lt x gt Scale YScale 0 View lt x gt Scale Y Start 0 View lt x gt Source Active View lt x gt Z 0 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Appendix B Factory Initialization Settings Table B 13 Factory initialization settings CDMA Polar View commands Header Default settings View lt x gt AlphaBT 0 2 View lt x gt AutoCarrier On View lt x gt Burst BlockSize 5 View lt x gt Burst NumberFrames 2 View lt x gt Burst Offset 0 View lt x gt Burst Search Off View lt x gt Burst Threshold 20 dB View lt x gt Carrier 0 View lt x gt Display Measurement View lt x gt Format Constellation View lt x gt Marker T 0 View lt x gt MeasDe
160. View lt x gt Z7 Arguments lt value gt lt NR1 gt ranges from 0 to the number of symbols 1 Examples Viewl Z 199 specifies that the symbol 199 displays 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 297 CodePower View Commands 3066 Option 15 and 3086 Option 16 Only 2 298 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Er CodeWSpectrogram View Commands 3086 Option 16 Only When you select CodeWSpectrogram in the Config View lt x gt command use the commands in this section to control the code domain power spectrogram view This view incorporates analysis functions for the W CDMA standard 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 299 CodeWSpectrogram View Commands 3086 Option 16 Only View x Marker DeltaMarker Turns the delta marker on or off Syntax View lt x gt Marker DeltaMarker On Off View lt x gt Marker DeltaMarker Arguments turns the delta marker on Off turns the delta marker off Examples Viewl Marker DeltaMarker On turns the delta marker on Related Commands View lt x gt Marker ResetDelta View lt x gt Marker ResetDelta No Query Form Moves the delta marker to the main marker position Syntax _ View lt x gt Marker ResetDelta Arguments None Examples Viewl Marker ResetDelta Related Commands View lt x gt Marker DeltaMarker 2 300 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum
161. Z 2 362 Util2 Buffer CopyHeader 2 364 Util2 Buffer SaveHeader 2 365 Util2 Data Load 2 365 Util2 Data Save 2 366 Util2 Data SaveAP 2 367 Util2 Data Saved 2 367 Util2 Data SaveDateTime 2 369 Util2 Data SaveFlatness 2 370 Util2 Data SaveFrame 2 371 Util2 Data SaveHeader 2 372 Util2 Data SaveIQ 2 368 Util2 EndZ 9 2 373 Util2 MarkerToFrame 2 373 Util2 Source 2 374 Util2 Version 2 374 Self Gain Calibration commands Utill Execute 2 358 Util1 Gain Auto 2 356 Util1 Gain Execute 2 359 Util1 IQOffset Execute 2 359 Utill Result lt x gt 2 360 Util1 Version 2 360 Utill WidebandOffset Request 2 360 Set 2 382 setting communication parameters 7 Setup BlockSize CDMA Setup 2 78 Standard Setup 2 58 Setup CDMA Channel 2 79 Setup CDMA Span30M 2 79 Setup CDMA Span50M 2 80 Setup CDMA Span5MAuto 2 80 Setup CDMA Span5MNormal 2 81 Setup CDMA Standard 2 81 Setup CDMA TriggerLevel 2 82 Setup CenterFrequency 2 59 Setup FFTPoints 2 60 Setup FFTWindow 2 60 Setup FramePeriod 2 61 Setup FrequencyOffset 2 61 Setup InputCoupling 2 62 Setup InputMode 2 63 Setup LevelOffset 2 63 Setup Load Standard Setup 2 64 Setup MarkerToFreq CDMA Setup 2 82 Standard Setup 2 64 Setup MaxSpan CDMA Setup 2 82 Standard Setup 2 65 Setup MemoryMode 2 65 Setup ReferenceLevel
162. Z 199 specifies that the frame 199 displays 2 228 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual GE Polar View Commands When you select CDMAPolar in the Config View lt x gt command use the commands in this section to control the CDMA Polar view For information on the Polar view refer to the User Manual 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 229 CDMA Polar View Commands View x AlphaBT Sets or queries the o BT value Syntax lt gt 1 value View lt x gt AlphaBT Arguments lt value gt lt NR2 gt ranges 0 0001 to 1 Examples Viewl AlphaBT 1 sets the o BT value to 1 View lt x gt AutoCarrier Determines whether to search the carrier automatically for each frame Syntax View lt x gt AutoCarrier On Off View lt x gt AutoCarrier Arguments On searches the carrier automatically for each frame and displays the frequency error in reference to the center frequency on screen at Freq Error Off sets the carrier frequency to the value set with the View lt x gt Carrier command Examples Viewl AutoCarrier On searches the carrier automatically and displays the frequency error Related Commands View lt x gt Carrier 2 230 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual CDMA Polar View Commands View x Burst BlockSize Syntax Arguments Ex
163. a GPIB network m Assign a unique device address to each device on the bus No two devices can share the same device address m Do not connect more than 15 devices to any one bus m Connect one device for every 2 meters 6 feet of cable used m Do not use more than 20 meters 65 feet of cable to connect devices to a bus m Turn on at least two thirds of the devices on the network while using the network m Connect the devices on the network in a star or linear configuration Do not use loop or parallel configurations see Figure 1 7 The analyzer communicates with the external devices through the following two ports on the TCP IP Ethernet network m Command port receives commands from or returns responses to the external controller m Event port sends events to the external controller Refer to the next section about setting the parameters for these ports Controller 3066 3086 Command Event port port TCP IP Ethernet network Figure 1 8 Ethernet connection 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Getting Started Setting Communication Parameters from the Front Panel You can set the communication parameters from the front panel menu or with the Remote commands This section describes the front panel operation procedures For the remote control commands refer to Remote Commands on page 2 381 1 2 3 Press the CONFIG UTILITY
164. a marker to the main marker position View lt x gt Marker ResetDelta None Viewl Marker ResetDelta View lt x gt Marker DeltaMarker 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 145 Spectrogram View Commands View x Marker SearchMax No Query Form Positions the marker on the highest signal on screen Syntax View lt x gt Marker SearchMax Arguments None Examples Viewl Marker SearchMax positions the marker on the highest signal on screen Related Commands View lt x gt Marker SearchMin View x Marker SearchMin No Query Form Positions the marker on the lowest signal on screen Syntax Viewcx Marker SearchMin Arguments None Examples Viewl Marker SearchMin positions the marker on the lowest signal on screen Related Commands View lt x gt Marker SearchMax View lt x gt Marker SearchSeparation Sets or queries the minimum horizontal distance to separate two peaks Syntax View lt x gt Marker SearchSeparation lt value gt Arguments lt value gt lt NR2 gt specifies the minimum horizontal distance to separate two peaks The range is 1 to 10 relative to full scale 2 146 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Spectrogram View Commands Examples Related Commands Viewl Marker SearchSeparation 10 sets the minimum horizontal distance for peak separation to 10 relative to full scale View lt x gt Scale XSca
165. akes the minimum data point for a corresponding pixel Viewl Compression Sample takes the acquired data points at regular intervals to obtain a waveform display 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 209 CDMA Waveform View Commands View x CopyFrom No Query Form Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Loads the display data from the text file View lt x gt CopyFrom file name file name string is TXT ASCII text file The file is the one to which the display data has been stored with the View lt x gt CopyTo command Viewl CopyFrom SAMPLE1 TXT loads the display data from the file SAMPLEI TXT View lt x gt CopyTo View x CopyTo No Query Form Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands View lt x gt Format 2 210 Stores the display data to a file or data register This command is effective only for the data acquired in the Vector mode View lt x gt CopyTo Clipboard DI D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 lt file_name gt Clipboard copies the display data to the Windows clipboard in the ASCI text format You can use the data in your application D1 to 08 are the data register 1 to 8 respectively file name string is TXT ASCII text file The extension is set to TXT automatically Viewl CopyTo Clipboard stores the display data to the clipboard View lt x gt CopyFrom Sets
166. ame display interval The spectrogram is displayed every specified number of frames View lt x gt Scale ZScale value View lt x gt Scale ZScale lt value gt lt NR1 gt ranges 1 to 32 1 means every frame is displayed 32 means every 32 frame is displayed Viewl Scale ZScale 8 displays the spectrogram every 8 frame View lt x gt Scale ZStart 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Spectrogram View Commands View x Scale ZStart Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands View x Source Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the value represented by the minimum bottom edge of the Z frame number axis i e the first frame to be displayed View lt x gt Scale ZStart value View lt x gt Scale ZStart lt value gt lt NR1 gt ranges from 0 to the number of frames 1 Viewl Scale ZStart 20 sets the value represented by the bottom edge of the Z axis to 20 View lt x gt Scale ZScale Selects or queries the display data source for the specified view View lt x gt Source None Active Zoom 01 D2 D3 D4 D5 06 D7 08 lt file_name gt View lt x gt Source None specifies no source The display area in the view will be emptied Active specifies the currently acquired data as the source Zoom specifies the zoomed data as the source D1 to D8 specify the register D1 to D8 as the sourc
167. amples 2 308 Queries the version of the CodeWSpectrogram View program View lt x gt Version lt NR2 gt Viewl Version might return 1 1 Sets or queries the display interval between two adjacent time slots on the Z slot number axis on screen View lt x gt ZGap lt value gt View lt x gt ZGap value NR1 ranges 1 to 10 pixels Viewl ZGap 10 sets the display interval between two adjacent slots on the Z axis to 10 pixels 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual CodeWPolar View Commands 3086 Option 16 Only When you select CodeWPolar in the Config View lt x gt command use the commandis in this section to control the polar view This view incorporates analysis functions for the W CDMA standard For information on the polar view refer to the User Manual 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 309 CodeWPolar View Commands 3086 Option 16 Only View lt x gt AlphaBT Syntax Arguments Examples Sets or queries the o BT value View lt x gt AlphaBT value View lt x gt AlphaBT value NR2 ranges 0 0001 to 1 Viewl AlphaBT 1 sets the o BT value to 1 View lt x gt Analysis TimeSlot Syntax Arguments Examples Specifies or queries the time slot number to display the constellation View lt x gt Analysis TimeSlot value View lt x gt Analysis TimeSlot lt value gt lt
168. amples Related Commands Sets or queries the range for searching a burst signal in frames The start frame is set with the View lt x gt Z command If the number of frames after the start frame does not reach the specified number the frames before the start frame are also used See Figure 2 8 View lt x gt Burst BlockSize value View lt x gt Burst BlockSize lt value gt lt NR1 gt ranges 1 to 20 frames Viewl Burst BlockSize 4 sets the range for the burst search to 4 frames View lt x gt Burst NumberFrames View lt x gt Burst 0ffset View lt x gt Burst Search View lt x gt Burst Threshold View lt x gt Z View lt x gt Burst NumberFrames Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the range for acquiring burst data See Figure 2 8 View lt x gt Burst NumberFrames lt value gt View lt x gt Burst NumberFrames lt value gt lt NR1 gt is 1 or 2 frames Viewl Burst NumberFrames 2 sets the range for burst data acquisition to 2 frames View lt x gt Burst BlockSize View lt x gt Burst 0ffset View lt x gt Burst Search View lt x gt Burst Threshold View lt x gt Z 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 231 CDMA Polar View Commands View lt x gt Burst BlockSize gt View lt x gt Burst NumberFrames gt Data to be analyzed View lt x gt Burst Threshold f
169. annel 1 and 777 correspond to 825 03 and 848 31 MHz respectively The frequency difference between two adjacent channels is 0 03 MHz For the T 53 standard the range is 1 to 1199 Channel 1 and 1199 correspond to 915 0125 and 888 9875 MHZ respectively The frequency difference between two adjacent channels is 0 0125 MHz Setup CDMA Channel 777 sets the channel number to 777 Setup Standard Setup CDMA Span30M No Query Form Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets the span to 30 MHz This command is used for the IS 95 standard Setup CDMA Span30M None Setup CDMA Span30M sets the span to 30 MHz Setup Span 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 79 Setup Commands Setup CDMA Span50M No Query Form Sets the span to 50 MHz This command is used for the T 53 standard Syntax Setup CDMA Spanb50M Arguments None Examples Setup CDMA Span50M sets the span to 50 MHz Related Commands Setup Span Setup CDMA Span5MAuto No Query Form Sets the span to 5 MHz and the trigger mode to Auto Syntax Setup CDMA SpanbMAuto Arguments None Examples Setup CDMA Span5MAuto sets the span to 5 MHz and the trigger mode to Auto Related Commands Setup Span 2 80 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual CDMA Setup Commands Setup CDMA Span5MNormal No Query Form Sets the span to 5 MHz and the trigger
170. ans every 32 frame is displayed Examples Viewl Scale ZScale 8 displays the waveform every 8 frame Related Commands View lt x gt Scale ZStart View lt x gt Scale ZStart Specifies or queries the first frame to be displayed Syntax View lt x gt Scale ZStart value View lt x gt Scale ZStart Arguments lt value gt lt NR1 gt ranges 0 to the number of frames 1 Examples Viewl Scale ZStart 20 displays the waveform starting from the frame number 20 Related Commands View lt x gt Scale ZScale 2 168 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Waterfall View Commands View x Source Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Selects or queries the display data source for the specified view View lt x gt Source None Active Zoom 01 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 file name View lt x gt Source None specifies no source The display area in the view will be emptied Active specifies the currently acquired data as the source Zoom specifies the zoomed data as the source D1 to D8 specify the data register D1 to D7 as the source respectively file name string specifies the data file as the source The file name must be IQ the IQ format or AP the AP format Viewl Source Active specifies the currently acquired data as the view source Config Mode View lt x gt Version Query Only Syntax
171. ar cursors View lt x gt Marker Band Width value View lt x gt Marker Band Width lt value gt lt NR3 gt ranges 0 to full scale of the horizontal axis Viewl Marker Band Width 50M sets the bandwidth of the band marker to 50 MHz View lt x gt Marker Band Center View lt x gt Marker Band Left View lt x gt Marker Band Right 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 99 Waveform View Commands View x Marker DeltaMarker Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Turns the delta marker on or off View lt x gt Marker DeltaMarker On Off View lt x gt Marker DeltaMarker On turns the delta marker on Off turns the delta marker off Viewl Marker DeltaMarker On turns the delta marker on View lt x gt Marker DeltaX View lt x gt Marker DeltaY View lt x gt Marker ResetDelta View lt x gt Marker DeltaX Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands 2 100 Sets or queries the horizontal position of the delta marker View lt x gt Marker DeltaX lt value gt View lt x gt Marker DeltaX lt value gt lt 3 gt ranges from the minimum left edge to the maximum right edge of the the horizontal axis Viewl Marker DeltaX 16 positions the delta marker at 1 GHz View lt x gt Marker DeltaY 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Waveform View Commands View lt x gt Marke
172. arameters with other device Setup Use the Setup command group to set the hardware such as frequency span trigger and memory Acquisition Use the Configuration command group to start or stop the waveform acquisition You can load previously acquired data with the Save Load command subgroup Util2 Measurement and Display Use the View command group to measure and display the result For example if you have selected the Spectrogram View in the configuration use the Spectrogram View command subgroup You can use the Average command subgroup Util3 to average waveforms Also you can save the data to a file with the Save Load command subgroup Util2 Section 4 Programming Examples shows some example programs Powering on the analyzer initializes its settings to the factory defaults For the details about the factory defaults refer to Appendix B Factory Initialization Settings 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Command Groups Configuration Commands These commands configure the system These commands are equivalent to the CONFIG and START STOP menu on the front panel Table 2 6 Configuration commands Header Description Config Block Start or stop data acquisition in the Block mode Config Continue Continue the data acquisition Config Label Display a label on the screen Config Message Display a message in red on the screen Config Mode Load settings from the basic confi
173. ard CDPD Set parameters according to the CDPD standard View lt x gt Standard GSM Set parameters according to the GSM standard View lt x gt Standard NADC Set parameters according to the NADC standard View lt x gt Standard PDC Set parameters according to the PDC standard View lt x gt Standard PHS Set parameters according to the PHS standard View lt x gt Standard TETRA Set parameters according to the TETRA standard View lt x gt SymbolRate Set the symbol rate View lt x gt Version Query the version of the Polar View program lt gt 2 Set the frame number Eye Diagram View These commands control the Eye Diagram view Commands Table 2 15 Eye Diagram View commands Header Description View lt x gt EyeLength Set the number of symbols on the horizontal axis View lt x gt Format Select the waveform display format View lt x gt Marker T Set the marker position on the time axis lt gt Query the vertical position of the marker View lt x gt Source Select the input data source View lt x gt Version Query the version of the Eye Diagram View program 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 21 Command Groups Symbol Table View These commands control the Symbol Table view Commands EVM View Commands Table 2 16 Symbol Table View commands Header View lt x gt CopyTo View lt x gt Marker D
174. ard Setup Commands Setup ReferenceLevel Sets or queries the reference level Syntax Setup ReferenceLevel value Setup ReferenceLevel Arguments lt value gt lt NR1 gt depends on the input mode Input mode lt value gt iQ 1 0 Wideband 1 RF 50 dBm to 30 dBm Baseband 30 dBm to 30 dBm 1 The 3086 only Examples Setup Referencelevel 30 sets the reference level to 30 dBm Related Commands Setup LevelOffset 2 66 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Standard Setup Commands Setup ReferenceOsc Syntax Arguments Examples Selects or queries the reference oscillator Setup ReferenceOsc Internal External Setup ReferenceOsc Internal selects the internal reference oscillator It generates 10 MHz sine wave Externa selects the external reference oscillator It is connected to the 10 MHz REF INPUT connector on the rear panel Setup ReferenceOsc Internal selects the internal reference oscillator Setup Save No Query Form Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Saves the trigger mask to the specified file Setup Save file name file name string specifies the file to save the trigger mask The file name must be Setup Save SAMPLE1 TRG saves the trigger mask to the file SAMPLEI TRG Setup Load Standard Setup Comman
175. ast frame It is 0 to the number of frames 1 or 1 1 represents variable record length destination lt string gt specifies the file to save the header The file name must be IQ the IQ format or AP the AP format Util2 Data SaveHeader Active 199 0 1 10 saves the header for the frame 199 to 0 on the active memory to the file SAMPLEI IQ The larger frame number represents the older frame However you can specify the frame range by changing lt beginZ gt and lt endZ gt In this example both 199 0 and 0 199 are possible Util2 Data SaveFrame Util2 Data SaveFlatness Util2 Data SaveDateTime 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Save Load Commands Util2 EndZ Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Specifies or queries the last frame in the save range This setting is used by the Util2 Data SaveAP and Uti12 Data SaveI commands to save data Use the Util2 BeginZ command to specify the first frame Util2 EndZ value Uti 12 EndZ lt value gt lt NR1 gt ranges from 0 to the number of frames 1 Util2 EndZ 100 sets the number of the last frame to 100 Util2 BeginZ Util2 Data SaveAP Util2 Data SavelQ Util2 MarkerToFrame No Query Form Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Specifies that the frames between the main marker and the delta marker are saved This setting is used
176. at Syntax Arguments Examples View lt x gt Marker T Syntax Arguments Examples Selects or queries the waveform display format View lt x gt Format Vector Constellation View lt x gt Format Vector specifies the Vector format It displays symbol to symbol movements using vector Constellation specifies the Constellation format It displays only symbols Viewl Format Vector selects the Vector display format Sets or queries the marker position on the time axis View lt x gt Marker T value View lt x gt Marker T lt value gt lt NR3 gt ranges 0 to the time length of the acquisition data Viewl Marker T 5 4u positions the marker at 5 4 us 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 281 CodePolar View Commands 3066 Option 15 and 3086 Option 16 Only View x MeasFilter Selects or queries the filter to create the measurement data Syntax View lt x gt MeasFilter None RootRaisedCosine View lt x gt MeasFilter Arguments None selects no filter RootRaisedCosine selects the root raised cosine filter Examples Viewl MeasFilter RootRaisedCosine selects the root raised cosine filter to create the measurement data Related Commands View lt x gt RefFilter View lt x gt Modulation Selects or queries the modulation type Syntax View lt x gt Modulation IS95 IS95 EQ View lt x gt Modulation Arguments IS
177. ata View lt x gt Marker Symbol Description Copy display data to the clipboard Query the value at the marker position Query the symbol location where the marker is placed View lt x gt Marker T View lt x gt Radix View lt x gt Rotate View lt x gt Source Set the marker position on the time axis Select the radix to display the Symbol Table Set the reference phase Select the input data source View lt x gt Symbol Set the symbol location where the marker is placed View lt x gt Version Query the version of the Symbol Table View program These commands control the EVM Error Vector Magnitude view Table 2 17 EVM View commands Header View lt x gt CopyTo Description Copy display data to a file or data register View lt x gt Format View lt x gt Marker DeltaMarker View lt x gt Marker Deltax Select the waveform display format Turn the delta marker on or off Set the horizontal position of the delta marker View lt x gt Marker DeltaY Query the vertical position of the delta marker View lt x gt Marker ResetDelta View lt x gt Marker SearchMax View lt x gt Marker SearchMin Move the delta marker to the marker position Search the maximum peak and place the marker on it Search the minimum peak and place the marker on it View lt x gt Marker X lt gt lt
178. aveHeader Util2 Data Load Util2 Data Save Description Store file header to the buffer Save the file header in the buffer to the file Load data from a file in the IQ format Save the data to the file in the IQ or AP format Util2 Data SaveDateTime Util2 Data SaveFlatness Util2 Data SaveFrame Add date and time for the specified frame to the file Add calibration data to the file Add frame data to the file Util2 Data SaveHeader Save file header for the specified frames to the file Util2 Data Saved Util2 EndZ Util2 MarkerToFrame Util2 Source Inform other system programs of the name of the updated file Specify the last frame to be saved Specify that the frames between the main marker and the delta marker are saved Select the data source to be saved Util2 Version Query the version of the Save Load program Average Commands These commands control averaging Table 2 31 Average commands Header Util3 AllFrames Description Specify that all frames are processed Util3 BeginZ Util3 Destination Util3 EndZ Specify the first frame to be processed Specify the destination to which the result of the process is output Specify the last frame to be processed Util3 MarkerToFrame Specify that the frames between the main marker and the delta marker are processed Util3 PeakHold Util3 RMS Util3 Source Perform average in the peak hold
179. aveform View Commands Related Commands View lt x gt Mask RBW30k Levell View x Measurement Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Selects or queries the measurement function The measurement starts with the data acquisition Query the results with the View lt x gt Result lt y gt command View lt x gt Measurement Off Power Spurious View lt x gt Measurement Off turns the measurement off Power selects the power measurement Spurious selects the spurious measurement Viewl Measurement Power selects the power measurement View lt x gt Measurement OBW View lt x gt Result lt y gt View x Measurement OBW Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the occupied bandwidth View x Measurement OBW value View lt x gt Measurement OBW value NR2 ranges 90 to 99 8 96 Viewl Measurement OBW 99 8 sets the occupied bandwidth to 99 8 96 View lt x gt Measurement 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 219 CDMA Waveform View Commands View x Measurement Separation Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the frequency resolution for spurious search to distinguish two adjacent peaks The resolution is represented by the ratio to the span View lt x gt Measurement Separation value View lt x gt Measurement Separation value
180. averaged Related Commands _ View lt x gt Average BeginZ View lt x gt Average EndZ 2 322 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual CodeWPower View Commands 3086 Option 16 Only View lt x gt Average Times Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the number of waveform acquisitions that make up an averaged waveform View lt x gt Average Times value View lt x gt Average Times lt 1 gt lt 1 gt ranges 1 to 1 000 000 Viewl Average Times 1000 specifies that an averaged waveform will show the result of combining 1000 waveforms View lt x gt Average Type View lt x gt Average Type Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Selects or queries the average type You can also select the peak hold mode For more information about the averaging refer to the User Manual View lt x gt Average Type RMSExpo RMS MaxHold MinHold View lt x gt Average Type RMSExpo averages with the RMS root mean squared exponential This mode weights older acquisition data so that they have a progressively smaller effect on the average RMS averages with the RMS root mean squared MaxHold holds the maximum value for each data point MinHold holds the minimum value for each data point Viewl Average Type RMSExpo averages waveform with the exponential RMS View lt x gt Average Time 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time
181. axis automatically View lt x gt Format View lt x gt Scale XScale View lt x gt Scale YScale View x Scale HoldYScale Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands 2 126 Determines whether to hold or reset the vertical scale when you change the input source View lt x gt Scale HoldYScale On Off View lt x gt Scale HoldYScale On holds the vertical scale setting when you change the input source Off resets the vertical scale to full scale Viewl Scale HoldYScale On holds the vertical scale setting when you change the input source View lt x gt Scale YScale View lt x gt Scale YStart View lt x gt Source 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Analog View Commands View x Scale XScale Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the horizontal axis full scale to display a portion of the data View lt x gt Scale XScale value View lt x gt Scale XScale lt value gt lt NR3 gt ranges full scale 256 to full scale of the acquired data Viewl Scale XScale 20 sets the horizontal axis full scale to 20 us View lt x gt Scale XStart View lt x gt Scale YScale View lt x gt Scale XStart Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the value represented by the minimum left edge of the horizontal axis View lt x gt Scale XStart value View lt x gt Scale XStar
182. ccording to the W CDMA standard with the chip rate of 16 M View lt x gt Standard WCDMA16M None Viewl Standard WCDMA16M configures the modulating system according to the W CDMA standard with the chip rate of 16 M View lt x gt Standard WCDMA4M View lt x gt Standard WCDMA8M View x Standard WCDMAAM No Query Form Syntax 2 316 Configures the modulating system according to the W CDMA standard with the chip rate of 4 M View lt x gt Standard WCDMA4M 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual CodeWPolar View Commands 3086 Option 16 Only Arguments Examples Related Commands None Viewl Standard WCDMA4M configures the modulating system according to the W CDMA standard with the chip rate of 4 M View lt x gt Standard WCDMA16M View lt x gt Standard WCDMA8M View x Standard WCDMA8M No Query Form Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Configures the modulating system according to the W CDMA standard with the chip rate of 4 M View lt x gt Standard WCDMA8M None Viewl Standard WCDMA8M configures the modulating system according to the W CDMA standard with the chip rate of 8 M View lt x gt Standard WCDMA16M View lt x gt Standard WCDMA4M View lt x gt SymbolConstellation Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Determines whether or not to display the symbol constellation View lt x gt SymbolConstellation
183. ce 2 averaged waveform Off does not display the Trace 2 Viewl Trace2 TraceVisible On displays the Trace 2 View lt x gt TraceVisible 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 265 CDMA Time View Commands View x TraceVisible Determines whether or not to display the Trace 1 acquired waveform Syntax View lt x gt TraceVisible On Off View lt x gt TraceVisible Arguments On displays the Trace 1 acquired waveform Of f does not display the Trace 1 Examples Viewl TraceVisible On displays the Trace 1 Related Commands View lt x gt Trace2 TraceVisible View lt x gt Version Query Only Queries the version of the CDMA Time View program Syntax _ View lt x gt Version Returns lt NR2 gt Examples Viewl Version might return 1 1 2 266 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual CodeSpectrogram View Commands 3066 Option 15 and 3086 Option 16 Only When you select CodeSpectrogram in the Config View x command use the commands in this section to control the code domain power spectrogram view This view incorporates analysis functions for the cdmaOne standard 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 267 CodeSpectrogram View Commands 3066 Option 15 and 3086 Option 16 Only View x Marker DeltaMarker Turns the delta marker on or off Syntax View lt x gt Marker DeltaMarke
184. creen Syntax View lt x gt Marker SearchMax Arguments None Examples Viewl Marker SearchMax positions the marker on the highest signal on screen Related Commands View lt x gt Marker SearchMin 2 102 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Waveform View Commands View x Marker SearchMin No Query Form Positions the marker on the lowest signal on screen Syntax Viewcx Marker SearchMin Arguments None Examples Viewl Marker SearchMin positions the marker on the lowest signal on screen Related Commands View lt x gt Marker SearchMax View lt x gt Marker SearchSeparation Sets or queries the minimum horizontal distance to separate two peaks Syntax View lt x gt Marker SearchSeparation lt value gt Arguments lt value gt lt NR2 gt specifies the minimum horizontal distance to separate two peaks The range is 1 to 10 relative to full scale Examples Viewl Marker SearchSeparation 10 sets the minimum horizontal distance for peak separation to 10 relative to full scale Related Commands View lt x gt Marker Peak 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 103 Waveform View Commands View lt x gt Marker Trace Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands View lt x gt Marker X Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands 2 104 Selects or queries the trace on which the marker is placed View lt x
185. cription Select the input data source Query the version of the FSK View program Set the frame number These commands control the Spectrogram view Table 2 12 Spectrogram View commands Header lt gt View lt x gt Format View lt x gt Marker DeltaMarker Description Select the way to compress data for displaying Select the waveform display format Turn the delta marker on or off View lt x gt Marker DeltaT View lt x gt Marker Deltax View lt x gt Marker DeltaY Query the delta marker position on the time axis Set the horizontal position of the delta marker Query the vertical position of the delta marker View lt x gt Marker DeltaZ Set the delta marker position on the Z axis View lt x gt Marker Peak View lt x gt Marker ResetDelta View lt x gt Marker SearchMax Move the marker to the adjacent peak Move the delta marker to the marker position Search the maximum peak and place the marker on it View lt x gt Marker SearchMin Search the minimum peak and place the marker on it View lt x gt Marker SearchSeparation lt gt View lt x gt Marker X View lt x gt Marker Y Set the resolution to separate two peaks Query the marker position on the time axis Set the horizontal position of the marker Query the vertical position of the marker lt gt
186. cts no filter RaisedCosine selects the raised cosine filter Gaussian selects the Gaussian filter Examples Viewl RefFilter RaisedCosine selects the raised cosine filter to create the reference data Related Commands View lt x gt MeasFilter View lt x gt ShortCode Sets or queries the short code number to display the symbol constellation Syntax View lt x gt ShortCode value View lt x gt ShortCode Arguments lt value gt lt NR1 gt ranges 0 to 1023 of the channel number Examples Viewl ShortCode 255 sets the short code to channel 255 Related Commands View lt x gt SymbolConstellation 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 315 CodeWPolar View Commands 3086 Option 16 Only View x Source Syntax Arguments Examples Selects or queries the display data source View lt x gt Source None Active Zoom file name View lt x gt Source None specifies no source The display area in the view will be emptied Active specifies the currently acquired data as the source Zoom specifies the zoomed data as the source file name string specifies the data file as the source The file name must be IQ the IQ format Viewl Source Active specifies the currently acquired data as the source View x Standard WCDMA16M No Query Form Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Configures the modulating system a
187. display 100 selects the 100 color display default Examples Viewl NumberColors 100 selects the 100 color display Related Commands View lt x gt Scale YScale View lt x gt Scale YStart View x Scale AutoScale No Query Form Resets the Y color axis to the default setting Syntax View lt x gt Scale AutoScale Arguments None Examples Viewl Scale AutoScale resets the Y color axis to the default setting Related Commands View lt x gt Scale YScale 2 304 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual CodeWSpectrogram View Commands 3086 Option 16 Only View x Scale XScale Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the horizontal axis channel full scale to display a portion of data View lt x gt Scale XScale value View lt x gt Scale XScale lt value gt lt NR3 gt ranges 16 to 1024 channels Viewl Scale XScale 64 sets the horizontal axis full scale to 64 channels View lt x gt Scale XStart View lt x gt Scale YScale View lt x gt Scale ZScale View lt x gt Scale XStart Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the value represented by the minimum left edge of the horizontal axis channel View lt x gt Scale XStart value View lt x gt Scale XStart lt value gt lt NR3 gt ranges from 0 to 1024 the horizontal axis full scale channels Viewl Scale XStart 0 s
188. distance to separate two peaks View lt x gt Marker SearchSeparation lt value gt value NR2 specifies the minimum horizontal distance to separate two peaks The range is 1 to 10 relative to full scale Viewl Marker SearchSeparation 10 sets the minimum horizontal distance for peak separation to 10 relative to full scale View lt x gt Scale XScale Sets or queries the horizontal position of the marker View lt x gt Marker X lt value gt View lt x gt Marker X lt value gt lt 3 gt ranges from the minimum left edge to the maximum right edge of the the horizontal axis amplitude Viewl Marker X 5 positions the marker at 5 dB View lt x gt Scale XScale View lt x gt Scale XStart 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 351 CCDFView Commands Option 20 Only View x Scale AutoScale No Query Form Adjusts scaling of the vertical axis automatically to best display the data Syntax View lt x gt Scale AutoScale Arguments None Examples Viewl Scale AutoScale adjusts scaling of the vertical axis automatically to best display the data Related Commands View lt x gt Scale YScale View lt x gt Scale LYStart Sets or queries the value represented by the minimum bottom edge of the vertical axis CCDF Syntax View lt x gt Scale LYStart value View lt x gt Scale LYStart Arguments lt value gt lt NR3 gt ranges 1 108 to 100
189. ds Setup Span Sets or queries the span Syntax Setup Span value Setup Span Arguments value depends on the input mode and the memory mode Input mode Memory mode IQ 1 Wideband RF Other than Zoom Zoom Baseband Other than Zoom Zoom 1 The3086 only Examples Setup Span 1M sets the span to 1 MHz value 30M 20M 10M 3G 2G 1G 500M 200M 100M 50M 30M 20M 10M 6M 5M 2M 1M 500k 200k 100k 50k 20k 10k 5k 2k 1k 500 200 100 3G 2G 1G 500M 200M 100M 50M 30M 20M 10M 5M 2M 1M 500k 200k 100k 50k 20k 10k 5k 2k 1k 500 200 100 10M 6M 5M 2M 1M 500k 200k 100k 50k 20k 10k 5k 2k 1k 500 200 100 5M 2M 1M 500k 200k 100k 50k 20k 10k 5k 2k 1k 500 200 100 Related Commands Setup InputMode Setup MemoryMode Setup Trigger Selects or queries the trigger mode Syntax Setup Trigger Auto Delayed Interval Never Normal Quick QuickInterval Timeout Setup Trigger 2 68 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Standard Setup Commands Arguments In the IQ and Wideband modes of the 3086 you can not select Quick and QuickInterval Auto acquires data regardless of trigger generation as follows If you have turned off the trigger count the data acquisition will repeat until you
190. e FreqPhase Frequency span Phase Fregl Frequency span In Phase FreqQ Frequency span Q Quadrature Phase TimeAmpl Time Amplitude TimePhase Time Phase Timel Time In Phase TimeQ Time Q Quadrature phase 2 384 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Remote Commands Examples Related Commands Viewl Format FreqAmpl shows the waveform with frequency along the horizontal axis and amplitude along the vertical axis Uti18 Source item Util8 GPIB Interface Syntax Arguments Examples Selects or queries the GPIB configuration You can not use this command through the GPIB interface Util8 GPIB Interface Off Talker Listener Controller Util8 GPIB Interface Off disables all communication with the controller Talker Listener sets the analyzer to Talker and Listener Controller sets the analyzer to Controller Util8 GPIB Interface Talker Listener sets the analyzer to Talker and Listener Utilg GPIB PrimaryAddress Syntax Arguments Examples Sets or queries the GPIB primary address of the analyzer You can not use this command through the GPIB interface Uti18 GPIB PrimaryAddress value Uti18 GPIB PrimaryAddress value lt 1 gt ranges 1 to 30 Uti l8 GPIB PrimaryAddress 1 sets the GPIB primary address of the analyzer to 1 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2
191. e FFTPoints FFTWindow Center frequency lt NRf gt Date and time lt NRf gt The number of FFT points lt string gt FFT window type FrameLength FramePadding FramePeriod FrameReverse lt NRf gt Frame length lt string gt The position of an invalid frame Before or After lt NRf gt Frame period lt string gt Frame sequence On reverse or Off normal FrequencyOffset GainOffset LevelOffset MaxlnputLevel lt NRf gt Frequency offset lt NRf gt Gain offset lt NRf gt Level offset Maximum input level MultiAddr The the last frame address in the multi frame mode MultiFrames Span Type The number of frames in the multi frame mode lt NRf gt Span lt string gt File type IQ or AP format UnitPeriod ValidFrames Examples lt NRf gt Unit frame update period lt NRf gt The number of all frames in the file Util2 Buffer MultiFrames 2 sets the number of frames in the multi frame mode to two in the file header Related Commands Util2 Buffer CopyHeader Util2 Buffer SaveHeader 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 363 Save Load Commands Util2 Buffer CopyHeader No Query Form Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands 2 364 Copies the file header from the specified data source to the buffer area You can set the header with the Util2 Buffer header command and save the header with the Util2 Buffer SaveHeade
192. e first create a command or query then add a semicolon 2 and finally add more commands or queries and semicolons until you are done If the command following a semicolon is a root node precede it with a colon Figure 2 2 illustrates a chained message consisting of several commands and queries The chained message should end in a command or query not a semicolon Responses to any queries in your message are separated by semicolons Config Setup Standard Setup BlockSize 200 Viewl Marker X Util2 Source 2 First command Second command First query Second query The response from this chained message might be 1 2 Active Response from first query Response from second query Figure 2 2 Example of chaining commands and queries If a command or query has the same root and lower level nodes as the previous command or query you can omit these nodes In Figure 2 3 the second command has the same root node Marker as the first command so these nodes can be omitted Viewl Marker X 1 5 Viewl Marker Y 20 Viewl Marker DeltaMarker On Y IN J N Y J Identical root and lower level nodes Viewl Marker X 1 5 Y 20 DeltaMarker On V YR J 1 First command Additional commands omitted the root nodes Figure 2 3 Example of omitting root and lower level nodes in a chained message 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Command Syntax Unit and SI Prefix
193. e respectively file name string specifies the data file as the source The file name must be IQ the IQ format or AP the AP format Viewl Source Active specifies the currently acquired data as the view source Config Mode 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 153 Spectrogram View Commands View x Version Query Only Syntax Returns Examples View x ZGap Syntax Arguments Examples 2 154 Queries the version of the Spectrogram View program View lt x gt Version lt NR2 gt Viewl Version might return 1 1 Sets or queries the display interval between two adjacent frames on the Z frame number axis View lt x gt ZGap lt value gt View lt x gt ZGap lt value gt lt NR1 gt ranges 1 to 10 pixels Viewl ZGap 10 sets the display interval between two adjacent frames on the Z axis to 10 pixels 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Waterfall View Commands When you select Waterfall in the Config View lt x gt command use the commands in this section to control the Waterfall view 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 155 Waterfall View Commands View x Compression 2 156 Syntax Arguments Examples Selects or queries the display data compression method It specifies how to take or discard each acquired data point fo
194. e horizontal axis Set the start point of the horizontal axis on the screen Scale the vertical axis View lt x gt Scale Y Start View lt x gt Source View lt x gt Trace2 TraceVisible Set the start point of the vertical axis on the screen Select the input data source Determine whether or not to display Trace 2 View lt x gt TraceVisible Determine whether or not to display Trace 1 View lt x gt Version Query the version of the CDMA Time View program CodeSpectrogram View 3066 option 15 and 3086 option 16 only These commands control the Commands code domain spectrogram view according to the cdmaOne standard Table 2 21 CodeSpectrogram View commands 3066 option 15 and 3086 option 16 only Header View lt x gt Marker DeltaMarker Description Turn the delta marker on or off View lt x gt Marker ResetDelta View lt x gt Marker SearchMax View lt x gt Marker SearchMin Move the delta marker to the marker position Search the maximum peak and place the marker on it Search the minimum peak and place the marker on it View lt x gt Marker SearchSeparation View lt x gt Marker X lt gt 2 View lt x gt Monochrome View lt x gt NumberColors Set the resolution to separate two peaks Set the horizontal position of the marker Set the marker position on the Z axis Set the display to monochrome Select the numbe
195. e mode the data acquisition pauses every block to allow you to process the data Use the Config Continue command to resume Config Pause On Off Config Pause On turns the Pause mode on Off turns the Pause mode off Config Pause On turns the Pause mode on Config Continue 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Congifuration Commands Config PrintScreen No Query Form Prints the screen image to the printer specified with the Config PrintScreen Printer command Syntax Config PrintScreen Arguments None Examples Config PrintScreen prints the screen image to the printer Related Commands Config PrintScreen Printer Config PrintScreen Printer Specifies or queries the printer to print the screen image Syntax Config PrintScreen Printer printer name Config PrintScreen Printer Arguments printer name string specifies the printer Examples Config PrintScreen Printer PRINTERI specifies that the screen image is output to the printer named PRINTERI Related Commands Config PrintScreen 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 43 Congifuration Commands Config PrintScreen Printer ltems Query Only Returns the list of available printers Syntax Config PrintScreen Printer Items Returns lt printer_name gt lt printer_name gt where lt printer_name gt lt string gt Examples Config
196. e nenn B 3 Table B 4 Factory initialization settings Analog View conimands unse ae Be cup ob by Sea s ee B 4 Table B 5 Factory initialization settings FSK View commands B 4 Table B 6 Factory initialization settings Spectrogram View commands u y UR een nin Sena satin le eee E e a B 4 Table B 7 Factory initialization settings Waterfall View commands 4s voee te etie Re op gb ree ie B 5 Table B 8 Factory initialization settings Polar View commands B 6 Table B 9 Factory initialization settings Eye diagram View commands e eue 7 Table B 10 Factory initialization settings Symbol View eee ee eRCCER S V e v ace B 7 Table B 11 Factory initialization settings EVM View commands B 7 Table B 12 Factory initialization settings Waveform View commands B 8 Table B 13 Factory initialization settings Polar View commands denen na B 9 Table B 14 Factory initialization settings CDMA Time View commands u e veu nenn na B 9 Table B 15 Factory initialization settings CodeSpectrogram View commands 3066 option 15 and 3086 option 16 only B 10 Table B 16 Factory initialization settings CodePolar View commands 3066 option 15 and 3086 option 16 only B 11 Table B 17 Factory initialization settings CodePower View commands
197. e source Config Mode View lt x gt Source Specifies or queries the frame number to be displayed for the Trace 2 View lt x gt Trace2 Z lt value gt View lt x gt Trace2 Z lt value gt lt NR1 gt ranges 0 to the number of frames 1 Viewl Trace2 Z 199 specifies that the frame 199 displays for the Trace 2 View lt x gt Z 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Waveform View Commands View x Version Query Only Queries the version of the Waveform View program Syntax View lt x gt Version Returns lt NR2 gt Examples Viewl Version might return 1 1 View lt x gt Z Specifies or queries the displayed frame number Syntax Viewoo Z value View lt x gt Z Arguments lt value gt lt NR1 gt ranges from 0 to the number of frames 1 Examples Viewl Z 199 specifies that the frame 199 displays Related Commands View lt x gt Trace2 Z 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 117 Waveform View Commands 2 118 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Analog View Commands When you select Analog in the Config View lt x gt command use the commands in this section to set the details for the Analog view 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 119 Analog View Commands View x CopyTo No Query Form Syntax Arguments Examples
198. e the input source View lt x gt Scale HoldYScale On Off View lt x gt Scale HoldYScale On holds the vertical scale setting when you change the input source Off resets the vertical scale to full scale Viewl Scale HoldYScale On holds the vertical scale setting when you change the input source View lt x gt Scale YScale View lt x gt Scale YStart View lt x gt Source 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 165 Waterfall View Commands View x Scale XScale Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the horizontal axis full scale to display a portion of the data View lt x gt Scale XScale value View lt x gt Scale XScale lt value gt lt NR3 gt ranges full scale 256 to full scale of the acquired data Viewl Scale XScale 2 5M sets the horizontal axis full scale to 2 5 MHz View lt x gt Scale XStart View lt x gt Scale YScale View lt x gt Scale XStart Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands 2 166 Sets or queries the value represented by the minimum left edge of the horizontal axis View lt x gt Scale XStart value View lt x gt Scale XStart value NR3 ranges from the minimum to the maximum value on the horizontal axis of the acquired data Viewl Scale XStart 543 2M sets the value represented by the left edge of the horizontal axis to 543 2 MHz View lt x gt Scale X
199. ectrogram View 2 308 Spectrogram View 2 154 Waterfall View 2 170 W Waterfall View commands View lt x gt Compression 2 756 View x Format 27157 View lt x gt Marker DeltaMarker 2 758 View x Marker DeltaT 2 56 View lt x gt Marker DeltaX 2 159 View x Marker DeltaY 2 759 View lt x gt Marker DeltaZ 2 760 View lt x gt Marker Peak 2 60 View lt x gt Marker ResetDelta 2 61 View x Marker SearchMax 2 61 View x Marker SearchMin 2 762 View x Marker SearchSeparation 2 762 View x Marker T 2 763 View x Marker X 2 163 View x Marker Y 2 764 View x Marker Z 2 164 View lt x gt Scale AutoScale 2 165 View lt x gt Scale HoldYScale 2 165 View lt x gt Scale XScale 2 166 View lt x gt Scale XStart 2 166 View lt x gt Scale YScale 2 167 View lt x gt Scale YStart 2 167 View lt x gt Scale ZScale 2 168 View lt x gt Scale ZStart 2 168 View lt x gt Source 2 169 View lt x gt Version 2 169 View lt x gt YHeight 2 770 View lt x gt ZGap 2 170 Waveform View commands View x Average Times 2 92 View x Average Type 2 92 View x Compression 2 93 View x CopyFrom 2 93 View x CopyTo 2 94 View lt x gt Edit 2 94 View lt x gt Edit DrawHorizontal 2 95 View lt x gt Edit DrawLine 2 95 View lt x gt Edit DrawMax 2 96 V
200. ed Commands View lt x gt Marker Peak 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 135 FSK View Commands View lt x gt Marker X Sets or queries the horizontal position of the marker Syntax View lt x gt Marker X value View lt x gt Marker X Arguments lt value gt lt 3 gt ranges from the minimum left edge to the maximum right edge of the the horizontal time axis Examples Viewl Marker X 3 4 positions the marker at 3 4 ms Related Commands Viewex Marker Y View x Marker Y Query Only Queries the vertical position of the marker Syntax Viewcx Marker Y Returns lt NR3 gt Examples Viewl Marker Y might return 543 2M indicating that the marker is positioned at 543 2 MHz Related Commands View lt x gt Marker X View x Scale AutoScale No Query Form Adjusts the scaling of the vertical frequency axis automatically to best display the data Syntax View lt x gt Scale AutoScale Arguments None 2 136 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual FSK View Commands Examples Related Commands Viewl Scale AutoScale adjusts the scaling of the vertical axis automatically View lt x gt Scale XScale View lt x gt Scale YScale View x Scale HoldYScale Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Determines whether to hold or reset the vertical scale when you change the
201. elect CDMAWaveform in the Config View lt x gt command use the commands in this section to control the CDMA Waveform view 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 207 CDMA Waveform View Commands View x Average Times Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the number of frames that make up an averaged waveform View lt x gt Average Times value View lt x gt Average Times lt value gt lt NR1 gt is the number of frames for averaging from 1 to 1000 Viewl Average Times 1000 specifies that an averaged waveform will show the result of combining 1000 frames View lt x gt Average Type View lt x gt Average Type Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Selects or queries the average type You can also select the peak hold mode For more information about averaging refer to the User Manual View lt x gt Average Type RMSExpo RMS PeakHold View lt x gt Average Type RMSExpo averages with the RMS root mean squared exponential This mode weights older acquisition data so that they have a progressively smaller effect on the average RMS averages with the RMS root mean squared PeakHold holds the peak value for each data point Viewl Average Type RMSExpo averages waveform with the exponential RMS View lt x gt Average Time View lt x gt CDMA Channel 2 208 Selects or queries the channel 3
202. ent Threshold lt value gt View lt x gt Measurement Threshold Arguments lt value gt lt NR1 gt ranges 150 to 30 dB Examples Viewl Measurement Threshold 30 sets the threshold level to 30 dB for the spurious search Related Commands View lt x gt Measurement SpuriousSearch 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 221 CDMA Waveform View Commands View x Position Specifies or queries which frame in a block to be displayed Syntax View lt x gt Position value View lt x gt Position Arguments value lt NR2 gt ranges 0 to 100 It specifies the display frame position relative to the block size specifies that the first frame in a block is displayed 100 represents the last frame Examples Viewl Position 100 displays the last frame in acquiring waveform View lt x gt RBW Sets or queries the resolution bandwidth Syntax View lt x gt RBW 1M 30k Off View x RBW Arguments 1M sets the resolution bandwidth to 1 MHz 30k sets the resolution bandwidth to 30 kHz Off displays the raw data of each bin Examples Viewl RBW 1M sets the resolution bandwidth to 1 MHz 2 222 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual CDMA Waveform View Commands View lt x gt Result lt y gt Query Only Syntax Returns Examples Related Commands Queries the measurement results Select the measurement
203. ents Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the horizontal axis full scale to display a portion of the data View lt x gt Scale XScale value View lt x gt Scale XScale lt value gt lt NR3 gt ranges full scale 256 to full scale of the acquired data Viewl Scale XScale 800u sets the horizontal axis full scale to 800 us View lt x gt Scale XStart View lt x gt Scale YScale View lt x gt Scale XStart Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the value represented by the minimum left edge of the horizontal axis View lt x gt Scale XStart value View lt x gt Scale XStart value NR3 ranges from the minimum to the maximum value on the horizontal axis of the acquired data Viewl Scale XStart 100 sets the value represented by the left edge of the horizontal axis to 100 us View lt x gt Scale XScale 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 263 CDMA Time View Commands View x Scale YScale Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the vertical axis full scale to display a portion of the data View lt x gt Scale YScale value View lt x gt Scale YScale lt value gt lt NR3 gt ranges full scale 100 to full scale of the acquired data Viewl Scale YScale 20 sets the vertical axis full scale to 20 dB View lt x gt Scale XScale View lt x gt Scale YStart
204. er 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual vii Preface viii 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Getting Started Getting Started The 3066 and 3086 are DC to 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer The instrument software operates on the Windows 95 You can write computer programs that remotely set the analyzer front panel controls or that take measurements and read those measurements for further analysis or storage through the GPIB or TCP IP Ethernet optional interface To help you get started with programming the analyzer this section includes the following sections m Overview of the Manual summarizes the type of programming information contained in each major section of this manual m Setting Up Remote Communications describes how to physically connect the analyzer to a controller and set the appropriate front panel controls The Difference between the 3066 and 3086 The 3066 and 3086 functions are the same except that the 3086 has the following two input modes m Wideband input mode Processes 50 MHz to 3 GHz signals with maximum 30 MHz span in the vector mode m 10 input mode Inputs the I and signals directly from the rear panel connectors The descriptions in this manual apply to both the 3066 and 3086 unless otherwise noted For more information about the functions of the analyzer refer to the User Manual 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time S
205. er In this mode the display indicates the peak level at each frequency after several successive sweeps MAX MIN A display mode on the spectrum analyzer that shows the maximum and minimum signal levels at alternate frequency points its advantage is its resemblance to an analog display 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Glossary MIN Hold A spectrum analyzer feature which captures the minimum signal amplitude at all displayed frequencies over a series of sweeps Modulate To regulate or vary a characteristic of a signal Modulating Signal The signal which modulates a carrier The signal which varies or regulates some characteristic of another signal Modulation The process of varying some characteristic of a signal with a second signal Peak Detection A detection scheme wherein the peak amplitude of a signal is measured and displayed In spectrum analysis 20 log peak is often displayed Reference Level The signal level required to deflect the CRT display to the top graticule line Resolution Bandwidth RBW The width of the narrowest filter in the IF stages of a spectrum analyzer The RBW determines how well the analyzer can resolve or separate two or more closely spaced signal components Span Per Division Span Div Frequency difference represented by each major horizontal division of the graticule Spurious Response A response to a spectrum analyzer wherein the displayed frequency
206. er Band Left View lt x gt Marker Band Right View lt x gt Marker Band Left Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands 2 98 Sets or queries the frequency of the left edge of the band marker the two vertical bar cursors View lt x gt Marker Band Left lt value gt View lt x gt Marker Band Left lt value gt lt 3 gt ranges from the minimum left edge to the maximum right edge of the the horizontal axis Viewl Marker Band Left 900M sets the frequency of the left edge of the band marker to 900 MHz View lt x gt Marker Band Center View lt x gt Marker Band Right 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Waveform View Commands View lt x gt Marker Band Right Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the frequency of the right edge of the band marker the two vertical bar cursors View lt x gt Marker Band Right value View lt x gt Marker Band Right lt value gt lt 3 gt ranges from the minimum left edge to the maximum right edge of the the horizontal axis Viewl Marker Band Right 1 16 sets the frequency of the right edge of the band marker to 1 1 GHz lt gt Center View lt x gt Marker Band Left View lt x gt Marker Band Width Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the bandwidth of the band marker the two vertical b
207. er DeltaMarker On turns the delta marker on Related Commands View lt x gt Marker DeltaX View lt x gt Marker DeltaY View lt x gt Marker DeltaZ View lt x gt Marker ResetDelta View lt x gt Marker DeltaT Query Only Queries the delta marker position on the Z frame number axis as the time Syntax View lt x gt Marker DeltaT Returns lt 3 gt Examples Viewl Marker DeltaT might return 0 0096 indicating that the delta marker is positioned at 0 0096 s Related Commands View lt x gt Marker DeltaMarker View lt x gt Marker DeltaZ 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 143 Spectrogram View Commands View lt x gt Marker DeltaX Sets or queries the horizontal position of the delta marker Syntax View lt x gt Marker DeltaX value View lt x gt Marker DeltaX Arguments lt value gt lt NR3 gt ranges from the minimum left edge to the maximum right edge of the horizontal frequency axis Examples Viewl Marker DeltaX 1 26 positions the delta marker at 1 2 GHz Related Commands View lt x gt Marker DeltaY View lt x gt Marker DeltaZ View lt x gt Marker ResetDelta View lt x gt Marker DeltaY Query Only Queries the delta marker position on the Y color axis Syntax View lt x gt Marker DeltaY Returns lt NR3 gt Examples Viewl Marker DeltaY might return 12 3 indicating that the delta marker is positioned at 12 3 dBm Re
208. er on Related Commands View lt x gt Marker DeltaX View lt x gt Marker DeltaY View lt x gt Marker ResetDelta View lt x gt Marker DeltaX Query Only Queries the horizontal position of the delta marker Syntax View lt x gt Marker DeltaX Returns lt NR3 gt Examples Viewl Marker DeltaX might return 3 4E 03 indicating that the delta marker is positioned at 3 4 ms Related Commands View lt x gt Marker DeltaY 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 121 Analog View Commands View lt x gt Marker DeltaY Query Only Queries the vertical position of the delta marker Syntax View lt x gt Marker DeltaY Returns lt NR3 gt Examples Viewl Marker DeltaY might return 100 indicating that the delta marker is positioned at 100 dB Related Commands View lt x gt Marker DeltaX View lt x gt Marker Peak No Query Form Moves the marker to the adjacent peak in the specified direction Note that the adjacent peak is farther than the distance specified with the View lt x gt Marker SearchSeparation command Syntax View lt x gt Marker Peak 1 1 Arguments 1 moves the marker to the adjacent peak on the left of the marker 1 moves the marker to the adjacent peak on the right of the marker Examples Viewl Marker Peak 1 moves the marker to the adjacent peak on the right of the marker Related Commands View lt x gt Marker SearchMax View lt x gt
209. ere to find other information vii 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Index 15 Index Index 16 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual
210. ery Form Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Saves data to a file in the AP format All of the data including header frame data calibration data date and time are saved You can specify the data source with the Util2 Source command and the frame range with the Util2 ALL Frames or the Util2 BeginZ and Util2 EndZ commands The data saved in the AP format is unavailable for the modulation analysis or the zoom Util2 Data SaveAP file name file name lt string gt must be AP Util2 Data SaveAP SAMPLE1 AP saves the data to the file SAMPLE1 AP Util2 ALLFrames Util2 BeginZ Util2 EndZ Util2 Source Util2 Data Save Util2 Data SavelQ Util2 Data Saved No Query Form Syntax Arguments Examples Informs the other programs of Utility Configuration Setup and View that a file has been updated Util2 Data Saved lt file_ name gt lt file_name gt lt string gt specifies the updated file to be informed The file name must IQ the IQ format or AP the AP format If you omit the argument the analyzer uses the file name specified with other command previously Util2 Data Saved SAMPLE1 1Q informs the other programs that the file SAMPLEI IQ is updated 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 367 Save Load Commands Util2 Data SavelQ No Query Form Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands 2 368
211. es CDMA Polar View 2 231 Polar View 2 173 View x Burst Offset CDMA Polar View 2 232 Polar View 2 174 View lt x gt Burst Search CDMA Polar View 2 233 Polar View 2 175 View x Burst Threshold CDMA Polar View 2 233 Polar View 2 175 View lt x gt Carrier CDMA Polar View 2 234 CodePolar View 2 250 CodeW Polar View 2 312 Polar View 2 176 View x CDMA Channel Waveform View 2 208 View lt x gt Compression CDMA Waveform View 2 209 Spectrogram View 2 142 Waterfall View 2 156 Waveform View 2 93 View x CopyFrom CCDFView 2 348 CDMA Waveform View 2 210 Waveform View 2 93 View x CopyTo Analog View 2 120 CCDFView 2 348 CDMA Waveform View 2 210 EVM View 2 198 FSK View 2 132 Symbol Table View 2 192 Waveform View 2 94 View lt x gt Destination CCDF 2 333 View lt x gt Display CDMA Polar View 2 234 CodePolar View 2 260 CodeWPolar View 2 312 Polar View 2 176 View lt x gt Edit Waveform View 2 94 View lt x gt Edit DrawHorizontal Waveform View 2 95 View lt x gt Edit DrawLine Waveform View 2 95 View lt x gt Edit DrawMax Waveform View 2 96 View lt x gt Edit DrawMin Waveform View 2 96 View lt x gt Edit Y Waveform View 2 96 View lt x gt EndZ CCDF 2 334 View lt x gt Execute CCDF 2 334 View lt x gt Executing CDMA Time View 2 249 View lt x gt EyeLen
212. es Related Commands Sets or queries the time interval for the Interval and Quick Interval trigger modes Setup TriggerInterval value Setup TriggerInterval lt value gt lt NR3 gt ranges 1 s to 3600 s Setup TriggerInterval 3000 sets the time interval for the Interval and Quick Interval trigger modes to 3000 s Setup Trigger 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 71 Standard Setup Commands Setup TriggerPosition Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the trigger position Setup TriggerPosition value Setup TriggerPosition value NR2 ranges 0 to 100 96 in 1 step The trigger position represents the ratio of the number of frames preceding the trigger generation to that of one block Setup TriggerPosition 10 For example if the block size is 1 000 frames 100 frames will be acquired before the trigger generation and 900 frames after it Setup Trigger Setup TriggerSlope Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands 2 T2 Selects or queries a rising or falling edge for the trigger Setup TriggerSlope Rise Fall Setup TriggerSlope Rise specifies to trigger on the rising or positive edge of a signal Fall specifies to trigger on the falling or negative edge of a signal Setup TriggerSlope Rise specifies to trigger on the rising edge of a signal Setup Trigger Setup TriggerSource
213. es the display data to the Windows clipboard in the ASCII text format You can use the data in your application Examples Viewl CopyTo Clipboard stores the display data to the clipboard View x Marker Data Query Only Queries the value on the marker position Syntax _ View lt x gt Marker Data Returns lt NRI gt Examples Viewl Marker Data might return 3 Related Commands View lt x gt Marker Symbo1 View lt x gt Marker T View lt x gt Symbol 2 192 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Symbol Table View Commands View x Marker Symbol Query Only Syntax Returns Examples Related Commands View lt x gt Marker T Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Queries the marker position on the symbol table This command is the same as the View lt x gt Symbol command and exists for compatibility lt gt Marker Symbol lt NR1 gt Viewl Marker Symbol might return 110 indicating that the marker is positioned at the symbol number 110 View lt x gt Marker Data View lt x gt Marker T View lt x gt Symbol Sets or queries the marker position on the time axis View lt x gt Marker T value View lt x gt Marker T lt value gt lt NR3 gt ranges the minimum to the maximum value on the time axis Viewl Marker T 5 positions the marker at 5 us View lt x gt Marker Data View lt x gt Marker
214. es the threshold for determining the rising edge of a burst signal See Figure 2 8 View lt x gt Burst Threshold lt value gt View lt x gt Burst Threshold lt value gt lt NR1 gt ranges 100 to 10 dB The value is the relative level from the maximum within the burst search range Viewl Burst Threshold 20 sets the threshold for determining the rising edge of a burst signal to 20 dB View lt x gt Burst BlockSize View lt x gt Burst NumberFrames View lt x gt Burst Offset View lt x gt Burst Search View lt x gt Z 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 233 CDMA Polar View Commands View x Carrier Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands View x Display Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands 2 234 Sets or queries the carrier frequency View lt x gt Carrier value View lt x gt Carrier lt value gt lt NR3 gt ranges 0 Hz to 3 GHz Viewl Carrier 1 206 sets the carrier frequency to 1 2 GHz View lt x gt AutoCarrier Selects or queries the display data source View lt x gt Display Measurement Reference View lt x gt Display Measurement displays the measurement data Reference displays the reference data Viewl Display Measurement displays the measurement data View lt x gt MeasDestination View lt x gt RefDestination 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Program
215. escription Select the way to compress data for displaying Select the waveform display format Turn the delta marker on or off View lt x gt Marker DeltaT Query the delta marker on the time axis View lt x gt Marker Deltax View lt x gt Marker DeltaY View lt x gt Marker DeltaZ Set the horizontal position of the delta marker Query the vertical position of the delta marker Set the delta marker position on the Z axis View lt x gt Marker Peak Move the marker to the adjacent peak View lt x gt Marker ResetDelta View lt x gt Marker SearchMax View lt x gt Marker SearchMin View lt x gt Marker SearchSeparation Move the delta marker to the marker position Search the maximum peak and place the marker on it Search the minimum peak and place the marker on it Set the resolution to separate two peaks lt gt View lt x gt Marker X View lt x gt Marker Y Query the marker position on the time axis Set the horizontal position of the marker Query the vertical position of the marker View lt x gt Marker Z Set the marker position on the Z axis View lt x gt Scale AutoScale View lt x gt Scale HoldYScale View lt x gt Scale XScale View lt x gt Scale XStart Scale the vertical axis automatically Determine whether to hold or reset the vertical scale when you change the input source Scale the hor
216. esult of a process in which the amplitude of a sine wave the carrier is varied in accordance with the instantaneous voltage of a second electrical signal the modulating signal Bin A sample point in frequency domain The frequency bandwidth of a bin is the span divided by the number of bins BNF Backus Naur Form A standard notation system for command syntax Block A group of the specified number of frames Carrier Frequency The frequency of the carrier signal Carrier to Noise Ratio C N The ratio of carrier signal power to average noise power in a given band width surrounding the carrier usually expressed in decibels Center Frequency That frequency which corresponds to the center of a frequency span expressed in hertz dBm A unit of expressed power level in decibels referenced to 1 milliwatt Decibel dB Ten times the logarithm of the ratio of one electrical power to another Display Reference Level A designated vertical position representing a specified input level The level may be expressed in dBm volts or any other units EVM Acronym for the Error Vector Magnitude Frame An area reserved in memory with the length represented by the number of FFT points The analyzer acquires data in one frame by one scan in realtime mode 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Glossary 1 Glossary Glossary 2 Filter A circuit which separates electrical signals or signal components
217. ets the value represented by the left edge of the horizontal axis to channel 0 View lt x gt Scale XScale 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 305 CodeWSpectrogram View Commands 3086 Option 16 Only View x Scale YScale Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the Y color axis full scale to display a portion of the data View lt x gt Scale YScale value View lt x gt Scale YScale lt value gt lt NR3 gt is 10 20 50 or 100 dB Viewl Scale YScale 50 sets the Y axis full scale to 50 dB View lt x gt Scale XScale View lt x gt Scale YStart View lt x gt Scale ZScale View lt x gt Scale YStart Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands 2 306 Sets or queries the value represented by the minimum bottom edge of the Y color axis View lt x gt Scale YStart lt value gt View lt x gt Scale YStart lt value gt lt NR3 gt ranges from ref level 200 dB to ref level 100 dB horizontal axis full scale Viewl Scale YStart 50 sets the value represented by the bottom edge of the Y axis to 50 dBm View lt x gt Scale YScale 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual CodeWSpectrogram View Commands 3086 Option 16 Only View x Scale ZScale Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the time slot display interval The spectrog
218. etting the trigger mask 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual CDMA Time View Commands View x Mask OnLeft Sets or queries the mask time just after the rising edge of waveform see Figure 2 9 Syntax View lt x gt Mask OnLeft value View lt x gt Mask OnLeft Arguments lt value gt lt NR3 gt ranges 0 to 1 6 ms Examples Viewl Mask OnLeft 0 8m sets the mask time just after the rising edge of waveform to 0 8 ms Related Commands View lt x gt Mask OnLeft View lt x gt Mask OnLevel Sets or queries the mask level for the on state see Figure 2 9 Syntax View lt x gt Mask OnLevel value View lt x gt Mask OnLevel Arguments lt value gt lt NR3 gt ranges 100 dB to 0 dB Examples Viewl Mask OnLevel 30 sets the mask level for the on state to 30 dB Related Commands View lt x gt Mask 0ffLevel 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 257 CDMA Time View Commands View lt x gt Mask OnRight Sets or queries the mask time just before the falling edge of waveform see Figure 2 9 Syntax View lt x gt Mask OnRight value View lt x gt Mask OnRight Arguments lt value gt lt NR3 gt ranges 0 to 1 6 ms Examples Viewl Mask OnRight 1 2m sets the mask time just before the falling edge of waveform to 1 2 ms Related Commands View lt x gt Mask OnLeft 2 258 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real T
219. ew Commands Viewex Marker Y Query Only Syntax Returns Examples Related Commands View lt x gt Marker Z Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands 2 164 Queries the marker position on the vertical axis View lt x gt Marker Y lt NR3 gt Viewl Marker Y might return 12 3 indicating that the marker is positioned at 12 3 dBm View lt x gt Marker X View lt x gt Marker Z Sets or queries the marker position on the Z frame number axis View lt x gt Marker Z lt value gt View lt x gt Marker Z lt value gt lt NR1 gt ranges 0 to the number of frames 1 Viewl Marker Z 199 positions the marker at 199 of the frame number View lt x gt Marker X View lt x gt Marker Y 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Waterfall View Commands View x Scale AutoScale No Query Form Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Adjusts the scaling of the vertical axis automatically to best display the data When the parameter is level or phase this command sets the vertical axis to full scale View lt x gt Scale AutoScale None Viewl Scale AutoScale adjusts the scaling of the vertical axis automatically View lt x gt Scale XScale View lt x gt Scale YScale View x Scale HoldYScale Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Determines whether to hold or reset the vertical scale when you chang
220. ew lt x gt Marker SearchSeparation lt value gt value NR2 specifies the minimum horizontal distance to separate two peaks The range is 1 to 10 relative to full scale Viewl Marker SearchSeparation 10 sets the minimum horizontal distance for peak separation to 10 relative to full scale View lt x gt Scale XScale Sets or queries the horizontal position of the marker View lt x gt Marker X lt value gt View lt x gt Marker X lt value gt lt 3 gt ranges from the minimum left edge to the maximum right edge of the the horizontal time axis Viewl Marker X 20 positions the marker at 20 us View lt x gt Scale XScale View lt x gt Scale XStart View lt x gt Scale XStartZero 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 337 CCDF Commands Option 20 Only View x MarkerToFrame No Query Form Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Specifies that CCDF is calculated for the range between the main marker and the delta marker View lt x gt MarkerToFrame None Viewl MarkerToFrame specifies that CCDF is calculated for the range between the main marker and the delta marker View lt x gt AllFrames View lt x gt BeginZ View lt x gt EndZ View x OutputFormat Syntax Arguments Examples 2 338 Selects or queries the display format of the CCDF calculation results View lt x gt QutputFormat CCDF Histogram
221. ew lt x gt SymbolRate lt value gt lt NR3 gt ranges 1 5 to 30 M s Viewl SymbolRate 8M sets the symbol rate to 8 M s Queries the version of the Polar View program View lt x gt Version lt NR2 gt Viewl Version might return 1 1 Specifies or queries the displayed frame number View lt x gt Z lt value gt View lt x gt Z lt value gt lt NR1 gt ranges from 0 to the number of frames 1 Viewl Z 199 specifies that the frame 199 displays 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Ea Hl Eye Diagram View Commands When you select EyeDiagram in the Config View lt x gt command use the commands in this section to control the Eye Diagram view For information on the eye diagram refer to the User Manual 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 187 Eye Diagram View Commands View lt x gt EyeLength Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands View x Format Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands 2 188 Sets or queries the number of symbols to be displayed i e the horizontal scale View lt x gt EyeLength value View lt x gt EyeLength lt value gt lt NR1 gt ranges 1 to 16 The default length is set to two symbols Viewl EyeLength 4 displays four symbols in the eye diagram View lt x gt Format Selects or queries the parameter of the vertical
222. f the marker Query the vertical position of the marker View lt x gt Mask OffLeft Set the reference time just before the rising edge lt gt Set the reference off level View lt x gt Mask OffRight Set the reference time just after the falling edge View lt x gt Mask OnLett Set the reference time after rising edge View lt x gt Mask OnLevel Set the reference on level View lt x gt Mask OnRight Set the reference time just before the falling edge I Viewex Measure View lt x gt MeasureData View lt x gt Position Average newly acquired data and perform PASS FAIL test Average data on the memory and perform PASS FAIL test Set the display position in a block View lt x gt Result lt y gt View lt x gt Scale FallingEdge View lt x gt Scale FullScale Query measurement results Expand the falling edge of waveform on the screen Display the whole waveform View lt x gt Scale HoldYScale Determine whether to hold or reset the vertical scale when you change the input source 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Command Groups Table 2 20 CDMA Time View commands Cont Header View lt x gt Scale RisingEdge View lt x gt Scale XScale View lt x gt Scale XStart View lt x gt Scale YScale Description Expand the rising edge of waveform on the screen Scale th
223. file name must be IQ the IQ format or AP the AP format beginZ lt 1 gt specifies the first frame It ranges 0 to the number of frames 1 If you specify no argument the value set with the Util3 BeginZ command is used endZ lt NR1 gt specifies the last frame It ranges 0 to the number of frames 1 If you specify no argument the value set with the Util3 EndZ command is used lt destination gt D1 D2 D3 04 D5 D6 D7 D8 specifies the register to store the results If you specify no argument the value set with the Util3 Destination command is used Examples Uti13 RMS Active 199 0 D1 calculates RMS for each bin in the frame 199 to 0 and stores the results in the register D1 The larger frame number represents the older frame However you can specify the frame range by changing lt beginZ gt and lt endZ gt In this example both 199 0 and 0 199 are possible Related Commands Conf ig Mode Util3 BeginZ Util3 EndZ Util3 Destination Util3 Source 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 379 Average Commands Util3 Source Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Specifies or queries the data source for averaging or peak hold Util3 Source None Active Zoom file name Util3 Source None specifies no source The display area in the view will be emptied Active specifies
224. file name string is TXT ASCII text file The register or file is the one to which the display data has been stored with the View lt x gt CopyTo command The data of the register or file is copied to the register specified with the View lt x gt Source command Viewl CopyFrom D2 copies display data from the data register D2 View lt x gt CopyTo View lt x gt Source View x CopyTo No Query Form Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands 2 348 Stores the display data to a file or data register This command is effective only for the data acquired in the Vector mode View lt x gt CopyTo Clipboard DI D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 lt file_name gt Clipboard copies the display data to the Windows clipboard in the ASCI text format You can use the data in your application D1 to D8 are the data register 1 to 8 respectively file name string is TXT ASCII text file The extension is set to TXT automatically Viewl CopyTo Clipboard stores the display data to the clipboard View lt x gt CopyFrom 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual CCDFView Commands Option 20 Only View x Marker DeltaMarker Turns the delta marker on or off Syntax View lt x gt Marker DeltaMarker On Off View lt x gt Marker DeltaMarker Arguments On turns the delta marker on Off turns the delta marker off Examp
225. for a corresponding pixel on the screen because the number of horizontal pixels is usually less than that of data points Syntax View lt x gt Compression Sample Max Min View x Compression Arguments Sample takes the acquired data points at regular intervals to obtain a waveform display Max takes the maximum data point for a corresponding pixel Min takes the minimum data point for a corresponding pixel Examples Viewl Compression Sample takes the acquired data points at regular intervals to obtain a spectrogram display View x Format Selects or queries the waveform display format Syntax View lt x gt Format FregAmpl FreqPhase View lt x gt Format Arguments Defines the parameters associated with the horizontal axis vertical axis and colors as follows Argument Vertical Z axis Color FreqPhase Frequency Frame number Phase Examples Viewl Format FreqAmpl shows frame by frame time series spectrum along the vertical axis In each spectrum the horizontal axis represents frequency and the color represents amplitude 2 142 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Spectrogram View Commands View x Marker DeltaMarker Turns the delta marker on or off Syntax View lt x gt Marker DeltaMarker On Off View lt x gt Marker DeltaMarker Arguments On turns the delta marker on Off turns the delta marker off Examples Viewl Mark
226. form Analog FSK Spectrogram Waterfall Polar EyeDiagram SymbolTable EVM CDMAWaveform CDMAPolar CDMATime CodeSpectrogram CodePolar CodePower CodeWSpectrogram CodeWPolar CodeWPower CCDF CCDFView Config View lt x gt Arguments argument represents the system program for the specific measurement For detail settings refer to the section starting on the page listed below Argument System program Display form settings None None None Waveform Waveform View Spectrum p 2 91 Analog Analog View Time domain for AM FM PM p 2 119 Waterfall Waterfall View Waterfall p 2 155 Polar Polar View Polar p 2 171 SymbolTable Symbol Table View Symbol Table p 2 191 EVM EVM View Error vector magnitude p 2 197 CDMAWaveform CDMA Waveform View Spectrum for IS 95 T 53 p 2 207 CodeSpectrogram 1 CodeSpectrogram View Spectrogram cdmaOne p 2 267 CodePolar 1 CodePolar View Polar cdmaOne p 2 277 CodeWSpectrogram CodeWSpectrogram View Spectrogram cdmaOne p 2 299 CodeWPolar 2 CodeWPolar View Polar cdmaOne p 2 309 CodeWPower CodeWPower View Spectrum cdmaOne p 2 319 CCDFView 3 CCDFView CCDF p 2 347 1 3066 option 15 and 3086 option 16 only 2 3086 option 16 only 3 Option 20 only 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 55 Congifuration Commands Examples Config Viewl Waveform assigns the Waveform View program t
227. g CDMA Setup Commands When you select CDMA in the Config Setup command use the following commands to control parameters for the CDMA measurement These commands are equivalent to the SETUP menu on the front panel Table 2 8 CDMA Setup commands Header Description Setup BlockSize Set the number of frames per block Setup CDMA Channel Select the channel Setup CDMA Span30M Set the span to 30 MHz Setup CDMA Span50M Set the span to 50 MHz Setup CDMA Span5MAuto Set the span to 5 MHz and the trigger mode to Auto Setup CDMA Span5MNormal Set the span to 5 MHz and the trigger mode to Normal Setup CDMA Standard Select the CDMA standard Setup CDMA TriggerLevel Set the trigger mask level in the time domain Setup MarkerToFreq Set the center frequency to the value at the marker 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 13 Command Groups Table 2 8 Setup commands Cont Header Setup MaxSpan Setup ReferenceL evel Setup ReferenceOsc Description Set the span to the maximum Set the reference level Select the reference oscillator Setup Span Select the span Setup Trigger Select the trigger mode Setup TriggerCount Turn the trigger counter on or off Setup TriggerDelayed Set the delay time in the Delayed trigger mode Setup TriggerDomain Select the trigger domain Setup Triggerlnterval Set the time interval i
228. ggerPosition Setup TriggerSlope Setup TriggerSource Setup TriggerTimeout Setup TriggerTimes 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 69 Standard Setup Commands Setup TriggerCount Turns the trigger counter on or off Syntax Setup TriggerCount On Off Setup TriggerCount Arguments On turns the trigger counter on Off turns the trigger counter off Examples Setup TriggerCount On turns the trigger counter on Related Commands Setup Trigger Setup TriggerTimes Setup TriggerDelayed Sets or queries the delay time for the Delayed trigger mode Syntax Setup TriggerDelayed value Setup TriggerDelayed Arguments lt value gt lt NR3 gt specifies the delay time The range is 0 to 60 s Examples Setup TriggerDelayed 100m sets the trigger delay time to 100 ms Related Commands Setup Trigger 2 70 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Standard Setup Commands Setup TriggerDomain Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the domain in which the analyzer is triggered Setup TriggerDomain Frequency Time Setup TriggerDomain Frequency selects the frequency domain for trigger Time selects the time domain for trigger Setup TriggerDomain Frequency selects the frequency domain for trigger Setup Trigger Setup Triggerlnterval Syntax Arguments Exampl
229. gram View 2 307 Spectrogram View 2 152 Waterfall View 2 68 View lt x gt Scale ZStart CodeSpectrogram View 2 275 CodeWSpectrogram View 2 307 Spectrogram View 2 153 Waterfall View 2 68 View lt x gt ShortCode CodeWPolar View 2 315 CodeWPower View 2 328 View lt x gt Source Analog View 2 129 CCDF 2 345 CCDFView 2 355 CDMA Polar View 2 241 CDMA Time View 2 265 CDMA Waveform View 2 227 CodePolar View 2 263 CodeW Polar View 2 316 Eye Diagram View 2 190 FSK View 2 139 Polar View 2 183 Spectrogram View 2 153 Symbol Table View 2 195 Waterfall View 2 169 Waveform View 2 113 View x Standard CDPD CDMA Polar View 2 242 Polar View 2 184 View lt x gt Standard GSM CDMA Polar View 2 242 Polar View 2 184 View lt x gt Standard 1S95 CDMA Polar View 2 242 CodePolar View 2 284 View x Standard IS95EQ CodePolar View 2 284 View lt x gt Standard NADC CDMA Polar View 2 243 Polar View 2 184 View x Standard PDC CDMA Polar View 2 243 Polar View 2 185 View x Standard PHS CDMA Polar View 2 243 Polar View 2 185 View x Standard TETRA CDMA Polar View 2 244 Polar View 2 85 View x Standard WCDMA 16M CodeWPolar View 2 316 View lt x gt Standard WCDMA4M CodeWPolar View 2 316 View lt x gt Standard WCDMA8M CodeWPolar View 2 317 View lt x gt SymbolConstellation CodeWPolar View 2 317 View lt x gt SymbolRate
230. gramming Examples Programming Examples This section lists two example programs that illustrate methods you can use to control the analyzer from your application over the TCP IP Ethernet network These programs are written in the PERL a freeware m Example 1 acquires a block of data and averages them m Example 2 writes peak hold data of 30 frames to a file every 3 seconds Example1 Acquire a block of data and average them Load the TCP IP library use lib c Program Files SONY TektronixM3066NPerl use TCPIP Refer to TCP IP setup program on page 4 4 End process routine sub signal handler shutdown SS 2 print S Config Pause Off n shutdown S 2 die SIG INT signal handler SIG BREAK signal handler Main tcp client S 3000 tcp_client SS 3001 print S NewLine LF n print S Config Pause On n print S Config Viewl Waveform n print S Viewl Trace2 Source D1 n print S Setup Span n chomp tmp lt S gt if tmp gt 50e6 print S Setup Span 50e6 n print S Setup BlockSize 20 n print S Setup TriggerCount Off n print Press BLOCK button Mn 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 4 1 Programming Examples Example 2 4 2 while SS print chomp if Active if Block print S Util3 RMS Active 19 0 D1 n print Config Continue n signal handler
231. gt lt gt lt gt View lt x gt Scale AutoScale Set the horizontal position of the marker Query the vertical position of the marker Set the area to exclude from calculating EVM Query the measurement results Scale the vertical axis automatically View lt x gt Scale XScale View lt x gt Scale XStart View lt x gt Scale YScale Scale the horizontal axis Set the start point of the horizontal axis on the screen Scale the vertical axis 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Command Groups Table 2 17 EVM View commands Cont Header View lt x gt Scale Y Start Description Set the start point of the vertical axis on the screen View lt x gt Symbol Set the symbol location where the marker is placed View lt x gt Version Query the version of the EVM View program CDMA Waveform View Commands These commands control the CDMA Waveform view Table 2 18 CDMA Waveform View commands Header View lt x gt Average Times Description Set the number of frames for averaging View lt x gt Average Type Select the average type View lt x gt CDMA Channel Select the channel View lt x gt CDMA Standard Select the CDMA standard lt gt View lt x gt CopyFrom Select the way to compress data for displaying Copy display
232. gt Marker DeltaMarker 2 349 View lt x gt Marker ResetDelta 2 349 View lt x gt Marker SearchMax 2 350 View lt x gt Marker SearchMin 2 350 View lt x gt Marker SearchSeparation 2 357 View lt x gt Marker X 2 351 View lt x gt Scale AutoScale 2 352 View lt x gt Scale LY Start 2 352 View lt x gt Scale LY Stop 2 353 View lt x gt Scale XScale 2 353 2 354 View lt x gt Scale XStart 2 354 View lt x gt Source 2 355 View lt x gt Version 2 355 CDMA Polar View commands View lt x gt AlphaBT 2 230 View x AutoCarrier 2 230 View lt x gt Burst BlockSize 2 237 View lt x gt Burst NumberFrames 2 231 View lt x gt Burst Offset 2 2 232 View lt x gt Burst Search 2 233 View x Burst Threshold 2 233 View lt x gt Carrier 2 234 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Index 1 Index View x Display 2 234 View lt x gt Format 2 235 View x Marker A 2 235 View x Marker DeltaT 2 236 View lt x gt Marker P 2 236 View x Marker T 2 236 View x Marker X 2 237 View x Marker Y 2 237 View x MeasDestination 2 236 View lt x gt MeasFilter 27238 View x Modulation 2 239 View x Position 2 239 View lt x gt RefDestination 27240 View lt x gt RefFilter 2 240 View lt x gt Result lt y gt 2 241 View lt x gt Source
233. gt Marker SearchMin View lt x gt Marker SearchSeparation View lt x gt Marker ResetDelta No Query Form Moves the delta marker to the main marker position Syntax View lt x gt Marker ResetDelta Arguments None Examples Viewl Marker ResetDelta Related Commands View lt x gt Marker DeltaMarker View lt x gt Marker SearchNax No Query Form Positions the marker on the highest signal on screen Syntax View lt x gt Marker SearchMax Arguments None 2 134 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual FSK View Commands Examples Viewl Marker SearchMax positions the marker on the highest signal on screen Related Commands View lt x gt Marker SearchMin View lt x gt Marker SearchMin No Query Form Positions the marker on the lowest signal on screen Syntax View lt x gt Marker SearchMin Arguments None Examples Viewl Marker SearchMin positions the marker on the lowest signal on screen Related Commands Viewex Marker SearchMax View x Marker SearchSeparation Sets or queries the minimum horizontal distance to separate two peaks Syntax View lt x gt Marker SearchSeparation value Arguments value NR2 specifies the minimum horizontal distance to separate two peaks The range is 1 to 10 relative to full scale Examples Viewl Marker SearchSeparation 10 sets the minimum horizontal distance for peak separation to 10 relative to full scale Relat
234. gt Scale YScale Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands 2 138 Sets or queries the vertical axis full scale to display a portion of the data View lt x gt Scale YScale value View lt x gt Scale YScale lt value gt lt NR3 gt ranges full scale 100 to full scale of the acquired data Viewl Scale YScale 10M sets the vertical axis full scale to 10 MHz View lt x gt Scale XScale View lt x gt Scale YStart 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual FSK View Commands View x Scale YStart Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands View x Source Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the value represented by the minimum bottom edge of the vertical axis View lt x gt Scale YStart value View lt x gt Scale YStart value NR3 ranges from the minimum to the maximum value on the vertical axis of the acquired data Viewl Scale YStart 5M sets the value represented by the bottom edge of the vertical axis to 5 MHz View lt x gt Scale YScale Selects or queries the display data source for the specified view View lt x gt Source None Active Zoom D1D2 D3D4 D5D6 0708 file name View lt x gt Source None specifies no source The display area in the view will be emptied Active specifies the currently acquired data as the source Zoom specifies the zoomed data as
235. gt Version Query the version of the CDMA Polar View program lt gt 2 Set the frame number 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 25 Command Groups CDMA Time View Commands These commands control the Time view Table 2 20 CDMA Time View commands Header View lt x gt Average Times View lt x gt Block View lt x gt BreakMeasure Description Set the number of frames for averaging Set the block number Stop executing the Measure function View lt x gt BreakMeasureData View lt x gt Executing View lt x gt Marker DeltaMarker View lt x gt Marker Deltax Stop executing the Measure Data function Query the operation status of the Measure or MeasureData command Turn the delta marker on or off Set the horizontal position of the delta marker View lt x gt Marker DeltaY Query the vertical position of the delta marker View lt x gt Marker Peak View lt x gt Marker ResetDelta View lt x gt Marker SearchMax Move the marker to the adjacent peak Move the delta marker to the marker position Search the maximum peak and place the marker on it View lt x gt Marker SearchMin View lt x gt Marker SearchSeparation View lt x gt Marker X View lt x gt Marker Y Search the minimum peak and place the marker on it Set the resolution to separate two peaks Set the horizontal position o
236. gth Eye Diagram View 2 188 View x Format Analog View 2 120 CDMA Polar View 2 235 CDMA Waveform View 2 210 CodePolar View 2 281 CodeWPolar View 2 313 EVM View 2 198 Eye Diagram View 2 786 Polar View 2 177 Spectrogram View 2 142 Waterfall View 2 157 Waveform View 2 97 View x Marker A CDMA Polar View 2 235 Polar View 2 177 View lt x gt Marker Band Center Waveform View 2 98 View x Marker Band Left Waveform View 2 98 View lt x gt Marker Band Right Waveform View 2 99 View lt x gt Marker Band Width Waveform View 2 99 View x Marker Data Symbol Table View 2 792 View x Marker DeltaMarker Analog View 2 121 CCDF 2 335 CCDFView 2 349 CDMA Time View 2 250 CDMA Waveform View 2 211 CodePower View 2 292 CodeSpectrogram View 2 266 CodeWPower View 2 324 CodeWSpectrogram View 2 300 EVM View 2 199 FSK View 2 32 Spectrogram View 2 143 Waterfall View 2 158 Waveform View 2 00 View lt x gt Marker DeltaT CDMA Polar View 2 236 Polar View 2 78 View x Marker DeltaT Spectrogram View 2 143 Waterfall View 2 58 View x Marker DeltaX CDMA Time View 2 250 CDMA Waveform View 2 212 EVM View 2 199 FSK View 2 133 Waterfall View 2 159 Waveform View 2 00 View x Marker DeltaX Index 10 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Index Spectrogram View 2 144 Wavefor
237. guration file Config Mode Load Load settings from a file saved before Config Mode Save Save settings to a file Config Next Config Pause Config PrintScreen Stop and restart a block data acquisition Pause the data acquisition on each block Print a screen image to a printer Config PrintScreen Printer Specify the printer to print screen images Config PrintScreen ltems Config PrintScreen Save Config Roll Config Setup Return the list of available printers Save a screen image to a file Start or stop the data acquisition in the Roll mode Load the Setup program for the SETUP menu Config Setup Items Config Setup Show Config Start Config StartAgain Return the list of available programs for the setup Display the CONFIG SETUP menu Start a data acquisition in the Block mode Stop and restart the acquisition in the Block mode Config Status Overload Config Status Pause Query the overload status ofthe A D converter Query ifthe data acquisition pauses Config Status Triggered Query if the analyzer is triggered Config Status Uncal Query if the analyzer is uncalibrated Config Stop Stop the data acquisition Config System Query the instrument name Config Util Items Config Util lt x gt Return the list of available programs for the utility Assign the Utility program to a Utility side key Config Util lt x gt Show Config Version
238. hase Fregl Frequency span In Phase FreqQ Frequency span Q Quadrature Phase TimeAmpl Time Amplitude TimePhase Time Phase Timel Time In Phase TimeQ Time Q Quadrature phase Examples Viewl Trace2 Format FreqAmpl shows the Trace 2 waveform with frequency along the horizontal axis and amplitude along the vertical axis Related Commands View lt x gt Trace2 Source 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 115 Waveform View Commands View x Trace2 Source Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands View x Trace2 Z Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands 2 116 Specifies or queries the display data source for the Trace 2 View lt x gt Trace2 Source None Active Zoom 0102 D3D4 0506 0708 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 file name View lt x gt Trace2 Source None specifies no source The display area in the view will be emptied Active specifies the currently acquired data as the source Zoom specifies the zoomed data as the source D1D2 to 0708 specify the register pair DID2 to D7D8 as the source respectively D1 to D8 specify the data register D1 to D8 as the source respectively file name lt string gt specifies the data file as the source The file name must be IQ the IQ format or AP the AP format Viewl Trace2 Source Active specifies the currently acquired data as th
239. he horizontal axis to 800 MHz View lt x gt Scale XScale 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 225 CDMA Waveform View Commands View x Scale YScale Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the vertical axis full scale to display a portion of the data View lt x gt Scale YScale value View lt x gt Scale YScale lt value gt lt NR3 gt ranges full scale 100 to full scale of the acquired data Viewl Scale YScale 20 sets the vertical axis full scale to 20 dB View lt x gt Scale XScale View lt x gt Scale YStart View lt x gt Scale YStart Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands 2 226 Sets or queries the value represented by the minimum bottom edge of the vertical axis View lt x gt Scale YStart value View lt x gt Scale YStart lt value gt lt NR3 gt ranges from the reference level 200 dB to the reference level 100 dB Viewl Scale YStart 120 sets the value represented by the bottom edge of the vertical axis to 120 dB View lt x gt Scale YScale 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual CDMA Waveform View Commands View x Source Selects or queries the display data source for the specified view Syntax View lt x gt Source None Active Average Zoom 0102 D3D4 D5D6 D7D8 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 file name
240. he vertical axis on the screen View lt x gt Scale ZScale Scale the Z axis View lt x gt Scale ZStart Set the start point of the Z axis on the screen View lt x gt SymbolRate Set the symbol rate View lt x gt Version View lt x gt ZGap Query the version of the CodeWSpectrogram View program Set the symbol display interval on the Z axis 3086 option 16 only These commands control the vector diagram view Commands according to the W CDMA standard Table 2 25 CodeWPolar View commands 3086 option 16 only Header View lt x gt AlphaBT View lt x gt Analysis TimeSlot View lt x gt Analyze View lt x gt AutoCarrier Description Set the a BT Specify the symbol to display the constellation Perform analysis on the background for all symbols Turn on or off the carrier search function View lt x gt BreakAnalyze View lt x gt Carrier View lt x gt Display View lt x gt Format Stop analysis Set the carrier frequency Select the display data source Select the waveform display format View lt x gt Marker T View lt x gt MeasFilter View lt x gt Modulation Set the marker position on the time axis Select the filter to create measurement data Select the modulation type View lt x gt RefFilter Select the filter to create reference data 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Pr
241. ies the value represented by the minimum left edge of the horizontal time axis View lt x gt Scale XStart value View lt x gt Scale XStart value NR3 ranges from the minimum to the maximum time of acquired data the horizontal axis full scale setting Viewl Scale XStart 50 sets the value represented by the left edge of the horizontal axis to 50 us View lt x gt Scale XScale View lt x gt Scale XStartZero 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 343 CCDF Commands Option 20 Only View x Scale XStartZero Determines whether to put the time at the left edge of each frame to zero Syntax View lt x gt Scale XStartZero On Off View lt x gt Scale XStartZero Arguments On puts the time at the left edge of each frame to zero Off uses the normal time axis The difference between On and Off is illustrated in Figure 2 10 below On 0 Time Off gt Time 100 Us 50 Us 0 Figure 2 10 View lt x gt Scale XStartZero On and Off example Examples Viewl Scale XStartZero On puts the time at the left edge of each frame to zero Related Commands View lt x gt Scale XStart View lt x gt Scale YScale Sets or queries the vertical axis amplitude full scale to display a portion of data Syntax View lt x gt Scale YScale value View lt x gt Scale YScale Arguments lt value gt lt NR3 gt ranges fro
242. iew lt x gt Edit DrawMin 2 96 View lt x gt Edit Y 2 96 View lt x gt Format 2 97 View lt x gt Marker Band Center 2 98 View lt x gt Marker Band Left 2 98 View lt x gt Marker Band Right 2 99 View lt x gt Marker Band Width 2 99 View lt x gt Marker DeltaMarker 2 700 View x Marker DeltaX 2 700 View x Marker DeltaY 2 701 View x Marker Peak 2 701 View x Marker ResetDelta 2 02 View x Marker SearchMax 2 02 View x Marker SearchMin 2 03 View x Marker SearchSeparation 2 703 View x Marker Trace 2 704 View x Marker X 2 104 View x Marker Y 2 105 View x MaskVisible 2 705 View x Measurement 2 706 View x Measurement ACP BW 2 107 View x Measurement ACP Marker 2 107 View lt x gt Measurement ACP SP 2 708 View x Measurement OBW 2 708 View x Position 2 709 View lt x gt Result lt y gt 2 709 View lt x gt Scale AutoScale 2 10 View lt x gt Scale HoldYScale 2 110 View lt x gt Scale XScale 2 111 View lt x gt Scale XStart 2 111 View lt x gt Scale YScale 2 112 View lt x gt Scale YStart 2 112 View lt x gt Source 2 113 View lt x gt Trace2 Compression 2 114 View lt x gt Trace2 Format 2 115 View x Trace2 Source 2 116 View lt x gt Trace2 Z 2 116 View lt x gt Version 2 117 View lt x gt Z 2 117 Wh
243. ifies the delay time The range is 0 to 60 s Examples Setup TriggerDelayed 100m sets the trigger delay time to 100 ms Related Commands Setup Trigger 2 86 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual CDMA Setup Commands Setup TriggerDomain Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the domain in which the analyzer is triggered Setup TriggerDomain Frequency Time Setup TriggerDomain Frequency selects the frequency domain for trigger Time selects the time domain for trigger Setup TriggerDomain Frequency selects the frequency domain for trigger Setup Trigger Setup Triggerlnterval Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the time interval for the Interval and Quick Interval trigger modes Setup TriggerInterval value Setup TriggerInterval lt value gt lt NR3 gt ranges 1 s to 3600 s Setup TriggerInterval 3000 sets the time interval for the Interval and Quick Interval trigger modes to 3000 s Setup Trigger 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 87 Setup Commands Setup TriggerPosition Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or query the trigger position Setup TriggerPosition value Setup TriggerPosition value NR2 ranges 0 to 100 96 in 1 step The trigger position represents the ratio of the
244. ime Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual CDMA Time View Commands View x Measure No Query Form Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Measures the CDMA time characteristics of the input signal The Pass Fail decision is made by comparing the averaged waveform with the mask settings The analyzer executes this command on the background Use the View lt x gt Executing query command to check if the View lt x gt Measure command is in operation View lt x gt Measure None Viewl Measure measures the input signal and performs the Pass Fail test View lt x gt Average Times View lt x gt Mask command group View lt x gt MeasureData View lt x gt Executing View x MeasureData No Query Form Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Measures the CDMA time characteristics of the waveforms already stored in memory such as loaded from a file The Pass Fail decision is made by compar ing the averaged waveform with the mask settings The analyzer executes this command on the background Use the View lt x gt Executing query command to check if the View lt x gt Measure command is in operation View lt x gt MeasureData None Viewl MeasureData measures the stored waveforms and performs the Pass Fail test View lt x gt Average Times View lt x gt Mask command group View lt x gt Measure View lt x gt Executing 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer
245. ing the reference line at 1 MHz of RBW View x Mask RBW1M Level Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands 2 216 Sets or queries the level of the reference line at 1 MHz of resolution bandwidth See Figure 2 6 View lt x gt Mask RBWIM Level value View lt x gt Mask RBWI1M Level lt value gt lt NR3 gt ranges 100 dBm to 30dBm Viewl Mask RBW1M Level 30 sets the level of the reference line to 30 dBm at 1 MHz of RBW lt gt Mask RBW1M Frequency 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual CDMA Waveform View Commands Viewex Mask RBW30k Frequency1 Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the frequency of the inner reference line at 30 kHz of resolution bandwidth See Figure 2 7 View lt x gt Mask RBW30k Frequencyl value View x Mask RBW30k Frequency1 value NR3 ranges 0 to 25 MHz Viewl Mask RBW30k Frequencyl 25M sets the frequency of the inner reference line to 25 MHz at 30 kHz of RBW View lt x gt Mask RBW30k Frequency2 Viewex Mask RBW30k Frequency2 Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the frequency of the outer reference line at 30 kHz of resolution bandwidth See Figure 2 7 View lt x gt Mask RBW30k Frequency2 value View x Mask RBW30k Frequency2 lt value gt lt NR3 gt ranges 0 to 25 MHz Viewl
246. input mode Setup LevelOffset Set the level display offset Setup Load Load a trigger mask from a file Setup MarkerToFreq Set the center frequency to the value at the marker Setup MaxSpan Set the span to the maximum Setup MemoryMode Select the memory mode Setup ReferenceLevel Setup ReferenceOsc Setup Save Set the reference level Select the reference oscillator Save a trigger mask to a file 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Command Groups Table 2 7 Standard Setup commands Cont Header Description Setup Span Select the span Setup Trigger Select the trigger mode Setup TriggerCount Turn the trigger counter on or off Setup TriggerDelayed Set the delay time in the Delayed trigger mode Setup TriggerDomain Select the trigger domain Setup Triggerlnterval Set the time interval in the Interval trigger mode Setup TriggerPosition Set the trigger position Setup TriggerSlope Select the trigger slope Setup TriggerSource Select the trigger source Setup TriggerTimeout Set the timeout in the Timeout trigger mode Setup TriggerTimes Set the trigger count in the Count trigger mode Setup Version Query the version ofthe Setup program Setup Zoom Execute Expand the waveform Setup Zoom Frequency Set the center frequency for zooming Setup Zoom Mag Select the magnification factor for zoomin
247. ints View lt x gt Compression Sample MinMax Max Min View lt x gt Compression Sample takes the acquired data points at regular intervals to obtain a waveform display MinMax takes the minimum and the maximum data points for a corresponding pixel The minimum and the maximum data points are displayed with a vertical bar on the screen Max takes the maximum data point for a corresponding pixel Min takes the minimum data point for a corresponding pixel Viewl Compression Sample takes the acquired data points at regular intervals to obtain a waveform display View x CopyFrom No Query Form Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Loads the display data from the text file View lt x gt CopyFrom file name file name string is TXT ASCII text file The file is the one to which the display data has been stored with the View lt x gt CopyTo command Viewl CopyFrom SAMPLE1 TXT loads the display data from the file SAMPLEI TXT View lt x gt CopyTo 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 93 Waveform View Commands View x CopyTo No Query Form Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands View x Edit Syntax Arguments Examples 2 94 Stores the display data to a file or data register This command is effective only for the data acquired in the Vector mode View lt x gt CopyTo Clipboard DI D2
248. ion command View lt x gt Marker Peak 1 1 1 moves the marker to the adjacent peak on the left of the marker 1 moves the marker to the adjacent peak on the right of the marker Viewl Marker Peak 1 moves the marker to the adjacent peak on the right of the marker View lt x gt Marker SearchMax View lt x gt Marker SearchMin View lt x gt Marker SearchSeparation 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Waterfall View Commands View lt x gt Marker ResetDelta No Query Form Moves the delta marker to the main marker position Syntax View lt x gt Marker ResetDelta Arguments None Examples Viewl Marker ResetDelta moves the delta marker to the main marker position Related Commands View lt x gt Marker DeltaMarker View lt x gt Marker SearchNax No Query Form Positions the marker on the highest signal on screen Syntax View lt x gt Marker SearchMax Arguments None Examples Viewl Marker SearchMax positions the marker on the highest signal on screen Related Commands View lt x gt Marker SearchMin 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 161 Waterfall View Commands View x Marker SearchMin No Query Form Positions the marker on the lowest signal on screen Syntax View lt x gt Marker SearchMin Arguments None Examples Viewl Marker SearchMin positions the marker on the lowest signal on screen Related Commands View l
249. ions In the Normal mode the interval is several decade milli seconds In the Quick mode it is several hundred micro seconds QuickInterval is the same as the Interval except that data is displayed after all blocks are acquired You can capture phenomena which are missed during data display in the Interval mode Timeout stops the data acquisition if the trigger event does not occur within the time specified with the Setup TriggerTimeout command This argument is effective only when the trigger source is set to Internal Setup Trigger Auto selects the Auto trigger mode Config Block Config Start Config Stop Setup TriggerCount Setup TriggerDelayed Setup TriggerDomain Setup TriggerInterval Setup TriggerPosition Setup TriggerSlope Setup TriggerSource Setup TriggerTimeout Setup TriggerTimes 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 85 Setup Commands Setup TriggerCount Turns the trigger counter on or off Syntax Setup TriggerCount Off On Setup TriggerCount Arguments On turns the trigger counter on Off turns the trigger counter off Examples Setup TriggerCount On turns the trigger counter on Related Commands Setup Trigger Setup TriggerTimes Setup TriggerDelayed Sets or queries the delay time for the Delayed trigger mode Syntax Setup TriggerDelayed value Setup TriggerDelayed Arguments lt value gt lt NR3 gt spec
250. iption Draw the entire trigger mask line horizontally at the maximum level Draw the entire trigger mask line horizontally at the minimum level Set the vertical position of the marker in editing the trigger mask View lt x gt Format View lt x gt Marker Band Center View lt x gt Marker Band Left View lt x gt Marker Band Right Select the waveform display format Set the center frequency of the band marker Set the left side frequency of the band marker Set the right side frequency of the band marker View lt x gt Marker Band Width Set the bandwidth of the band marker View lt x gt Marker DeltaMarker View lt x gt Marker Deltax View lt x gt Marker DeltaY Turn on or off the delta marker Set the horizontal position of the delta marker Query the vertical position of the delta marker View lt x gt Marker Peak View lt x gt Marker ResetDelta View lt x gt Marker SearchMax View lt x gt Marker SearchMin Move the marker to the adjacent peak Move the delta marker to the marker position Search the maximum peak and place the marker on it Search the minimum peak and place the marker on it View lt x gt Marker SearchSeparation Set the resolution to separate two peaks View lt x gt Marker Trace View lt x gt Marker X lt gt View lt x gt MaskVisible Select the trace on which the markers are p
251. is listed after the parameter Some parameter types are defined specifically for the analyzer command set and some are defined by ANSI IEEE 488 2 1987 Table 2 3 Parameter types used in syntax descriptions Parameter Type Description Example boolean Boolean numbers or values On Off discrete A list of specific values MIN MAX NR1 numeric Integers 0 1 15 1 NR2 numeric Decimal numbers 1 2 3 141516 6 5 NR3 numeric Floating point numbers 3 1415E 9 16 1E5 numeric Flexible decimal number that See NR1 NR2 NR3 examples may be type NR1 NR2 or NR3 string Alphanumeric characters must Testing 1 2 3 be within quotation marks 1 AnANSI IEEE 488 2 1992 defined parameter type 2 Defined in ANSI IEEE 488 2 as String Response Data and String Program Data Special Characters The Line Feed LF character ASCII 10 and all characters in the range of ASCII 127 255 are defined as special characters Using these characters in any command yields unpredictable results 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 3 Command Syntax Abbreviating Commands Queries and Parameters Chaining Commands and Queries 2 4 You must not abbreviate all commands queries and parameters For example shortening the command Setup CenterFrequency to Setup CenterFreq causes an error You can chain several commands or queries together into a single message To create a chained messag
252. izontal axis Set the start point of the horizontal axis on the screen 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 19 Command Groups Polar View Commands 2 20 Table 2 13 Waterfall View commands Cont Header View lt x gt Scale YScale View lt x gt Scale Y Start View lt x gt Scale ZScale View lt x gt Scale ZStart Description Scale the vertical axis Set the start point of the vertical axis on the screen Scale the Z axis Set the start point of the Z axis on the screen View lt x gt Source View lt x gt Version View lt x gt YHeight Select the input data source Query the version of the Waterfall View program Specify the number of pixels of vertical full scale View lt x gt ZGap Set interval between adjacent Z axes on the screen These commands control the Polar view Table 2 14 Polar View commands Header View lt x gt AlphaBT Description Set the a BT View lt x gt AutoCarrier Turn on or off the carrier search function View lt x gt Burst BlockSize View lt x gt Burst NumberFrames View lt x gt Burst Offset Set the range for searching a burst Set the range for acquiring burst data Set the start point for acquiring burst data View lt x gt Burst Search Determine whether to search a burst View lt x gt Burst Threshold View lt
253. ker DeltaZ 2 144 View lt x gt Marker Peak 2 145 View lt x gt Marker ResetDelta 2 45 View lt x gt Marker SearchMax 2 746 View x Marker SearchMin 2 746 View lt x gt Marker SearchSeparation 2 146 View lt x gt Marker T 2 747 View x Marker X 2 147 View x Marker Y 2 748 View x Marker Z 2 146 View x Monochrome 2 148 View lt x gt NumberColors 2 749 View lt x gt Scale AutoScale 2 749 View lt x gt Scale HoldYScale 2 150 View lt x gt Scale XScale 2 750 View lt x gt Scale XStart 2 151 View lt x gt Scale Y Scale 2 151 View lt x gt Scale YStart 2 152 View lt x gt Scale ZScale 2 152 View lt x gt Scale ZStart 2 153 View lt x gt Source 2 153 View lt x gt Version 2 154 View lt x gt ZGap 2 154 Standard Setup commands Setup FFTWindow 2 60 Setup BlockSize 2 58 Setup CenterFrequency 9 2 59 Setup FFTPoints 2 60 Setup FramePeriod 2 61 Setup FrequencyOffset 2 61 Setup InputCoupling 2 62 Setup InputMode 2 63 Setup LevelOffset 2 63 Setup Load 2 64 Setup MarkerToFreq 2 64 Setup MaxSpan 2 65 Setup MemoryMode 2 65 Setup ReferenceLevel 2 66 Setup ReferenceOsc 2 67 Setup Save 2 67 Setup Span 2 68 Setup Trigger 2 68 Setup TriggerCount 2 70 Setup TriggerDelayed 2 70 Setup TriggerDomain 2 71 Setup T
254. ker SearchSeparation Sets or queries the minimum horizontal distance to separate two peaks Syntax View lt x gt Marker SearchSeparation lt value gt Arguments lt value gt lt NR2 gt specifies the minimum horizontal distance to separate two peaks The range is 1 to 10 relative to full scale Examples Viewl Marker SearchSeparation 10 sets the minimum horizontal distance for peak separation to 10 relative to full scale 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 253 CDMA Time View Commands View lt x gt Marker X Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the horizontal position of the marker View lt x gt Marker X value View lt x gt Marker X lt value gt lt NR3 gt ranges from the minimum left edge to the maximum right edge of the the horizontal axis Viewl Marker X 5 positions the marker at 5 us View lt x gt Marker Y View lt x gt Marker Y Query Only Syntax Returns Examples Related Commands 2 254 Queries the vertical position of the marker View lt x gt Marker Y lt NR3 gt Viewl Marker Y might return 50 23 indicating that the marker is positioned at 50 23 dBm View lt x gt Marker X 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual CDMA Time View Commands View x Mask OffLeft Sets or queries the mask time just before the rising edge of waveform
255. key to display the Utility menu Press the side key Press the UTIL H side key to display the Remote menu See Figure 1 9 If you use the GPIB interface go to the next section Setting the GPIB Parameters on page 1 8 If you use the TCP IP interface go to the section Setting the TCP IP Parameters on page 1 9 UHCAL VERLOAD TRIGGERED PAUSE Util H Remote Figure 1 9 Setting the communication parameters 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 1 7 Getting Started Setting the GPIB You need to set the GPIB parameters of the analyzer to match the configuration Parameters of the bus Once you have set these parameters you can control the analyzer through the GPIB interface 1 Press the GPIB side key to display the GPIB configuration menu See Figure 1 10 2 Press the Interface side key and select Talker Listener using either the general purpose knob or the keypad 3 Press the Primary Address side key and set GPIB address using either the general purpose knob or the keypad UHCAL OVERLOAD TRIGGERED PAUSE Util H lt Remote GPIB Interface Taiker Listen Figure 1 10 Setting the GPIB parameters The analyzer is set up for bidirectional communication with your controller If you wish to isolate the analyzer from the bus m Press the Interface side key and select Off using either the general purpose knob or the keypad 1 8 3066 a
256. l Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Congifuration Commands Config Label No Query Form Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Displays label in black on the upper left of screen Config Label string string Labels must be alphanumeric characters within 32 characters Config Label Sample Waveform 1 displays Sample Waveform 1 on the upper left of screen Config Message Config Message No Query Form Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Displays message in red on the upper left of screen Config Message string string Messages must be alphanumeric characters within 32 characters Config Message Measure the spectrum displays Measure the spectrum in red on the upper left of screen Config Label Congifuration Commands Config Mode No Query Form 2 40 Syntax Arguments Loads the configuration parameters from the analyzer standard configuration file For details on the parameter settings refer to the factory initialization settings of the Config Mode command on page B 16 Config Mode Dual Freql Freq2 Zoom opCDMAI opCDMA2 opCDMA3 opCDMA4 opCDMA5 opCDMA6 opDemodl opCodel opCodeWl opCCDF Dual loads the configuration parameters for the Dual mode Freql loads the configuration parameters to observe spectrum Freq2 loads the co
257. l3 command group controls averaging for the existing in memory or file data in the specified range 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 375 Average Commands Util3 AllFrames No Query Form Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Util3 BeginZ Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Util3 Destination Syntax Arguments 2 376 Specifies that data in all frames are processed Uti 13 AT T Frames None Uti13 AllFrames specifies that data in all frames are processed Uti 13 RMS Util3 PeakHold Sets or queries the first frame in the process range Util3 BeginZ value Uti13 BeginZ value NRI ranges 0 to the number of frames 1 Util2 BeginZ 199 sets the first frame number to 199 Uti 13 EndZ Util3 RMS Util3 PeakHold Selects or queries the destination to which the process result is output Util3 Destination 01 02 D3 04 D5 D6 D7 D8 Util3 Destination D1 to D8 selects the data register D1 to D8 respectively The default is D1 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Average Commands Examples Related Commands Util3 EndZ Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Util3 Destination D1 selects the D1 register as the destination Uti 13 RMS Util3 PeakHold Sets or queries the last frame in the process range Util3 EndZ
258. laced Set the horizontal position of the marker Query the vertical position of the marker Specify whether or not to display the trigger mask View x Measurement WView x Measurement ACP BW WView x Measurement ACP Marker View lt x gt Measurement ACP SP Select the measurement item Set the bandwidth for the ACP measurement Select the marker position for the ACP measurement Set the frequency interval between adjacent channels for the ACP measurement View lt x gt Measurement OBW View lt x gt Position View lt x gt Result lt y gt Set the occupied bandwidth Set the display position in a block Query the measurement results View lt x gt Scale AutoScale Scale the vertical axis automatically View lt x gt Scale HoldYScale 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Determine whether to hold or reset the vertical scale when you change the input source 2 15 Command Groups Analog View Commands Table 2 9 Waveform View commands Cont Header View lt x gt Scale XScale View lt x gt Scale XStart View lt x gt Scale YScale View lt x gt Scale Y Start Description Scale the horizontal axis Set the start point of the horizontal axis on the screen Scale the vertical axis Set the start point of the vertical axis on the screen View lt x gt Source View lt x gt Trace
259. lated Commands Sets or queries the horizontal axis amplitude full scale to display a portion of data View lt x gt Scale XScale value View lt x gt Scale XScale lt value gt lt NR3 gt ranges full scale 256 to full scale of the acquired data Viewl Scale XScale 10 sets the horizontal axis full scale to 10 dB View lt x gt Scale LYStart View lt x gt Scale LYStop View lt x gt Scale XStart View x Scale XStart Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands 2 354 Sets or queries the value represented by the minimum left edge of the horizontal axis amplitude View lt x gt Scale XStart value View lt x gt Scale XStart value NR3 ranges from the minimum to the maximum amplitude of acquired data the horizontal axis full scale setting Viewl Scale XStart 0 sets the value represented by the left edge of the horizontal axis to O dB View lt x gt Scale XScale 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual CCDFView Commands Option 20 Only View x Source Selects or queries the data source for the view Syntax View lt x gt Source None 01 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 View lt x gt Source Arguments None specifies no source The display area in the view will be emptied D1 to D8 specify the data register D1 to D8 as the source respectively Examples Viewl Source D1 specifies the data register D1 a
260. lated Commands View lt x gt Marker DeltaX View lt x gt Marker DeltaZ View lt x gt Marker ResetDelta View lt x gt Marker DeltaZ Sets or queries the delta marker position on the Z frame number axis Syntax View lt x gt Marker DeltaZ value View lt x gt Marker DeltaZ 2 144 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Spectrogram View Commands Arguments Examples Related Commands value NR1 ranges 0 to the number of frames 1 Viewl Marker DeltaZ 199 positions the delta marker at 199 of the frame number View lt x gt Marker DeltaX View lt x gt Marker DeltaY View lt x gt Marker ResetDelta View lt x gt Marker Peak No Query Form Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Moves the marker to the adjacent peak in the specified direction Note that the adjacent peak is farther than the distance specified with the View lt x gt Marker SearchSeparation command View lt x gt Marker Peak 1 1 1 moves the marker to the adjacent peak on the left of the marker 1 moves the marker to the adjacent peak on the right of the marker Viewl Marker Peak 1 moves the marker to the adjacent peak on the right of the marker View lt x gt Marker SearchMax View lt x gt Marker SearchMin View lt x gt Marker SearchSeparation View lt x gt Marker ResetDelta No Query Form Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Moves the delt
261. lation CDMAOQPSK selects COMA OQPSK Offset QPSK used for the IS 95 standard Viewl Modulation PI4QPSK selects the 1 4 x Shift QPSK modulation Specifies or queries which frame in a block to be displayed View lt x gt Position value View lt x gt Position lt value gt lt NR2 gt ranges 0 to 100 96 It specifies the display frame position relative to the block size 0 specifies that the first frame in a block is displayed 100 represents the last frame Viewl Position 100 displays the last frame in a block 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 239 CDMA Polar View Commands View lt x gt RefDestination Selects or queries the register pair to store the reference data Syntax View lt x gt RefDestination None 0102 0304 0506 0708 View lt x gt RefDestination Arguments None specifies no destination D1D2 to D7D8 specify the register pair to store the reference data Examples Viewl RefDestination 0102 selects the D1 and D2 register pair to store the reference data Related Commands View lt x gt MeasDestination View x RefFilter Selects or queries the filter to create the reference data Syntax View lt x gt RefFilter None RaisedCosine Gaussian 1595 View lt x gt RefFilter Arguments None selects no filter RaisedCosine selects the raised cosine filter Gaussian selects the Gaussian filter IS95 selects the filter
262. lay data source for the specified view View lt x gt Source None Active Zoom file name View lt x gt Source None specifies no source The display area in the view will be emptied Active specifies the currently acquired data as the source Zoom specifies the zoomed data as the source lt file_name gt lt string gt specifies the data file as the source The file name must be IQ the IQ format Viewl Source Active specifies the currently acquired data as the source Config Mode 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 183 Polar View Commands View x Standard CDPD No Query Form Syntax Arguments Examples Configures the modulating system according to the CDPD Cellular Digital Packet Data standard View lt x gt Standard CDPD None Viewl Standard CDPD configures the modulating system according to the CDPD standard View x Standard GSM No Query Form Syntax Arguments Examples Configures the modulating system according to the GMS Global System for Mobile Communication standard View lt x gt Standard GSM None Viewl Standard GSM configures the modulating system according to the GMS standard View x Standard NADC No Query Form Syntax Arguments Examples 2 184 Configures the modulating system according to the NADC North American Digital Cellular standard View lt x gt Standard NADC None Viewl S
263. le View lt x gt Marker T Query Only Syntax Returns Examples Related Commands View lt x gt Marker X Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Queries the marker position on the Z frame number axis as the time View lt x gt Marker T lt NR3 gt Viewl Marker T might return 0 005827 indicating that the delta marker is positioned at 5 827 ms View lt x gt Marker Z Sets or queries the horizontal position of the marker View lt x gt Marker X lt value gt View lt x gt Marker X value lt NR3 gt ranges from the minimum left edge to the maximum right edge of the the horizontal frequency axis Viewl Marker X 1 26 positions the marker at 1 2 GHz View lt x gt Marker Y View lt x gt Marker Z 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 147 Spectrogram View Commands Viewex Marker Y Query Only Syntax Returns Examples Related Commands View lt x gt Marker Z Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Queries the marker position on the Y color axis View lt x gt Marker Y lt NR3 gt Viewl Marker Y might return 12 3 indicating that the marker is positioned at 12 3 dBm when the Y axis represents amplitude View lt x gt Marker X View lt x gt Marker Z Sets or queries the marker position on the vertical frame number axis View lt x gt Marker Z lt value gt View lt x g
264. le the analyzer is in use You can get these messages with the Status command You can also access to the status port via TCP IP option to obtain events Table 3 2 Event message Returned value Meaning Active Start Data acquisition has started Active Stop Data acquisition has stopped Active Restart Data acquisition has restarted Active Block A block data has been acquired Active ChangeBlock A block data has been acquired after you changed some settings during data acquisition Active EndRoll A block data has been acquired in the Roll mode Active ZoomStart Zoom has started Active ZoomBlock Data has been acquired for zoom Active ZoomStop Zoom has stopped Active Quick Data acquisition has completed in the Quick trigger mode Active Prepare Data acquisition is ready PowerOn The analyzer is on and ready for operation 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 3 3 Status and Events 3 4 Error Messages You can get these messages with the Error command No Error Table 3 7 shows the messages when the system has no error Table 3 3 No error Code Message 0 No error Command Error Command error is returned when there is a syntax error in the command Table 3 4 Command error Code Message 100 Command error Execution Error These error codes and messages are returned when an error is detected while a command is being executed Table 3 5 Execution error Code
265. les Viewl Edit DrawLine fills the trigger mask area below the line connecting the main marker and the delta marker Related Commands View lt x gt Edit Y View lt x gt Marker ResetDelta 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 95 Waveform View Commands View lt x gt Edit DrawMax No Query Form Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Fills the trigger mask area below the maximum line i e the level 40 dB higher than the reference level View lt x gt Edit DrawMax None Viewl Edit DrawMax fills the trigger mask area below the maximum line View lt x gt Edit DrawMin View lt x gt Edit DrawMin No Query Form Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands View lt x gt Edit Y Syntax 2 96 Fills the trigger mask area below the minimum line i e the level 70 dB lower than the reference level View lt x gt Edit DrawMin None Viewl Edit DrawMin fills the trigger mask area below the minimum line View lt x gt Edit DrawMax Sets or queries the marker vertical position when editing the trigger mask View lt x gt Edit Y lt value gt View lt x gt Edit Y 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Waveform View Commands Arguments Examples Related Commands View x Format Syntax Arguments Examples value lt NR3 gt ranges from the minimum low edge to the maximum high edge
266. les Viewl Marker DeltaMarker On turns the delta marker on Related Commands View lt x gt Marker ResetDelta View lt x gt Marker ResetDelta No Query Form Moves the delta marker to the main marker position Syntax _ View lt x gt Marker ResetDelta Arguments None Examples Viewl Marker ResetDelta moves the delta marker to the main marker position Related Commands View lt x gt Marker DeltaMarker 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 349 CCDFView Commands Option 20 Only View x Marker SearchMax No Query Form Positions the marker on the highest signal on screen Syntax View lt x gt Marker SearchMax Arguments None Examples Viewl Marker SearchMax positions the marker on the highest signal on screen Related Commands View lt x gt Marker SearchMin View x Marker SearchMin No Query Form Positions the marker on the lowest signal on screen Syntax Viewcx Marker SearchMin Arguments None Examples Viewl Marker SearchMin positions the marker on the lowest signal on screen Related Commands View lt x gt Marker SearchMax 2 350 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual CCDFView Commands Option 20 Only View lt x gt Marker SearchSeparation Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands View lt x gt Marker X Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the minimum horizontal
267. libration Commands Utill Result lt x gt Query Only Queries the calibration result Syntax Utill Result lt x gt Returns Resultl Pass Fail indicates the result of the self gain calibration Examples Utill Result1 might return Pass indicating the self gain calibration completes successfully Related Commands Utill Execute Utill Gain Execute Util1 Version Query Only Queries the version of the self gain calibration program Syntax Utill Version Returns lt NR2 gt Examples Utill Version might return 1 1 Util1 WideOffset Request No Query Form 3086 Only Compensates the offset in the Wideband mode at the next data acquisition The analyzer turns off signal input automatically Syntax Utill WidebandOffset Request Arguments None Examples Utill WidebandOffset Request compensates the offset of the Wideband mode at the next data acquisition 2 360 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual fh Save Load Commands The Util2 command group allows you to save load acquisition data to from the hard disk or floppy disk Remember that the data file is composed of the following parts Frame data Calibration data Figure 2 11 Data file structure 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 361 Save Load Commands Util2 AllFrames No Query Form Syntax Arguments Examples Related C
268. ll scale Examples Viewl Marker SearchSeparation 10 sets the minimum horizontal distance for peak separation to 10 relative to full scale Related Commands View lt x gt Marker Peak 2 124 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Analog View Commands View lt x gt Marker X Sets or queries the horizontal position of the marker Syntax View lt x gt Marker X value View lt x gt Marker X Arguments lt value gt lt 3 gt ranges from the minimum left edge to the maximum right edge of the the horizontal axis Examples Viewl Marker X 50u positions the marker at 50 us Related Commands View lt x gt Marker Y View lt x gt Marker Y Query Only Queries the vertical position of the marker Syntax Viewcx Marker Y Returns lt NR3 gt Examples Viewl Marker Y might return 30 indicating that the marker is at 30 when the modulation type is AM Related Commands View lt x gt Marker X 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 125 Analog View Commands View x Scale AutoScale No Query Form Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Adjusts the scaling of the vertical axis automatically to best display the data When the parameter is level or phase this command sets the vertical axis to full scale View lt x gt Scale AutoScale None Viewl Scale AutoScale adjusts the scaling of the vertical
269. lt x gt Average BeginZ View lt x gt Average EndZ 2 288 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual CodePower View Commands 3066 Option 15 and 3086 Option 16 Only View x Average BeginZ Sets or queries the uppermost symbol in the average range Syntax View lt x gt Average BeginZ value View lt x gt Average BeginZ Arguments lt value gt lt 1 gt ranges 0 to the number of symbols 1 Examples Viewl Average BeginZ 199 sets the uppermost symbol number to 199 Related Commands _ View lt x gt Average EndZ View x Average EndZ Sets or queries the lowermost symbol in the average range Syntax View lt x gt Average EndZ value View lt x gt Average EndZ Arguments lt value gt lt NR1 gt ranges 0 to the number of symbols 1 Examples Viewl Average EndZ 100 sets the lowermost symbol number to 100 Related Commands View lt x gt Average Beginz 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 289 CodePower View Commands 3066 Option 15 and 3086 Option 16 Only View x Average Execute No Query Form Performs averaging for each bin for symbols in the specified range Syntax View lt x gt Average Execute Arguments None Examples Viewl Average Execute performs averaging for each bin for symbols in the specified range Related Commands View lt x gt Average AllFrames View lt x gt Average BeginZ View lt x gt
270. lt x gt RefFilter CDMA Polar View 2 240 CodePolar View 2 283 CodeWPolar View 2 315 Polar View 2 182 View lt x gt Resolution CCDF 2 339 View lt x gt Result lt y gt CDMA Polar View 2 241 CDMA Time View 2 260 CDMA Waveform View 2 223 EVM View 2 203 Polar View 2 183 Waveform View 2 09 View x Result1 CCDF 2 340 View lt x gt Result2 CCDF 2 340 View lt x gt Result3 CCDF 2 341 View lt x gt Rotate Symbol Table View 2 794 View lt x gt Scale AutoScale Analog View 2 126 CCDF 2 341 CCDFView 2 352 CDMA Waveform View 2 224 CodePower View 2 294 CodeSpectrogram View 2 272 CodeWPower View 2 326 CodeWSpectrogram View 2 304 EVM View 2 203 FSK View 2 136 Spectrogram View 2 149 Waterfall View 2 165 Waveform View 2 110 View x Scale FallingEdge CDMA Time View 2 261 View x Scale FullScale Time View 2 261 View lt x gt Scale HoldYScale Analog View 2 126 CCDF 2 342 CDMA Time View 2 262 CDMA Waveform View commands 2 224 FSK View 2 137 Spectrogram View 2 150 Waterfall View 2 165 Waveform View 2 110 View lt x gt Scale LY Start CCDFView 2 352 View lt x gt Scale LY Stop CCDFView 2 353 View lt x gt Scale Origin CCDF 2 342 CCDFView 2 353 View x Scale RisingEdge CDMA Time View 2 262 View lt x gt Scale XScale Analog View 2 127 CCDF 2 343 CCDFView 2 354 CDMA Time View 2
271. lue View lt x gt AlphaBT value NR2 ranges 0 0001 to 1 Viewl AlphaBT 1 sets the o BT value to 1 View lt x gt AutoCarrier Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands 2 172 Determines whether to search the carrier automatically for each frame View lt x gt AutoCarrier On Off View lt x gt AutoCarrier On searches the carrier automatically for each frame and displays the frequency error in reference to the center frequency on screen at Freq Error Off sets the carrier frequency to the value set with the View lt x gt Carrier command Viewl AutoCarrier On searches the carrier automatically and displays the frequency error View lt x gt Carrier 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Polar View Commands View x Burst BlockSize Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the range for searching a burst signal in frames The start frame is set with the View lt x gt Z command If the number of frames after the start frame does not reach the specified number the frames before the start frame are also used See Figure 2 4 View lt x gt Burst BlockSize value View lt x gt Burst BlockSize lt value gt lt NR1 gt ranges 1 to 20 frames Viewl Burst BlockSize 4 sets the range for the burst search to 4 frames View lt x gt Burst NumberFrames View lt x gt Burst 0ffset View lt x gt Burs
272. m View 2 121 View x Marker Delta Y CDMA Time View 2 251 CDMA Waveform View 2 212 EVM View 2 200 FSK View 2 133 Spectrogram View 2 144 Waterfall View 2 759 Waveform View 2 01 2 122 View lt x gt Marker DeltaZ Spectrogram View 2 144 Waterfall View 2 60 View lt x gt Marker P CDMA Polar View 2 236 Polar View 2 178 View lt x gt Marker Peak Analog View 2 122 CDMA Time View 2 251 CDMA Waveform View 2 213 FSK View 2 134 Spectrogram View 2 145 Waterfall View 2 60 Waveform View 2 101 View lt x gt Marker ResetDelta Analog View 2 123 CCDF 2 335 CCDFView 2 349 CDMA Time View 2 252 CDMA Waveform View 2 213 CodePower View 2 292 CodeSpectrogram View 2 268 CodeWPower View 2 324 CodeWSpectrogram View 2 300 EVM View 2 200 FSK View 2 134 Spectrogram View 2 145 Waterfall View 2 161 Waveform View 2 102 View x Marker SearchMax Analog View 2 123 CCDF 2 336 CCDFView 2 350 CDMA Time View 2 252 CDMA Waveform View 2 214 CodePower View 2 292 CodeSpectrogram View 2 269 CodeWPower View 2 324 CodeWSpectrogram View 2 301 EVM View 2 200 FSK View 2 134 Spectrogram View 2 146 Waterfall View 2 161 Waveform View 2 102 View lt x gt Marker SearchMin Analog View 2 124 CCDF 2 336 CCDFView 2 350 CDMA Time View 2 253 CDMA Waveform View 2 214 CodePower View 2 293 CodeSpectrogram View 2 269 CodeWPower View
273. m full scale 100 to full scale of acquired data Examples Viewl Scale YScale 100 sets the vertical axis full scale to 100 dB 2 344 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual CCDF Commands Option 20 Only Related Commands View lt x gt Scale XScale View lt x gt Scale YStart View lt x gt Scale YStart Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands View x Source Syntax Arguments Examples Sets or queries the value represented by the minimum bottom edge of the vertical axis amplitude View lt x gt Scale YStart value View lt x gt Scale YStart lt value gt lt NR3 gt ranges from the minimum of acquired data to the maximum full scale setting Viewl Scale YStart 90 sets the value represented by the bottom edge of the vertical axis to 90 dBm View lt x gt Scale YScale Selects or queries the data source for the view View lt x gt Source None Active Zoom file name View lt x gt Source None specifies no source The display area in the view will be emptied Active specifies the currently acquired data as the source Zoom specifies the zoomed data as the source lt file_name gt lt string gt specifies the file as the source The file name must be IQ the IQ format Viewl Source Active specifies the currently acquired data as the view source 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Program
274. mer Manual CDMA Polar View Commands View lt x gt Format Selects or queries the display format Syntax View lt x gt Format Vector Constellation View lt x gt Format Arguments Vector specifies the Vector format It displays symbol to symbol movements using vector Constellation specifies the Constellation format It displays only symbols Examples Viewl Format Vector selects the Vector display format View x Marker A Query Only Queries the amplitude at the marker position Syntax View lt x gt Marker A Returns lt NR3 gt Examples Viewl Marker A might return 0 789 Related Commands Viewex Marker P 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 235 CDMA Polar View Commands View x Marker DeltaT Sets or queries the delta marker position on the time axis Syntax View lt x gt Marker DeltaT value View lt x gt Marker DeltaT Arguments lt value gt lt NR3 gt ranges the minimum to the maximum value on the time axis Examples Viewl Marker DeltaT 5 4u positions the delta marker at 5 4 us Related Commands View lt x gt Marker T View lt x gt Marker P Query Only Queries the phase at the marker position Syntax View lt x gt Marker P Returns lt NR3 gt Examples Viewl Marker P might return 51 313 indicating that the marker is positioned at 51 313 degrees Related Commands Viewex Marker A View lt x gt
275. mer Manual 2 345 CCDF Commands Option 20 Only View x Version Query Only Queries the version of the CCDF program Syntax View lt x gt Version Returns lt NR2 gt Examples View1 Version might return 1 1 View x Z Specifies or queries the displayed frame number Syntax lt gt 7 value View lt x gt Z Arguments lt value gt lt NR1 gt ranges from 0 to the number of frames 1 Examples Viewl Z 199 specifies that the frame 199 displays 2 346 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual DE CCDFView Commands Option 20 Only When you select CCDFView in the Config View lt x gt command use the com mands in this section to set details for the CCDF Complementary Cumulative Distribution Function view This view displays the final results of CCDF measurement which is controlled with the CCDF commands refer to page 2 331 For details on the CCDF measurement refer to the User Manual 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 347 CCDFView Commands Option 20 Only View x CopyFrom No Query Form Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Copies display data from a data register or text file to the data register specified with the View lt x gt Source command View lt x gt CopyFrom D1 D2 D3 04 D5 D6 D7 D8 file name D1 to D8 selects one of the data registers
276. mp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Getting Started Setting the TCP IP You need to set the TCP IP parameters of the analyzer to match the network Parameters configuration Once you have set these parameters you can control the analyzer on the Ethernet network 1 Press the side key to display the configuration menu See Figure 1 11 Press the Command Port side key and set the command port number using either the general purpose knob or the keypad The number ranges 1024 to 32767 Press the Event Port side key and set the event port number using either the general purpose knob or the keypad The number ranges 1024 to 32767 It must be different from the command port number Press the New Line side key and select the new line character of returned value using either the general purpose knob or the keypad UHCAL OVERLOAD TRIGGERED PAUSE Util lt Remote TCP IP Command Port 3000 Event Port 3001 Figure 1 11 Setting the TCP IP parameters 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 1 9 Getting Started 1 10 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Syntax and Commands Command Syntax This section contains general information on command structure and syntax usage You should familiarize yourself with this material before using the analyzer command descriptions This manual describes command
277. n Span before zoom Expansion factor 5 MHz 2 5 10 20 50 100 200 500 1000 Other than 5 MHz 2 4 10 20 40 100 200 400 1000 In the IQ and Wideband modes of the 3086 the expansion factor is the same as in 5 MHz span Setup Zoom Mag 10 magnifies the display 10 times Setup Zoom Execute Setup Zoom Frequency 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual ee A re CDMA Setup Commands When you select CDMA in the Config Setup command use the commands in this section to set the details for the CDMA setup 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 77 Setup Commands Setup BlockSize Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands 2 T8 Sets or queries the number of frames per block Setup BlockSize value Setup BlockSize value NR1 depends on the FFT points and the memory mode 256 1to 16000 Other than Frequency 1 to 2000 Setup BlockSize 200 sets the number of frames per block to 200 Setup FFTPoints Setup MemoryMode 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual CDMA Setup Commands Setup CDMA Channel Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Selects or queries the channel Setup CDMA Channel value Setup Channel lt value gt lt NR1 gt specifies the channel number For the 15 95 standard the range is 1 to 777 Ch
278. n 2 131 Spectrogram View 2 141 Waterfall View 2 155 Polar View Commands 2 171 Eye Diagram View Commands 2 187 Symbol Table View Commands 2 191 EVM View Commands 2 197 CDMA Waveform View Commands 2 207 CDMA Polar View Commands 2 229 CDMA Time View 2 247 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual i Table of Contents Status and Events CodeSpectrogram View Commands Programming Examples Appendices Glossary and Index 3066 Option 15 and 3086 Option 16 Only 2 267 CodePolar View Commands 3066 Option 15 and 3086 Option 16 Only 2 277 CodePower View Commands 3066 Option 15 and 3086 Option 16 Only 2 287 CodeWSpectrogram View Commands 3086 Option 16 Only 2 299 CodeWPolar View Commands 3086 Option 16 Only 2 309 CodeWPower View Commands 3086 Option16 Only 2 319 CCDF Commands Option 20 2 331 CCDFView Commands Option 20 Only 2 347 Self Gain Calibration Commands 2 357 Save Load Commands
279. n the Interval trigger mode Setup TriggerPosition Set the trigger position in a block Setup TriggerSlope Select the trigger slope Setup TriggerSource Select the trigger source Setup TriggerTimeout Set the timeout in the Timeout trigger mode Setup TriggerTimes Set the trigger count in the Count trigger mode Setup Version Query the version of the CDMA Setup program View Commands Waveform View These commands control the Waveform view Commands Table 2 9 Waveform View commands Header View lt x gt Average Times View lt x gt Average Type View lt x gt Compression Description Set the number of frames for averaging Select the average type Select the way to compress data for displaying View lt x gt CopyFrom Copy display data from a text file to the data register View lt x gt CopyTo View lt x gt Edit View lt x gt Edit DrawHorizontal View lt x gt Edit DrawLine Copy display data to a file or data register Determine whether or not to display the trigger mask Draw the entire trigger mask line horizontally through the marker Draw the trigger mask line between the marker and the delta marker 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Command Groups Table 2 9 Waveform View commands Cont Header View lt x gt Edit DrawMax View lt x gt Edit DrawMin View lt x gt Edit Y Descr
280. n the time axis Syntax View lt x gt Marker T value View lt x gt Marker T Arguments lt value gt lt NR3 gt ranges from 0 to the time length of the acquisition data Examples Viewl Marker T 5 4u positions the marker at 5 4 us 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 313 CodeWPolar View Commands 3086 Option 16 Only View x MeasFilter Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Selects or queries the filter to create the measurement data View lt x gt MeasFilter None RootRaisedCosine View lt x gt MeasFilter None selects no filter RootRaisedCosine selects the root raised cosine filter Viewl MeasFilter RootRaisedCosine selects the root raised cosine filter to create the measurement data View lt x gt RefFilter View lt x gt Modulation Syntax Arguments Examples 2 314 Selects or queries the modulation type View lt x gt Modulation W CDMA View lt x gt Modulation W CDMA selects the W CDMA modulation this parameter only Viewl Modulation W CDMA selects the W CDMA modulation 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual CodeWPolar View Commands 3086 Option 16 Only View lt x gt ReffFilter Selects or queries the filter to create the reference data Syntax View lt x gt RefFilter None RaisedCosine Gaussian View lt x gt RefFilter Arguments None sele
281. nation in the Polar View or the CDMA Polar View command group Reference selects the reference data as the view source The data is stored in the register pair specified with the View lt x gt RefDestination in the Polar View or the CDMA Polar View command group Viewl Source Measurement selects the measurement data as the view source View lt x gt MeasDestination and View lt x gt RefDestination in the Polar View or the CDMA Polar View command group Sets or queries the symbol location where the marker is placed View lt x gt Symbol lt value gt View lt x gt Symbol lt value gt lt NR1 gt ranges from 0 to the number of symbols 1 Viewl Symbol 10 places the marker on the symbol number 10 View lt x gt Marker Symbol View lt x gt Marker T 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 195 Symbol Table View Commands View x Version Query Only Queries the version of the Symbol Table View program Syntax View lt x gt Version Returns lt NR2 gt Examples View1 Version might return 1 1 2 196 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual ae fh aS EVM View Commands When you select EVM in the Config View lt x gt command use the commands in this section to control the EVM Error Vector Magnitude view For information on the EVM view refer to the User Manual 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer
282. nfiguration parameters to observe spectrum and spectrogram Zoom loads the configuration parameters for the Zoom mode opCDMAI loads the configuration parameters to measure analyze and display the EVM Error Vector Magnitude o Rho meter frequency error and origin offset error for the IS 95 standard opCDMA2 loads the configuration parameters to measure analyze and display the power occupied bandwidth OBW and spurious for the IS 95 standard opCDMA3 loads the configuration parameters to measure analyze and display the time characteristic for the burst signal for the IS 95 standard opCDMA4 loads the configuration parameters to measure analyze and display the EVM Error Vector Magnitude o Rho meter frequency error and origin offset error for the T 53 standard opCDMA5 loads the configuration parameters to measure analyze and display the power occupied bandwidth OBW and spurious for the T 53 standard opCDMA6 loads the configuration parameters to measure analyze and display the time characteristic for the burst signal for the T 53 standard opDemod1 loads the configuration parameters to observe digital modulating signals opCodel loads the configuration parameters for the cdmaOne forward link signal analysis 3066 option 15 and 3086 option 16 only opCodeW1 loads the configuration parameters for the W CDMA down link signal analysis 3086 option 16 only opCCDF loads the configuration parameters for the C
283. ng gt The label displayed on the left under the horizontal axis XRightLabel lt string gt The label displayed on the right under the horizontal axis YScale lt NRf gt Full scale of the vertical axis YStart lt NRf gt The start point of the vertical axis YUnit lt string gt The unit of data for the vertical axis YMiddleUnit lt string gt The unit displayed in the middle of the vertical axis ZNum NR1 The number of data points on the Z frame axis Examples Uti18 Source ReferenceLevel might return 30 indicating the reference level is 30 dBm Util8 Source TimeDomain might return Off Util8 Source FFTWindow might return Blackman Related Commands Uti18 Format Uti18 Source 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 393 Remote Commands Util8 Status Query Only Queries the status of the analyzer 2 394 Uti18 Status The following table lists the responses and their meanings Response Meaning Active Start Data acquisition has started Active Stop Data acquisition has stopped Active Restart Data acquisition has restarted Active Block A block data has been acquired Active ChangeBlock A block data has been acquired after you changed some settings during data acquisition Active EndRoll A block data has been acquired in the Roll mode Active ZoomStart Zoom has started Active ZoomBlock Active ZoomStop Active Quick Data has been acquired for zoom
284. nt ACP Marker Selects or queries the band marker position for the ACP measurement Syntax View lt x gt Measurement ACP Marker Upper Center Lower View lt x gt Measurement Marker Arguments Upper places the band marker to the next higher channel Center places the band marker to the current channel Lower places the band marker to the next lower channel Examples Viewl Measurement ACP Marker Upper places the band marker to the next higher channel Related Commands lt gt Measurement 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 107 Waveform View Commands View x Measurement ACP SP Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the frequency interval between the adjacent channels for the ACP measurement View lt x gt Measurement ACP SP value View lt x gt Measurement ACP SP lt value gt lt NR3 gt ranges 0 to full scale Viewl Measurement ACP SP 2M sets the frequency interval between the adjacent channels to 2 MHz for the ACP measurement View lt x gt Measurement View lt x gt Measurement OB W Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands 2 108 Sets or queries the occupied bandwidth View x Measurement OBW value View lt x gt Measurement OBW value NR2 ranges 90 to 99 8 96 Viewl Measurement OBW 99 8 sets the occupied bandwidth to 99 8 96 Vie
285. nual 2 105 Waveform View Commands View x Measurement Selects or queries the measurement item The measurement starts with the data acquisition Query the results with the View lt x gt Result lt y gt command Syntax View lt x gt Measurement Off Noise Power C N C No ACP OBW View lt x gt Measurement Arguments Off turns the measurement off Noise selects the noise measurement Power selects the power measurement C N selects the carrier to noise ratio C N measurement C No selects the carrier to noise density ratio C No measurement ACP selects the adjacent channel leakage power ACP measurement OBM selects the occupied bandwidth OBW measurement Examples Viewl Measurement Noise selects the noise measurement Related Commands Viewex Measurement ACP BW View lt x gt Measurement ACP SP View x Measurement OBW View lt x gt Result lt y gt 2 106 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Waveform View Commands Viewex Measurement ACP BW Sets or queries the bandwidth for the ACP measurement Syntax View lt x gt Measurement ACP BW value lt gt Measurement ACP BW Arguments lt value gt lt NR3 gt ranges 0 to full scale Examples Viewl Measurement ACP BW 1M sets the bandwidth for the ACP measurement to 1 MHz Related Commands lt gt Measurement View x Measureme
286. o the VIEW 1 VIEW A key Related Commands Config View Items Config View x Show No Query Form Displays the View menu on the analyzer screen for the specified view Syntax Config View lt x gt Show Arguments None Examples Config Viewl Show displays the View 1 View A menu on the analyzer screen Related Commands Config View lt x gt 2 56 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual RER Standard Setup Commands When you select Standard in the Config Setup command use the commands in this section to set the details for the standard setup 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 57 Standard Setup Commands Setup BlockSize Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands 2 58 Sets or queries the number of frames per block Setup BlockSize value Setup BlockSize value NR1 depends on the FFT points and the memory mode 256 1to 16000 Other than Frequency 1 to 2000 Setup BlockSize 200 sets the number of frames per block to 200 Setup FFTPoints Setup MemoryMode 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Standard Setup Commands Setup CenterFrequency Sets or queries the center frequency Syntax Setup CenterFrequency value Setup CenterFrequency Arguments value NR3 depends on the input mode Input mode value IQ 0 Wideband 1 RF
287. oCarrier On searches the carrier automatically and displays the frequency error Related Commands View lt x gt Carrier View x BreakAnalyze No Query Form Breaks the analysis executed by the View lt x gt Analyze command Syntax View lt x gt BreakAnalyze Arguments None Examples Viewl Analyze breaks the analysis Related Commands View lt x gt Analyze 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 279 CodePolar View Commands 3066 Option 15 3086 Option 16 Only View x Carrier Sets or queries the carrier frequency Syntax View lt x gt Carrier value View lt x gt Carrier Arguments lt value gt lt NR3 gt ranges 0 Hz to 3 GHz Examples Viewl Carrier 1 26 sets the carrier frequency to 1 2 GHz Related Commands View lt x gt AutoCarrier View x Display Selects or queries the display data source Syntax View lt x gt Display Measurement Reference View lt x gt Display Arguments Measurement displays the measurement data Reference displays the reference data Refer to the User Manual on the measurement and reference data Examples Viewl Display Measurement displays the measurement data Related Commands View lt x gt MeasFilter View lt x gt RefFilter 2 280 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual CodePolar View Commands 3066 Option 15 3086 Option 16 Only View lt x gt Form
288. of the marker View lt x gt Marker X lt value gt View lt x gt Marker X lt value gt lt 1 gt ranges from the minimum left edge to the maximum right edge of the the horizontal axis channel Viewl Marker X 32 positions the marker at channel 32 View lt x gt Marker Z 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual CodeWSpectrogram View Commands 3086 Option 16 Only View lt x gt Marker Z Sets or queries the marker position on the vertical time slot number axis Syntax View lt x gt Marker Z value View lt x gt Marker Z Arguments lt value gt lt NR1 gt ranges 0 to the number of slots 1 Examples Viewl Marker Z 199 positions the marker at slot 199 Related Commands View lt x gt Marker X View lt x gt Monochrome Determines whether to display a spectrogram in monochrome Syntax View lt x gt Monochrome On Off View lt x gt Monochrome Arguments On displays a spectrogram in monochrome Off displays a spectrogram in color Examples Viewl Monochrome On displays a spectrogram in monochrome 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 303 CodeWSpectrogram View Commands 3086 Option 16 Only View lt x gt NumberColors Selects or queries the number of display colors Syntax View lt x gt NumberColors 10 100 View lt x gt NumberColors Arguments 10 selects the 10 color
289. of the the vertical axis Viewl Edit Y 50 places the marker on 50 of the vertical position View lt x gt Edit DrawHorizontal View lt x gt Edit DrawLine Selects or queries the waveform display format View lt x gt Format FregAmpl FreqPhase FreqI FreqQ 1 TimePhase Timel TimeQ j View lt x gt Format Defines the parameters associated with the horizontal and vertical axes as follows Argument Horizontal axis Vertical axis FregAmpl Frequency span Amplitude FreqPhase Frequency span Phase Fregl Frequency span In Phase FreqQ Frequency span Q Quadrature Phase TimeAmpl Time Amplitude TimePhase Time Phase Timel Time In Phase TimeQ Time Q Quadrature phase Viewl Format FreqAmp shows the waveform with frequency along the horizontal axis and amplitude along the vertical axis 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 97 Waveform View Commands View x Marker Band Center Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the center frequency of the band marker the two vertical bar cursors View lt x gt Marker Band Center value View lt x gt Marker Band Center lt value gt lt 3 gt ranges from the minimum left edge to the maximum right edge of the the horizontal axis Viewl Marker Band Center 16 sets the center frequency of the band marker to 1 GHz View lt x gt Mark
290. ogrammer Manual Command Groups CodeWPower View Table 2 25 CodeWPolar View commands 3086 option 16 only Cont Header View lt x gt ShortCode View lt x gt Source View lt x gt Standard WCDMA16M Description Specify the short code Select the input data source Configure the modulating system according to the W CDMA standard with the chip rate of 16 M s View lt x gt Standard WCDMA4M View lt x gt Standard WCDMA8M View lt x gt SymbolConstellation View lt x gt SymbolRate Configure the modulating system according to the W CDMA standard with the chip rate of 4 M s Configure the modulating system according to the W CDMA standard with the chip rate of 8 M s Determine whether to display symbol constellation Set the symbol rate View lt x gt TimeSlot Specify the time slot View lt x gt Version Commands Query the version of the CodeWPolar View program 3086 option 16 only These commands control the code domain power view according to the W CDMA standard Table 2 26 CodeWPower View commands 3086 option 16 only Header View lt x gt Average View lt x gt Average AllFrames View lt x gt Average BeginZ View lt x gt Average EndZ View lt x gt Average Execute Description Determine whether to display average results Specify the average range of all frames Set the uppermost frame in the average range Set the lowe
291. ommands Setup LevelOffset Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Selects or queries the signal input mode Setup InputMode IQ Wideband RF Baseband Setup InputMode IQ selects the IQ mode the 3086 only This mode processes the I and Q input signals from the rear panel connectors Wideband selects the Wideband mode the 3086 only This mode can process 50 MHz to 3 GHz signals with maximum 30 MHz span in the vector mode RF selects the RF mode This mode can process 10 MHz to 3 GHz signals with maximum 6 MHz span Baseband selects the baseband mode This mode does not use the internal 3 GHz down converter It can only process DC to 10 MHz signals Setup InputMode RF selects the RF mode Setup CenterFrequency Setup InputCoupling Sets or queries the level display offset This setting is useful for example when an attenuator connects externally It has no effect on the analyzer hardware settings Setup LevelOffset value Setup LevelOffset lt value gt lt NR3 gt ranges 100 dB to 100 dB Setup LevelOffset 100 sets the level display offset to 100 dB Setup ReferenceLevel 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 63 Standard Setup Commands Setup Load No Query Form Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Loads the trigger mask from the specified file Setup Load file name file name lt string gt
292. ommands Util2 BeginZ Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Specifies that acquisition data in all frames are saved Use the Util2 Data SaveAP or Uti12 Data SaveIQ command to save the data Uti 12 AlT Frames None Uti12 AllFrames specifies that acquisition data in all frames are saved Uti 12 BeginZ Util2 Data SavelQ Util2 Data SaveAP Util2 EndZ Specifies or queries the first frame in the save range This setting is used by the Util2 Data SaveAP and Uti12 Data SaveI commands to save data Use the Util2 EndZ command to specify the last frame Util2 BeginZ value Util2 BeginZ lt value gt lt 1 gt ranges 0 to the number of frames 1 Util2 BeginZ 199 specifies that the save starts from the frame 199 Util2 Data SaveAP Util2 Data SaveIQ Util2 EndZ Util2 Buffer header 2 362 Sets or queries the file header in the buffer area read from the data source with the Util2 Buffer CopyHeader command You can save the header with the Util2 Buffer SaveHeader command 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Save Load Commands Syntax Util2 Buffer lt header gt value Util2 Buffer lt header gt Arguments lt header gt Bins The following list shows the lt header gt items lt value gt and their meanings lt value gt Meaning The number of bins BlockSize Block size CenterFrequency DateTim
293. on 16 only Header Default settings View lt x gt Marker DeltaMarker Off View lt x gt Marker SearchSeparation 2 View lt x gt Marker X 0 View lt x gt Marker Z 0 View lt x gt Monochrome Off View lt x gt NumberColors 100 View lt x gt Scale XScale 1 View lt x gt Scale XStart 0 View lt x gt Scale Y Scale 20 View lt x gt Scale Y Start 0 View lt x gt Scale ZScale 0 View lt x gt Scale ZStart 0 View lt x gt ZGap 3 pixels 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Appendix B Factory Initialization Settings Table B 16 Factory initialization settings CodePolar View commands 3066 option 15 and 3086 option 16 only Header Default settings View lt x gt AlphaBT 0 2 View lt x gt Analysis TimeSlot 0 View lt x gt AutoCarrier On View lt x gt Carrier 0 View lt x gt Display Measurement View lt x gt Format Vector View lt x gt Marker T 0 View lt x gt MeasFilter RootRaisedCosine View lt x gt Modulation IS 95 EQ View lt x gt RefFilter RaisedCosine View lt x gt Source Active View lt x gt SymbolRate 1 2288 MHz View lt x gt Z 0 Table B 17 Factory initialization settings CodePower View commands 3066 option 15 and 3086 option 16 only Header Default settings View lt x gt Average Off View lt x gt Average BeginZ 0 View lt x gt Average EndZ 0 View lt x
294. onnector location on the rear panel 1 4 Figure 1 6 GPIB connection 1 5 Figure 1 7 Typical GPIB network configurations 1 5 Figure 1 8 Ethernet connection 1 6 Figure 1 9 Setting the communication parameters 1 7 Figure 1 10 Setting the GPIB parameters 1 8 Figure 1 11 Setting the TCP IP parameters 1 9 Figure 2 1 Example of subsystem hierarchy tree 2 2 Figure 2 2 Example of chaining commands and queries 2 4 Figure 2 3 Example of omitting root and lower level nodes in a Chained message 2 4 Figure 2 4 Settings for burst analysis 2 174 Figure 2 5 Setting the mask for the EVM calculation 2 202 Figure 2 6 Setting the reference line at 1 MHz of RBW 2 216 Figure 2 7 Setting the reference line at 30 kHz of RBW 2 218 Figure 2 8 Settings for burst analysis 2 232 Figure 2 9 Setting the trigger mask ees 2 256 Figure 2 10 View x Scale XStartZero On and Off example 2 344 Figure 2 10 Data file structure 2 361 Figure 2 11 Retrieving response message 2 399 Figure 3 1 Obtaining event on the TCP IP Ethernet 3 1 Figure 3 2 The Status Byte Register SBR
295. or queries the Trace 2 display data compression method i e how to take or discard each acquired data point for a corresponding pixel on the screen because the number of horizontal pixels is usually less than that of data points Syntax View lt x gt Trace2 Compression Sample MinMax Max Min View lt x gt Trace2 Compression Arguments Sample takes the acquired data points at regular intervals to obtain a waveform display MinMax takes the minimum and the maximum data points for a corresponding pixel The minimum and the maximum data points are displayed with a vertical bar on the screen Max takes the maximum data point for a corresponding pixel Min takes the minimum data point for a corresponding pixel Examples Viewl Trace2 Compression Sample takes the acquired data points at regular intervals to obtain a waveform display Related Commands View lt x gt Compression View lt x gt Trace2 Source 2 114 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Waveform View Commands View x Trace2 Format Selects or queries the display format for the Trace 2 Syntax View lt x gt Trace2 Format FreqAmpl FreqPhase Freq FreqQ TimeAmpl TimePhase TimeI TimeQ View lt x gt Trace2 Format Arguments Defines the parameters for the horizontal and vertical axes as follows Argument Horizontal axis Vertical axis FregAmpl Frequency span Amplitude FreqPhase Frequency span P
296. or queries the number of frames that make up an averaged waveform View lt x gt Average Times value View lt x gt Average Times lt value gt lt NR1 gt is the number of frames for averaging from 1 to 1000 Viewl Average Times 1000 specifies that an averaged waveform will show the result of combining 1000 frames View lt x gt Average Type View lt x gt Average Type Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands 2 92 Selects or queries the average type You can also select the peak hold mode For more information about the averaging refer to the User Manual View lt x gt Average Type RMSExpo RMS PeakHold View lt x gt Average Type RMSExpo averages with the RMS root mean squared exponential This mode weights older acquisition data so that they have a progressively smaller effect on the average RMS averages with the RMS root mean squared PeakHold holds the peak value for each data point Viewl Average Type RMSExpo averages waveform with the exponential RMS View lt x gt Average Time 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Waveform View Commands View x Compression Syntax Arguments Examples Selects or queries the display data compression method It specifies how to take or discard each acquired data point for a corresponding pixel on the screen because the number of horizontal pixels is usually less than that of data po
297. ou can use the status port in TCP IP environment Refer to the next topic below Table 3 2 to 3 7 on page 3 3 to 3 5 show all event and error messages In TCP IP environment the analyzer always sends the event message to the Event port Access this port from your program to get the latest event Refer to page 1 7 for setting the port Controller 3066 3086 Command Event port port TCP IP Ethernet network Figure 3 1 Obtaining event on the TCP IP Ethernet 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 3 1 Status and Events Status Byte Register SBR The analyzer has one 8 bit register called Status Byte Register SBR to handle the status Only the bit 7 is used to indicate whether the analyzer is acquiring data You can read the SBR register from your program For example call IBRSP subroutine with the National Instruments drivers Operation status bit Figure 3 2 The Status Byte Register SBR Table 3 1 SBR bit functions Bit Function 7 Operation Status Bit This bit is set when acquiring data 6 0 Not used 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Status and Events Messages Tables 3 2 to 3 7 list all the programming interface messages the analyzer generates in response to commands and queries Event Messages These are certain types of events that may occur whi
298. ows the waveform with the frequency along the horizontal axis and the amplitude along the vertical axis 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 157 Waterfall View Commands View x Marker DeltaMarker Turns the delta marker on or off Syntax View lt x gt Marker DeltaMarker On Off View lt x gt Marker DeltaMarker Arguments turns the delta marker on Off turns the delta marker off Examples Viewl Marker DeltaMarker On turns the delta marker on Related Commands View lt x gt Marker DeltaX View lt x gt Marker DeltaY View lt x gt Marker DeltaZ View lt x gt Marker ResetDelta View lt x gt Marker DeltaT Query Only Queries the delta marker position on the Z frame number axis as the time Syntax View lt x gt Marker DeltaT Returns lt 3 gt Examples Viewl Marker DeltaT might return 0 0096 indicating that the delta marker is positioned at 0 0096 s Related Commands View lt x gt Marker DeltaMarker View lt x gt Marker DeltaZ 2 158 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Waterfall View Commands View lt x gt Marker DeltaX Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the horizontal position of the delta marker View lt x gt Marker DeltaX value View lt x gt Marker DeltaX lt value gt lt NR3 gt ranges from the minimum left edge to the maximum right
299. pectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 1 1 Getting Started Overview of the Manual The information contained in each major section of this manual is described below Syntax and Commands The Syntax and Commands chapter describes the structure and content of the messages your program sends to the analyzer Figure 1 1 shows command parts as described in the Command Syntax subsection Command Parts Header Arguments A A 4 N f N Util3 PeakHold Active 100 0 D1 Mnemonics Space Comma Figure 1 1 Common message elements Chapter 2 also describes the effect of each command and provides examples of how you might use it The Command Groups section provides a list by function al area The command description sections starting from the Configuration Commands on page 2 37 arrange commands alphabetically for each command group see Figure 1 2 Waveform View Commands Setup FFTPoints Setup Commands Setup CenterFrequency Configuration Commands Config Block Config Continue Config Label Setup BlockSize Syntax Argument Config Message Config Mode Examples Commands grouped in functional areas and Commands listed alphabetically for each command group Figure 1 2 Functional groupings and an alphabetical list of commands 1 2 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Getting Started Status and Events The program may request information from the analy
300. quired data Viewl Scale YScale 50 sets the vertical axis full scale to 50 View lt x gt Scale XScale View lt x gt Scale YStart View lt x gt Scale YStart Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the value represented by the minimum bottom edge of the vertical axis View lt x gt Scale YStart value View lt x gt Scale YStart value NR3 ranges from the minimum to the maximum value on the vertical axis of the acquired data Viewl Scale YStart 0 sets the value represented by the bottom edge of the vertical axis to 0 View lt x gt Scale YScale 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 205 EVM View Commands View lt x gt Symbol Sets or queries the symbol position to place the marker Syntax View lt x gt Symbol value View lt x gt Symbol Arguments lt value gt lt NR1 gt ranges from 0 to the number of symbols 1 Examples Viewl Symbol 10 places the marker on the symbol number 10 Related Commands View lt x gt Marker X View lt x gt Marker Y View lt x gt Version Query Only Queries the version of the EVM View program Syntax _ View lt x gt Version Returns lt NR2 gt Examples Viewl Version might return 1 1 2 206 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Waveform View Commands When you s
301. r On Off View lt x gt Marker DeltaMarker Arguments turns the delta marker on Off turns the delta marker off Examples Viewl Marker DeltaMarker On turns the delta marker on Related Commands View lt x gt Marker ResetDelta View lt x gt Marker ResetDelta No Query Form Moves the delta marker to the main marker position Syntax _ View lt x gt Marker ResetDelta Arguments None Examples Viewl Marker ResetDelta Related Commands View lt x gt Marker DeltaMarker 2 268 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual CodeSpectrogram View Commands 3066 Option 15 3086 Option 16 Only View x Marker SearchMax No Query Form Positions the marker on the highest signal on screen Syntax View lt x gt Marker SearchMax Arguments None Examples Viewl Marker SearchMax positions the marker on the highest signal on screen Related Commands View lt x gt Marker SearchMin View lt x gt Marker SearchNin No Query Form Positions the marker on the lowest signal on screen Syntax View lt x gt Marker SearchMin Arguments None Examples Viewl Marker SearchMin positions the marker on the lowest signal on screen Related Commands View lt x gt Marker SearchMax 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 269 CodeSpectrogram View Commands 3066 Option 15 and 3086 Option 16 Only View x Marker SearchSeparation Sets or queries
302. r This response message cannot be retrieved unless you perform a retrieval operation through the external controller For example call IBRD subroutine with the National Instruments drivers 3066 3086 Controller Query Command execution controller Setup Trigger Buffering Retrieve operation 4 CALL IBRD a Output buffer Zee Auto Figure 2 12 Retrieving response message Current response message overwrites the previous response message if any When you send a chained queries to the analyzer such as Setup Span ReferenceLevel Trigger all the response messages will be written in the output buffer These messages remain in the buffer until the next query responses overwrite them 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 399 Remote Commands 2 400 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Status and Events Status and Events The analyzer provides a status and event reporting system for the GPIB and TCP IP Ethernet interface This system informs you of certain significant events that occur within the analyzer Obtaining Event and Error Messages TCP IP Event Port Event and error messages can be obtained by using the following queries m Status query returns the latest event m Error query returns the error code and message in the following format error code gt lt error message Also y
303. r the maximum average of amplitude Syntax View lt x gt Result1 Returns lt NR3 gt Examples Viewl Result1 might return 11 916 indicating that the crest factor is 11 916 dB Related Commands View lt x gt Result2 View lt x gt Result3 View lt x gt Result2 Query Only Queries the maximum amplitude Syntax View lt x gt Result2 Returns lt NR3 gt Examples Viewl Result2 might return 71 446 indicating that the maximum amplitude is 1 446 dBm Related Commands View lt x gt Result1 View lt x gt Result3 2 340 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual CCDF Commands Option 20 Only View lt x gt Result3 Query Only Queries the average amplitude Syntax View lt x gt Result3 Returns lt 3 gt Examples Viewl Result3 might return 13 363 indicating that the average amplitude is 13 363 dBm Related Commands View lt x gt Result1 View lt x gt Result2 View x Scale AutoScale No Query Form Resets the vertical axis amplitude to full scale Syntax View lt x gt Scale AutoScale Arguments None Examples Viewl Scale AutoScale resets the vertical axis to full scale Related Commands View lt x gt Scale YScale 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 341 CCDF Commands Option 20 Only View x Scale HoldYScale Determines whether to hold or reset the vertical scale when you change the inp
304. r DeltaY Query Only Syntax Returns Examples Related Commands Queries the vertical position of the delta marker View lt x gt Marker DeltaY lt NR3 gt Viewl Marker DeltaY might return 100 indicating that the delta marker is at 100 dB View lt x gt Marker DeltaX View lt x gt Marker Peak No Query Form Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Moves the marker to the adjacent peak in the specified direction Note that the adjacent peak is farther than the distance specified with the View lt x gt Marker SearchSeparation command View lt x gt Marker Peak 1 1 1 moves the marker to the adjacent peak on the left of the marker moves the marker to the adjacent peak on the right of the marker Viewl Marker Peak 1 moves the marker to the adjacent peak on the right of the marker View lt x gt Marker SearchMax View lt x gt Marker SearchMin View lt x gt Marker SearchSeparation 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 101 Waveform View Commands View x Marker ResetDelta No Query Form Moves the delta marker to the main marker position Syntax _ View lt x gt Marker ResetDelta Arguments None Examples Viewl Marker ResetDelta moves the delta marker to the main marker position Related Commands View lt x gt Marker DeltaMarker View lt x gt Marker SearchNax No Query Form Positions the marker on the highest signal on s
305. r Deltax 0 View lt x gt Marker X 0 View lt x gt Scale XScale 1 View lt x gt Scale XStart 0 View lt x gt Scale Y Start 0 View lt x gt Source Active lt gt 4 0 Table B 6 Factory initialization settings Spectrogram View commands Header Default settings lt gt View lt x gt Format FreqAmpl Mewoo arerDetaMaker 0 View lt x gt Marker DeltaX 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Appendix B Factory Initialization Settings Table B 6 Factory initialization settings Spectrogram View commands Cont Header Default settings View lt x gt Marker DeltaZ 0 View lt x gt Marker SearchSeparation 2 View lt x gt Marker X 0 View lt x gt Marker Z 0 View lt x gt Monochrome Off View lt x gt NumberColors 100 View lt x gt Scale XScale 1 View lt x gt Scale XStart 0 View lt x gt Scale Y Scale 20 View lt x gt Scale Y Start 0 View lt x gt Scale ZScale 0 View lt x gt Scale ZStart 0 View lt x gt Source Active View lt x gt ZGap 1 pixel Table B 7 Factory initialization settings Waterfall View commands Header Default settings lt gt lt gt FregAmpl View lt x gt Marker DeltaMarker Off View lt x gt Marker Deltax 0 View lt x gt Marker DeltaZ 0 View lt x
306. r a corresponding pixel on the screen because the number of horizontal pixels is usually less than that of data points View lt x gt Compression Sample MinMax Max Min View x Compression Sample takes the acquired data points at regular intervals to obtain a waveform display MinMax takes the minimum and the maximum data points for a corresponding pixel The minimum and the maximum data points are displayed with a vertical bar on the screen Max takes the maxmum data point for a corresponding pixel Min takes the minimum data point for a corresponding pixel Viewl Compression Sample takes the acquired data points at regular intervals to obtain a waveform display 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Waterfall View Commands View lt x gt Format Selects or queries the waveform display format Syntax View lt x gt Format FregAmpl FreqPhase FreqI FreqQ 1 TimePhase Timel TimeQ j View lt x gt Format Arguments Defines the parameters associated with the horizontal and vertical axes as follows Argument Horizontal axis Vertical axis FreqAmpl Frequency span Amplitude FreqPhase Frequency span Phase Fregl Frequency span In Phase FreqQ Frequency span Q Quadrature Phase TimeAmpl Time Amplitude TimePhase Time Phase Timel Time In Phase TimeQ Time Q Quadrature phase Examples Viewl Format FreqAmpl sh
307. r command Util2 Buffer CopyHeader lt source gt lt beginZ gt lt endZ gt lt source gt Active Zoom D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 08 file name gt specifies the data source Active specifies the currently acquired data as the source Zoom specifies the zoomed data as the source D1 to D8 specify the data register D1 to D8 respectively file name string specifies the data file as the source The file name must be IQ the IQ format or AP the AP format beginZ lt 1 gt specifies the first frame It ranges 0 to the number of frames 1 lt endZ gt lt NR1 gt specifies the last frame It ranges 0 to the number of frames 1 or 1 1 represents variable record length Util2 Buffer CopyHeader Active 199 0 copies the file header from the active memory for the frame 199 to 0 The larger frame number represents the older frame However you can specify the frame range by changing lt beginZ gt and lt endZ gt In this example both 199 0 and 0 199 are possible Util2 Buffer lt header gt Util2 Buffer SaveHeader 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Save Load Commands Util2 Buffer SaveHeader No Query Form Saves the file header from the buffer memory to a file You can load the header data with the Util2 Buffer CopyHeader command to the buffer and set the header with the Util2 Buffer header command
308. r of display colors View lt x gt Scale AutoScale View lt x gt Scale XScale Scale the vertical axis automatically Scale the horizontal axis View lt x gt Scale XStart Set the start point of the horizontal axis on the screen View lt x gt Scale YScale Scale the vertical axis View lt x gt Scale Y Start Set the start point of the vertical axis on the screen View lt x gt Scale ZScale Scale the Z axis View lt x gt Scale ZStart Set the start point of the Z axis on the screen 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 27 Command Groups Table 2 21 CodeSpectrogram View commands 3066 option 15 and 3086 option 16 only Cont Header Description View lt x gt Version Query the version of the CodeSpectrogram View program View lt x gt ZGap Set the symbol display interval on the Z axis CodePolar View 3066 option 15 and 3086 option 16 only These commands control the vector Commands diagram view according to the cdmaOne standard Table 2 22 CodePolar View commands 3066 option 15 and 3086 option 16 only Header Description View lt x gt AlphaBT Setthe a BT View lt x gt Analysis TimeSlot Select the symbol to display the constellation View lt x gt Analyze Perform analysis on the background for all symbols View lt x gt AutoCarrier Turn on or off the carrier search function View l
309. rage BeginZ 2 321 View lt x gt Average EndZ 2 321 View x Average Execute 2 322 View lt x gt AverageMarkerToFrame 2 322 View x Average Times 2 323 View x Average Type 2 323 View x Marker DeltaMarker 2 324 View lt x gt Marker ResetDelta 2 324 View lt x gt Marker SearchMax 2 324 View lt x gt Marker SearchMin 2 325 View lt x gt Marker SearchSeparation 2 325 View lt x gt Marker X 2 326 View lt x gt Scale AutoScale 2 326 View lt x gt Scale XScale 2 327 View lt x gt Scale XStart 2 327 View lt x gt Scale Y Scale 2 328 View lt x gt Scale YStart 2 328 View lt x gt ShortCode 2 328 View lt x gt SymbolRate 2 329 View x Version 2 329 View x X Axis 2 330 View lt x gt Z 2 330 CodeWSpectrogram View commands View x Marker DeltaMarker 2 300 View lt x gt Marker ResetDelta 2 300 View lt x gt Marker SearchMax 2 301 View lt x gt Marker SearchMin 2 30 View lt x gt Marker SearchSeparation 2 302 View lt x gt Marker X 2 302 View lt x gt Marker Z 2 303 View x Monochrome 2 303 View lt x gt NumberColors 2 304 View x Scale AutoScale 2 304 View x Scale XScale 2 305 View lt x gt Scale XStart 2 305 View lt x gt Scale YScale 2 306 View lt x gt Scale YStart 2 306 View lt x gt Scale ZScale 2 307 View lt x gt Scale ZStart
310. ram is displayed every specified number of slots View lt x gt Scale ZScale value View lt x gt Scale ZScale lt value gt lt NR1 gt ranges 1 to 32 1 means every slot is displayed 32 means every 32 slot is displayed Viewl Scale ZScale 8 displays the spectrogram every 8 slot View lt x gt Scale ZStart View lt x gt Scale ZStart Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the value represented by the minimum bottom edge of the Z slot number axis i e the first slot to be displayed View lt x gt Scale ZStart value View lt x gt Scale ZStart lt value gt lt NR1 gt ranges from 0 to the number of slots 1 Viewl Scale ZStart 20 sets the value represented by the bottom edge of the Z axis to 20 View lt x gt Scale ZScale 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 307 CodeWSpectrogram View Commands 3086 Option 16 Only View lt x gt SymbolRate Syntax Arguments Examples Sets or queries the symbol rate to display the code domain power View lt x gt SymbolRate value View lt x gt SymbolRate lt value gt 1024k 512k 256k 128k 64k 32k 16k Composite selects the symbol rate Composite corresponds to multi rate Viewl SymbolRate 1024k sets the symbol rate to 1024K View x Version Query Only Syntax Returns Examples View x ZGap Syntax Arguments Ex
311. rguments None Examples Utill Execute executes the self gain calibration Related Commands Utill Gain Execute Utill Result lt x gt Util1 Gain Auto No Query Form Determines whether to perform the self gain calibration automatically when the analyzer is in uncal state The calibration starts after data acquisition completes Syntax Utill Gain Auto Arguments None Examples Utill Gain Auto executes the self gain calibration automatically after data acquisition when the analyzer is in uncal state Related Commands Utill Execute Utill Gain Execute 2 358 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Self Gain Calibration Commands Util1 Gain Execute No Query Form Executes the self gain calibration This command is the same as the Utill Execute command and exists for compatibility Syntax Utill Gain Execute Arguments None Examples Utill Gain Execute executes the self gain calibration Related Commands Utill Execute Utill Result lt x gt Util1 IQOffset Execute No Query Form 3086 Only Compensates the offset of the I and Q input signals NOTE Set the level of the I and Q input signals to zero before executing the command Syntax Utill IQ0ffset Execute Arguments None Examples Uti 11 IQOffset Execute compensates the offset of the I and Q input signals 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 359 Self Gain Ca
312. riggerInterval 2 71 Setup TriggerPosition 2 72 Setup TriggerSlope 2 72 Setup TriggerSource 2 73 Setup TriggerTimeout 2 73 Setup TriggerTimes 2 74 Setup Version 2 74 Setup Zoom Execute 2 75 Setup Zoom Frequency 2 75 Setup Zoom Mag 2 76 status 3 1 Status Byte Register 3 2 Symbol Table View commands View lt x gt Symbol 2 795 View x CopyTo 2 192 View x Marker Data 2 792 View x Marker S ymbol 2 795 View lt x gt Marker T 2 793 View lt x gt Radix 2 194 View lt x gt Rotate 2 194 View lt x gt Source 2 195 View lt x gt Version 2 196 syntax command 2 7 T TCP IP event port 3 7 port 1 6 setting parameters 9 U unit and SI prefix 2 5 Utill Execute 2 358 Utill Gain Auto 2 356 Utill Gain Execute 2 359 Util1 IQOffset Execute 2 359 Utill Result lt x gt 2 360 Util1 Version 2 360 Utill WideOffset Request 2 360 Util2 AllFrames 2 362 Util2 BeginZ 2 362 Util2 Buffer lt header gt 2 362 Util2 Buffer CopyHeader 2 364 Util2 Buffer SaveHeader 2 365 Util2 Data Load 2 365 Util2 Data Save 2 366 Util2 Data SaveAP 2 367 Util2 Data Saved 2 367 Index 8 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Index Util2 Data SaveDateTime 2 369 Util2 Data SaveFlatness 2 370 Util2 Data SaveFrame 2 371 Util2 Data SaveHeader 2 372 Util2 Data
313. rizontal position of the delta marker View lt x gt Marker DeltaX value View lt x gt Marker DeltaX lt value gt lt NR3 gt ranges from the minimum left edge to the maximum right edge of the the horizontal axis Viewl Marker DeltaX 1G positions the delta marker at 1 GHz View lt x gt Marker DeltaY View lt x gt Marker DeltaY Query Only Syntax Returns Examples Related Commands 2 212 Queries the vertical position of the delta marker View lt x gt Marker DeltaY lt NR3 gt Viewl Marker DeltaY might return 100 indicating that the delta marker is positioned at 100 dB View lt x gt Marker DeltaX 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual CDMA Waveform View Commands View x Marker Peak No Query Form Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Moves the marker to the adjacent peak in the specified direction Note that the adjacent peak is farther than the distance specified with the View x Marker SearchSeparation command View lt x gt Marker Peak 1 1 1 moves the marker to the adjacent peak on the left of the marker moves the marker to the adjacent peak on the right of the marker Viewl Marker Peak 1 moves the marker to the adjacent peak on the right of the marker View lt x gt Marker SearchMax View lt x gt Marker SearchMin View lt x gt Marker SearchSeparation View lt x gt Marker ResetDelta
314. rker A might return 0 789 Related Commands Viewex Marker P 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 177 Polar View Commands View x Marker DeltaT Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the delta marker position on the time axis View lt x gt Marker DeltaT value View lt x gt Marker DeltaT lt value gt lt NR3 gt ranges the minimum to the maximum value on the time axis Viewl Marker DeltaT 5 4u positions the delta marker at 5 4 us View lt x gt Marker T View lt x gt Marker P Query Only Syntax Returns Examples Related Commands View lt x gt Marker T Syntax Arguments 2 178 Queries the phase at the marker position View lt x gt Marker P lt NR3 gt Viewl Marker P might return 51 313 indicating that the marker is positioned at 51 313 degrees View lt x gt Marker A Sets or queries the marker position on the time axis View lt x gt Marker T lt value gt View lt x gt Marker T lt value gt lt NR3 gt ranges the minimum to the maximum value on the time axis 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Polar View Commands Examples Viewl Marker T 5 4u positions the marker at 5 4 us Related Commands View lt x gt Marker DeltaT View lt x gt Marker X Query Only Queries the horizontal position of the marker Syntax View lt x
315. rker SearchMax 2 214 View x Marker SearchMin 2 2 4 Wiew x Marker SearchSeparation 2 214 View x Marker X 2 215 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Index View x Marker Y 2 215 View x Mask RBW1M Frequency 2 216 View x Mask RBW 1M Level 27 216 Wiew x Mask RBW3O0k Frequency 1 2 217 View lt x gt Mask RBW30k Frequency2 2 217 View lt x gt Mask RBW30k Levell 2 218 View lt x gt Mask RBW30k Level2 2 218 View x Measurement 2 219 View lt x gt Measurement OBW 2 219 View x Measurement Separation 2 220 View lt x gt Measurement SortedBy 2 220 View lt x gt Measurement SpuriousSearch 2 221 View x Measurement Threshold 2 227 View x Position 2 222 View x RBW 2 222 View lt x gt Result lt y gt 2 223 View x Scale AutoScale 2 224 View lt x gt Scale HoldYScale 2 224 View lt x gt Scale XScale 2 225 View lt x gt Scale XStart 2 225 View lt x gt Scale Y Scale 27226 View lt x gt Scale YStart 2 226 View lt x gt Source 2 227 View lt x gt Version 2 228 View lt x gt Z 2 2 228 chaining commands and queries 2 4 character chart A Clipboard 2 382 CodePolar View commands View lt x gt AlphaBT 2 278 View lt x gt Analysis TimeSlot 2 278 View x Analyze 2 278 View lt x gt AutoCarrier
316. rker on it Search the minimum peak and place the marker on it Set the resolution to separate two peaks Set the horizontal position of the marker IView x Marker Y View lt x gt Scale AutoScale Query the vertical position of the marker Scale the vertical axis automatically 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Command Groups FSK View Commands Table 2 10 Analog View commands Cont Header View lt x gt Scale HoldYScale View lt x gt Scale XScale Description Determine whether to hold or reset the vertical scale when you change the input source Scale the horizontal axis View lt x gt Scale XStart Set the start point of the horizontal axis on the screen View lt x gt Scale YScale Scale the vertical axis View lt x gt Scale Y Start Set the start point of the vertical axis on the screen View lt x gt Source View lt x gt Version Select the input data source Query the version of the Analog View program lt gt 2 Set the frame number These commands control the FSK view In this view the FSK Frequency Shift Keying signal is demodulated and displayed Table 2 11 FSK View commands Header View lt x gt CopyTo Description Copy display data to a file or data register View lt x gt Marker DeltaMarker Turns on or off the delta marker View lt x gt Marker Deltax
317. rm Waveform Waveform Waveform fo o eC Tt Position 50 50 50 BIT Measurement Spurious Power Spurious View2 CDMA Time Spectrogram Spectrogram Waveform Waveform Measurement Spurious _ Spurious S View3 None None CDMA Polar None None Polar Views Evm None ne None _ Eyediagram View5 View8 None Noe None None None None None Standard IS 95 19 95 T53 T53 Span 30 MHz 5 MHz 5 MHz 30 MHz Triggermode Auto Memory mode Dual Input mode RF RF RF RF RF RF 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Appendix B Factory Initialization Settings Table B 29 Factory initialization settings Config Mode command 3066 option 15 and 3086 option 16 only opCode1 1 opCodeW1 2 View style 2 2 2 2 Setup Standard Standard View1 Waveform Waveform View2 CodeSpectrogram CodeWSpectrogram View3 CodePolar CodeWPolar View4 CodePower CodeWPower View5 View8 None None Span 5 MHz 10 MHz Trigger mode Auto Auto Memory mode Zoom Input mode RF Wideband 1 3066 option 15 and 3086 option 16 only 2 3066 option 15 only Table B 30 Factory initialization settings Config Mode command option 20 only CCDF View8 CCDFView B 18 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Glossary and Index Glossary Amplitude Modulation AM The process or r
318. rmost frame in the average range Execute averaging View lt x gt Average MarkerToFrame View lt x gt Average Times View lt x gt Average Type Specify the average range between two markers Set the number of acquisitions for averaging Select the average type View lt x gt Marker DeltaMarker View lt x gt Marker ResetDelta View lt x gt Marker SearchMax View lt x gt Marker SearchMin Turn on or off the delta marker Move the delta marker to the marker position Search the maximum peak and place the marker on it Search the minimum peak and place the marker on it View lt x gt Marker SearchSeparation Set the resolution to separate two peaks View lt x gt Marker X View lt x gt Scale AutoScale Set the horizontal position of the marker Reset the vertical scale to the default 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 31 Command Groups Table 2 26 CodeWPower View commands 3086 option 16 only Cont Header Description View lt x gt Scale XScale Scale the horizontal axis View lt x gt Scale XStart Set the start point of the horizontal axis on the screen View lt x gt Scale YScale Scale the vertical axis View lt x gt Scale Y Start Set the start point of the vertical axis on the screen View lt x gt ShortCode Specify the short code View lt x gt SymbolRate Set the symbol rate
319. rom the specified data source to a file All of the data including header frame data calibration data date and time are saved Util2 Data Save lt source gt lt beginZ gt lt endZ gt lt destination gt lt source gt Active Zoom D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 08 file name gt specifies the data source Active specifies the currently acquired data as the source Zoom specifies the zoomed data as the source D1 to D8 specify the data register D1 to D8 respectively file name string specifies the data file as the source The file name must be IQ the IQ format or AP the AP format lt beginZ gt lt NR1 gt specifies the first frame It ranges 0 to the number of frames 1 lt endZ gt lt NR1 gt specifies the last frame It ranges 0 to the number of frames 1 destination lt string gt specifies the file to save the data The file name must be IQ the IQ format or AP the AP format Util2 Data Save Active 199 0 SAMPLE1 IQ saves the data from the active memory for the frame 199 to 0 to the file SAMPLEI IQ The larger frame number represents the older frame However you can specify the frame range by changing lt beginZ gt and lt endZ gt In this example both 199 0 and 0 199 are possible Util2 Data Load 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Save Load Commands Util2 Data SaveAP No Qu
320. ronix shall pay for the return of the product to Customer if the shipment is to a location within the country in which the Tektronix service center is located Customer shall be responsible for paying all shipping charges duties taxes and any other charges for products returned to any other locations This warranty shall not apply to any defect failure or damage caused by improper use or improper or inadequate maintenance and care Tektronix shall not be obligated to furnish service under this warranty a to repair damage resulting from attempts by personnel other than Tektronix representatives to install repair or service the product b to repair damage resulting from improper use or connection to incompatible equipment or c to service a product that has been modified or integrated with other products when the effect of such modification or integration increases the time or difficulty of servicing the product THIS WARRANTY IS GIVEN BY TEKTRONIX WITH RESPECT TO THIS PRODUCT IN LIEU OF ANY OTHER WARRANTIES EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED TEKTRONIX AND ITS VENDORS DISCLAIM ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE TEKTRONIX RESPONSIBILITY TO REPAIR OR REPLACE DEFECTIVE PRODUCTS IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY PROVIDED TO THE CUSTOMER FOR BREACH OF THIS WARRANTY TEKTRONIX AND ITS VENDORS WILL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT SPECIAL INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES IRRESPECTIVE OF WHETHER TEKTRONIX OR THE VENDOR HA
321. rum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 295 CodePower View Commands 3066 Option 15 and 3086 Option 16 Only View x Scale YScale Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the vertical axis power full scale to display a portion of data View lt x gt Scale YScale value View lt x gt Scale YScale value NR3 ranges 1 to 100 dB Viewl Scale YScale 50 sets the vertical axis full scale to 50 dB View lt x gt Scale XScale View lt x gt Scale YStart View lt x gt Scale YStart Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands 2 296 Sets or queries the value represented by the minimum bottom edge of the vertical axis power View lt x gt Scale YStart value View lt x gt Scale YStart value NR3 ranges from ref level 200 dB to ref level 100 dB horizontal axis full scale Viewl Scale YStart 50 sets the value represented by the bottom edge of the vertical axis to 50 dB View lt x gt Scale YScale 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual CodePower View Commands 3066 Option 15 and 3086 Option 16 Only View x Version Query Only Queries the version of the CodePower View program Syntax View lt x gt Version Returns lt NR2 gt Examples Viewl Version might return 1 1 View lt x gt Z Specifies or queries the displayed symbol number Syntax Viewoo Z value
322. rvbyname port tcp unless port d ent sockaddr in port inet aton host connect H ent die connect select H 1 select STDOUT Inhibit buffuring 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Appendix A Character Charts Table A 1 The 3066 character set 36 52 68 84 37 53 85 101 O J ar a D 0 63 79 T 9 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 112 2 Sin 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 1 Appendix A Character Charts Table A 2 ASCII amp GPIB code chart B7 B6 B5 BITS NUMBERS B4 B3 B2 B1 CONTROL SYMBOLS 0 20 40 LAO 60 LA16 0000 NUL DLE SP 0 0 0 10 16 20 32 30 48 GTL 21 LLO 41 LA1 61 LA17 0001 SOH DC1 1 1 1 4 17 21 33 31 49 2 22 42 LA2 62 LA18 0010 STX DC2 2 2 2 12 18 22 34 32 50 3 23 43 LA3 63 LA19 0 0 11 ETX DC3 3 3 13 19 23 35 33 51 4 SDC 24 DCL 44 LA4 64 LA20 0100 EOT DC4 4 4 4 14 20 24 36 34 52 5 PPC 25 PPU 45 LA5 65 LA21 0101 5 5 5 15 21 25 37 35 53 6 26 46 LAG 66 LA22 0110 ACK SYN amp 6 6 16 22 26 38 36 54 27 47 LA7 67 LA23 0 1 11 BEL ETB 7 7 7 17 23 27 39 37 55 10 GET 30 SPE 50 LA8 70 LA24 1000 BS CAN 8 8 8 18 24 28 40 38 56 11 TCT 31 SPD 51 149 71 LA25 1001 HT EM 9 9 9 19 25 29 41 39 57 12 32 52 LA
323. s CodePolar View commands CodePower View commands CodeWSpectrogram View commands CodeWPolar View commands 3086 option 16 only CodeWPower View commands 3086 option 16 only CCDF commands option 20 only CCDFView commands option 20 only Self Gain Calibration commands Save Load commands Average commands Remote commands 2 1 2 3 2 3 2 6 2 9 2 11 2 12 2 13 2 14 2 16 2 17 2 18 2 19 2 20 2 21 2 22 2 22 2 23 2 24 2 26 2 27 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Table of Contents Table 3 1 SBR bit functions 3 2 Table 3 2 Event message 3 3 Table 3 3 NO error eu er en re eg 3 4 Table 3 4 Command error 3 4 Table 3 5 Execution error 3 4 Table 3 6 Device specific error 3 5 Table 3 7 GPIB error 3 5 Table A 1 The 3066 character A 1 Table A 2 ASCII amp GPIB code A 2 Table B 1 Factory initialization settings Configuration commands su ee B 1 Table B 2 Factory initialization settings Setup commands B 2 Table B 3 Factory initialization settings Waveform View commands u ee erin nenn
324. s 3086 Option 16 Only View x Carrier Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands View x Display Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands 2 312 Sets or queries the carrier frequency View lt x gt Carrier value View lt x gt Carrier lt value gt lt NR3 gt ranges 0 Hz to 3 GHz Viewl Carrier 1 206 sets the carrier frequency to 1 2 GHz View lt x gt AutoCarrier Selects or queries the display data source View lt x gt Display Measurement Reference View lt x gt Display Measurement displays the measurement data Reference displays the reference data Only the symbol constellation can be displayed Refer to the User Manual on the measurement and reference data Viewl Display Measurement displays the measurement data View lt x gt MeasFilter View lt x gt RefFilter 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual CodeWPolar View Commands 3086 Option 16 Only View lt x gt Format Selects or queries the waveform display format Syntax View lt x gt Format Vector Constellation View lt x gt Format Arguments Vector selects the Vector format It displays symbol to symbol movements using vector Constellation selects the Constellation format It displays only symbols Examples Viewl Format Vector selects the Vector display format View lt x gt Marker T Sets or queries the marker position o
325. s and queries using the Backus Naur Form BNF notation Table 2 1 defines the standard BNF symbols Table 2 1 BNF symbols and meanings Meaning Defined element Is defined as Exclusive OR Group one element is required Optional can be omitted Previous element s may be repeated Comment 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 1 Command Syntax Commands and Queries Creating Commands Creating Queries 2 2 The analyzer commands are based on a hierarchical or tree structure see Figure 2 1 that represents a subsystem The top level of the tree is the root node it is followed by one or more lower level nodes Viewl Root node Marker 7 Lower level ye nodes X DeltaX Peak Figure 2 1 Example of subsystem hierarchy tree You can create commands and queries from these subsystem hierarchy trees Commands specify actions for the instrument to perform Queries return measurement data and information about parameter settings The analyzer commands are created by stringing together the nodes of a subsystem hierarchy and separating each node by a colon In Figure 2 1 Viewl is the root node and Marker X DeltaX and Peak are lower level nodes To create a command start with the root node Viewl and move down the tree structure adding nodes until you reach the end of a branch Most commands and some queries have parameters you must include a
326. s control the view of CCDF Cumulative Complementary Distribution Function measurement results Table 2 28 CCDFView commands option 20 only Header View lt x gt CopyFrom Description Copy display data from a data register or text file View lt x gt CopyTo View lt x gt Marker DeltaMarker View lt x gt Marker ResetDelta View lt x gt Marker SearchMax Copy display data to a data register or text file Turns on or off the delta marker Move the delta marker to the marker position Search the maximum peak and place the marker on it View lt x gt Marker SearchMin View lt x gt Marker SearchSeparation View lt x gt Marker X Search the minimum peak and place the marker on it Set the resolution to separate two peaks Set the horizontal position of the marker View lt x gt Scale AutoScale Scale the vertical axis automatically View lt x gt Scale Ly Start View lt x gt Scale LYStop 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Set the bottom edge of the vertical axis on the screen Set the top edge of the vertical axis on the screen 2 33 Command Groups Table 2 28 CCDFView commands option 20 only Cont Header Description View lt x gt Scale Origin Reset the vertical and horizontal axis scale to the default View lt x gt Scale XScale View lt x gt Scale XStart Scale the horizontal axis Set the
327. s the view source View x Version Query Only Queries the version of the CCDFView program Syntax View lt x gt Version Returns lt NR2 gt Examples Viewl Version might return 1 1 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 355 CCDFView Commands Option 20 Only 2 356 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Self Gain Calibration Commands The Utill command group calibrates the amplifier gain based on the signal generator within the analyzer This calibration should be run when the analyzer is started or during operation If you perform this calibration when the analyzer is started carry out warm up for 20 minutes or more after the power is turned on This causes the analyzer electrical performance to be stable Then run the calibration When the ambient temperature varies by 3 C or more relative to that at the previous calibration when the analyzer is in operation UNCAL is displayed in red in the hardware status display area on screen This means that the analyzer prompts you to run the calibration NOTE If you executes the calibration during signal acquisition the analyzer stops the acquisition and then performs the calibration 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 357 Self Gain Calibration Commands Utill Execute No Query Form Executes the self gain calibration Syntax Utill Execute A
328. section to set details for the CCDF Complementary Cumulative Distribu tion Function measurement The final results are displayed on CCDFView which is controlled with the CCDFView commands refer to page 2 347 For details on the CCDF measurement refer to the User Manual 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 331 CCDF Commands Option 20 Only View lt x gt AllFrames No Query Form Specifies that CCDF is calculated for data in all frames acquired Syntax View lt x gt AllFrames Arguments None Examples Viewl AllFrames specifies that CCDF is calculated for data in all frames Related Commands _ View lt x gt BeginZ View lt x gt EndZ View x Average Reset No Query Form Stops the current CCDF measurement and restarts the process Syntax View lt x gt Average Reset Arguments None Examples Viewl Average Reset stops the current CCDF measurement and restarts the process Related Commands View lt x gt Execute 2 332 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual CCDF Commands Option 20 Only View x BeginZ Specifies or queries the uppermost frame in the CCDF calculation range Syntax View lt x gt BeginZ value View lt x gt BeginZ Arguments lt value gt lt NR1 gt ranges from 0 to the number of frames 1 Examples Viewl Beginz 199 sets the uppermost frame number to 199 Related Commands View lt x gt EndZ
329. specified in the IS 95 standard Examples Viewl RefFilter RaisedCosine selects the raised cosine filter to create the reference data Related Commands View lt x gt MeasFilter 2 240 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual CDMA Polar View Commands View lt x gt Result lt y gt Query Only Syntax Returns Examples View x Source Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Queries the measurement result View lt x gt Result lt y gt lt NR3 gt Resultl returns the carrier frequency error in reference to the center frequency Result2 returns the origin offset Result3 returns the full scale in volts Viewl Result1 might return 15 23 indicating that the carrier frequency error is 15 23 Hz Selects or queries the display data source for the specified view View lt x gt Source None Active Zoom file name View lt x gt Source None specifies no source The display area in the view will be emptied Active specifies the currently acquired data as the source Zoom specifies the zoomed data as the source lt file_name gt lt string gt specifies the file as the source The file name must be IQ the IQ format Viewl Source Active specifies the currently acquired data as the source Config Mode 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 241 CDMA Polar View Commands View x Standard CDPD
330. specifies the file that contains the trigger mask The file name must be Setup Load SAMPLE1 TRG loads the trigger mask from the file SAMPLEI TRG Setup Save Setup MarkerToFreq No Query Form Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands 2 64 Sets the center frequency to the value at the marker Setup MarkerToFreq None Setup MarkerToFreq sets the center frequency to the value at the marker Setup CenterFrequency 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Standard Setup Commands Setup MaxSpan No Query Form Sets the span to the maximum Syntax Setup MaxSpan Arguments None Examples Setup MaxSpan sets the span to the maximum Related Commands Setup Span Setup MemoryMode Selects or queries the memory mode Syntax Setup MemoryMode Frequency Dual Zoom Setup MemoryMode Arguments Frequency selects the Frequency mode Only frequency domain data is written into the memory Dual selects the Dual mode The data for both frequency and time domain are written into the memory at the same time Zoom expands a specific part of the spectrum In the IQ mode of the 3086 the memory mode is fixed to the Zoom Examples Setup MemoryMode Frequency sets the memory mode to Frequency Related Commands Setup BlockSize Setup FFTPoints Setup FramePeriod 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 65 Stand
331. start point of the horizontal axis on the screen View lt x gt Source Select the input data source View lt x gt Version Query the version of the CCDFView program Utility Commands These commands are equivalent to the UTILITY menu on the front panel Self Gain Calibration These commands control the self gain calibration Commands Table 2 29 Self Gain Calibration commands Header Description Utilt Execute Perform the self gain calibration Util1 Gain Auto Determine whether to perform the self gain calibration automatically Util1 Gain Execute Perform the self gain calibration Util1 QOffset Execute the 3086 only Compensate the offset of the I and Q input signals Util1 Result lt x gt Query the calibration results Util Version Query the version of the Self Gain Calibration program Util1 WideOffset Request Compensate the offset of the Wideband mode at the the 3086 only next data acquisition Save Load Commands These commands control to save or load data Table 2 30 Save Load commands Header Util2 AllFrames Util2 BeginZ Util2 Buffer lt item gt Description Specify that the all frames are saved Select the first frame to be saved Set the file header in the buffer 2 94 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Command Groups Table 2 30 Save Load commands Cont Header Util2 Buffer CopyHeader Util2 Buffer S
332. stination D5D6 View lt x gt MeasFilter RootRaisedCosine View lt x gt Modulation 1 4 x QPSK View lt x gt Position 100 View lt x gt RefDestination D7D8 View lt x gt RefFilter RaisedCosine View lt x gt Source Active View lt x gt SymbolRate 1 2288 MHz View lt x gt Z 0 Table B 14 Factory initialization settings CDMA Time View commands Header Default settings View lt x gt Average Times 10 View lt x gt Block 0 View lt x gt Marker DeltaMarker Off View lt x gt Marker DeltaX 0 View lt x gt Marker SearchSeparation 2 View lt x gt Marker X 0 View lt x gt Mask OffLeft 169 us View lt x gt Mask OffLevel 20 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual B 9 Appendix B Factory Initialization Settings Table B 14 Factory initialization settings CDMA Time View commands Cont Header Default settings View lt x gt Mask OffRight 1 431 ms View lt x gt Mask OnLeft 175 us View lt x gt Mask OnLevel 3 View lt x gt Mask OnRight 1 425 ms View lt x gt Position 0 View lt x gt Scale XScale 1 View lt x gt Scale XStart 0 View lt x gt Scale YScale 0 View lt x gt Scale Y Start 0 View lt x gt Source Active View lt x gt Trace TraceVisible On View lt x gt Trace2 TraceVisible Off Table B 15 Factory initialization settings CodeSpectrogram View commands 3066 option 15 and 3086 opti
333. stop it If you have turned on the trigger count the data will be acquired the number of times specified with the Setup TriggerTimes command after you start the acquisition Delayed causes the data acquisition to stop for the time after the trigger specified with the Setup TriggerDelayed command Interval specifies that a block data is acquired and displayed at the time interval set with the Setup TriggerInterval command Never ignores any trigger settings The data acquisition repeats until you stop it Normal waits for a valid trigger event Quick is the same as the Normal except that data is displayed after all blocks are acquired It shortens the time interval between two block data acquisitions In the Normal mode the interval 1s several decade milli seconds In the Quick mode it is several hundred micro seconds QuickInterval is the same as the Interval except that data is displayed after all blocks are acquired You can capture phenomena which are missed during data display in the Interval mode Timeout stops the data acquisition if the trigger event does not occur within the time specified with the Setup TriggerTimeout command This argument is effective only when the trigger source is set to Internal Examples Setup Trigger Auto selects the Auto trigger mode Related Commands Config Block Config Start Config Stop Setup TriggerCount Setup TriggerDelayed Setup TriggerDomain Setup TriggerInterval Setup Tri
334. t value NR3 ranges from the minimum to the maximum value on the horizontal axis of the acquired data Viewl Scale XStart 50u sets the value represented by the left edge of the horizontal axis to 50 us View lt x gt Scale XScale 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 127 Analog View Commands View x Scale YScale Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the vertical axis full scale to display a portion of the data View lt x gt Scale YScale value View lt x gt Scale YScale lt value gt lt NR3 gt ranges full scale 100 to full scale of the acquired data Viewl Scale YScale 20 sets the vertical axis full scale to 20 when the modulation type is AM View lt x gt Scale XScale View lt x gt Scale YStart View lt x gt Scale YStart Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands 2 128 Sets or queries the value represented by the minimum bottom edge of the vertical axis View lt x gt Scale YStart value View lt x gt Scale YStart lt value gt lt NR3 gt ranges from the reference level 200 dB to the reference level 100 dB Viewl Scale YStart 10 sets the value represented by the bottom edge of the vertical axis to 10 when the modulation type is AM View lt x gt Scale YScale 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Analog View Commands View
335. t Marker Z lt value gt lt NR1 gt ranges 0 to the number of frames 1 Viewl Marker Z 199 positions the marker at 199 of the frame number View lt x gt Marker X View lt x gt Marker Y View x Monochrome Syntax 2 148 Determines whether to display spectrogram in monochrome View lt x gt Monochrome On Off View lt x gt Monochrome 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Spectrogram View Commands Arguments On displays spectrogram in monochrome Off displays spectrogram in color Examples Viewl Monochrome On displays spectrogram in monochrome View lt x gt NumberColors Selects or queries the number of display colors Syntax View lt x gt NumberColors 10 100 View lt x gt NumberColors Arguments 10 selects 10 color display same as the system software version 1 6 or before 100 selects 100 color display default Examples Viewl NumberColors 100 selects 100 color display Related Commands View lt x gt Scale YScale View lt x gt Scale YStart View x Scale AutoScale No Query Form Adjusts the scaling of the Y color axis automatically to best display the data In the Spectrogram view this command displays data in full scale Syntax View lt x gt Scale AutoScale Arguments None Examples Viewl Scale AutoScale adjusts the scaling of the Y axis automatically Related Commands View lt x gt Scale YScale
336. t lt NRf gt The minimum left edge of the horizontal axis XScale lt NRf gt Full scale of the horizontal axis XUnit lt string gt The unit for the horizontal axis e g Hz s XLeftLabel lt string gt The label displayed on the left side under the horizontal axis Start displays the start value Center displays the center value otherwise displays the specified string XRightLabel lt string gt The label displayed on the right side under the horizontal axis Stop displays the stop value Span displays the span otherwise displays the specified string YStart lt NRf gt The minimum bottom edge of the vertical axis YScale lt NRf gt Full scale of the vertical axis YUnit string The unit for the vertical axis e g dB V YMiddleUnit string The unit displayed at middle for the vertical axis e g dBm ZNum lt NRf gt The number of frames of the register 0 or 1 0 indicates the frame is unavailable Examples Util8 Register Header D1 XNum 1000 sets the number of data points on the horizontal axis for the D1 register to 1000 Related Commands Uti18 Register Data 2 390 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Remote Commands Util8 Source Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Selects or queries the data source for the Uti18 Source lt item gt command Util8 Source None Active Average Zoom 0102 0304 0506 0708 0
337. t Event Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the TCP IP event port number You can not use this command via TCP IP Refer to page 1 6 for information about the TCP IP ports Uti18 TCPIP Port Event value Uti18 TCPIP Port Event value NR1 ranges 1024 to 32767 It must not be the same as the command port number Util8 TCPIP Port Event 3001 sets the TCP IP event port number to 3001 0 118 TCPIP Port Command Util8 TCPIP Port Event Reset No Query Form Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands 2 396 Disconnects the TCP IP event port from the network and closes event output You can not use this command via TCP IP Refer to page 1 6 for information about the TCP IP ports Uti18 TCPIP Port Event Reset None Uti18 TCPIP Port Event Reset closes the TCP IP event port Util8 TCPIP Port Event 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Remote Commands Utilg Version Query Only Queries the version of the Remote program Syntax Uti18 Version Returns lt NR2 gt Examples Uti18 Version might return 1 1 Util8 ViewName Query Only Queries the name of the Remote program Syntax Uti18 ViewName Returns lt string gt Util lt X gt Examples Util8 ViewName might return Ut 18 Util8 Z Specifies or queries the frame number for the Uti18 Z item command
338. t Search View lt x gt Burst Threshold View lt x gt Z View lt x gt Burst NumberFrames Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the range for acquiring burst data See Figure 2 4 View lt x gt Burst NumberFrames lt value gt View lt x gt Burst NumberFrames lt value gt lt NR1 gt is 1 or 2 frames Viewl Burst NumberFrames 2 sets the range for burst data acquisition to 2 frames View lt x gt Burst BlockSize View lt x gt Burst 0ffset View lt x gt Burst Search View lt x gt Burst Threshold View lt x gt Z 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 173 Polar View Commands View lt x gt Burst BlockSize gt View lt x gt Burst NumberFrames gt Data to be analyzed View lt x gt Burst Threshold f View lt x gt Burst Offset Figure 2 4 Settings for burst analysis View lt x gt Burst Offset Sets or queries the start point for acquiring burst data relative to the rising edge of the burst signal See Figure 2 4 Syntax View lt x gt Burst 0ffset value View lt x gt Burst 0ffset Arguments lt value gt lt 1 gt ranges 1024 to 1024 points The minus values represent the data points before the rising edge Examples Viewl Burst Offset 10 specifies that the analyzer acquires burst data from 10 points before the rising edge Related Commands
339. t x gt BreakAnalyze Stop analysis View lt x gt Carrier Set the carrier frequency View lt x gt Display Select the display data source View lt x gt Format Select the waveform display format View lt x gt Marker T Set the marker position on the time axis View lt x gt MeasFilter Select the filter to create measurement data View lt x gt Modulation Select the modulation type View lt x gt RefFilter Select the filter to create reference data View lt x gt Source Select the input data source View lt x gt Standard IS95 Configure the modulating system according to the 15 95 standard without the equalizer View lt x gt Standard IS95EQ Configure the modulating system according to the IS 95 standard with the equalizer View lt x gt SymbolRate Set the chip rate View lt x gt Version Query the version of the CodePolar View program CodePower View 3066 option 15 and 3086 option 16 only These commands control the Commands code domain power view according to the cdmaOne standard 2 28 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Command Groups CodeWSpectrogram View Table 2 23 CodePower View commands 3066 option 15 and 3086 option 16 only Header View lt x gt Average View lt x gt Average AllFrames View lt x gt Average BeginZ View lt x gt Average EndZ Description Determine whether to display average resul
340. t x gt Marker SearchMax View x Marker SearchSeparation Sets or queries the minimum horizontal distance to separate two peaks Syntax View lt x gt Marker SearchSeparation value Arguments value NR2 specifies the minimum horizontal distance to separate two peaks The range is 1 to 10 relative to full scale Examples Viewl Marker SearchSeparation 10 sets the minimum horizontal distance for peak separation to 10 relative to full scale Related Commands View lt x gt Scale XScale 2 162 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Waterfall View Commands View lt x gt Marker T Query Only Syntax Returns Examples Related Commands View lt x gt Marker X Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Queries the marker position on the Z frame number axis as the time View lt x gt Marker T lt NR3 gt Viewl Marker T might return 0 0096 indicating that the marker is at 0 0096 s View lt x gt Marker Z Sets or queries the horizontal position of the marker View lt x gt Marker X lt value gt View lt x gt Marker X lt value gt lt 3 gt ranges from the minimum left edge to the maximum right edge of the the horizontal axis Viewl Marker X 1 26 positions the marker at 1 2 GHz View lt x gt Marker Y View lt x gt Marker Z 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 163 Waterfall Vi
341. tPeriod n if c 0 print S Util2 Data SaveHeader D1 0 1 file n print S Util2 Data SaveFrame D1 0 0 n if Stop if c 0 print S Util2 Data SaveFlatness D1 n print S Util2 Data SaveDateTime D1 0 n print S Util2 Data Saved n c 0 print S Config Continue n signal handler 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 4 3 Programming Examples 4 4 TCP IP setup program package use strict subs use Socket use Exporter qw Exporter EXPORT qw tcp server tcp client Usage tcp server handle 3066 sub tcp server my H port my p caller Specify the caller H p H Declare the caller port port 3066 proto getprotobyname tcp port getservbyname port tcp unless port d socket H PF INET SOCK STREAM proto die socket ent sockaddr in port INADDR ANY bind H ent die bind listen H 5 die listen Usage tcp client handle host port 3066 sub tcp client my H host port my p caller Specify the caller H p H Declare the caller host host localhost port port 3066 my proto getprotobyname tcp socket H PF INET SOCK STREAM proto port getse
342. ta so that they have a progressively smaller effect on the average RMS averages with the RMS root mean squared MaxHold holds the maximum value for each data point MinHold holds the minimum value for each data point Viewl Average Type RMSExpo averages the waveform with the exponential RMS View lt x gt Average Time 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 291 CodePower View Commands 3066 Option 15 and 3086 Option 16 Only View x Marker DeltaMarker Turns the delta marker on or off Syntax View lt x gt Marker DeltaMarker On Off View lt x gt Marker DeltaMarker Arguments turns the delta marker on Off turns the delta marker off Examples Viewl Marker DeltaMarker On turns the delta marker on Related Commands View lt x gt Marker ResetDelta View lt x gt Marker ResetDelta No Query Form Moves the delta marker to the main marker position Syntax _ View lt x gt Marker ResetDelta Arguments None Examples Viewl Marker ResetDelta moves the delta marker to the main marker position Related Commands View lt x gt Marker DeltaMarker View lt x gt Marker SearchNax No Query Form Positions the marker on the highest signal on screen Syntax View lt x gt Marker SearchMax Arguments None 2 292 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual CodePower View Commands 3066 Option 15 and 3086 Option 16 Only Examples
343. tandard NADC configures the modulating system according to the NADC standard 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Polar View Commands View x Standard PDC No Query Form Syntax Arguments Examples Configures the modulating system according to the PDC Personal Digital Cellular System standard View lt x gt Standard PDC None Viewl Standard PDC configures the modulating system according to the PDC standard View x Standard PHS No Query Form Syntax Arguments Examples Configures the modulating system according to the PHS Personal Handy Phone System standard View lt x gt Standard PHS None Viewl Standard PHS configures the modulating system according to the PHS standard View x Standard TETRA No Query Form Syntax Arguments Examples Configures the modulating system according to the TETRA Trans European Trunked Radio standard View lt x gt Standard TETRA None Viewl Standard TETRA configures the modulating system according to the TETRA standard 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 185 Polar View Commands View lt x gt SymbolRate Syntax Arguments Examples View x Version Syntax Returns Examples View lt x gt Z Syntax Arguments Examples 2 186 Sets or queries the symbol rate for the digital modulation View lt x gt SymbolRate value Vi
344. tax Arguments Examples Sets or queries the reference level Setup ReferenceLevel value Setup ReferenceLevel lt value gt lt NR1 gt specifies the reference level The range is 50 dBm to 30 dBm Setup ReferenceLevel 30 sets the reference level to 30 dBm Setup ReferenceOsc Syntax Arguments Examples 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Selects or queries the reference oscillator Setup ReferenceOsc Internal External Setup ReferenceOsc Internal selects the internal reference oscillator It generates 10 MHz sine wave Externa selects the external reference oscillator It is connected to the 10 MHz REF INPUT connector on the rear panel Setup ReferenceOsc Internal selects the internal reference oscillator Setup Commands Setup Span Sets or queries the span Syntax Setup Span value Setup Span Arguments value specifies the span It depends on the input mode and the memory mode Input mode Memory mode Span RF Other than Zoom 3G 26 1G 500M 200M 100M 50M 30M 20M 10M 6M 5M 2M 1M 500k 200k 100k 50 20k 10k 5k 2 1k 500 200 100 Zoom 3G 2G 1G 500M 200M 100M 50M 30M 20M 10M 5M 2M 1M 500k 200k 100k 50k 20k 10k 5k 2k 1k 500 200 100 Baseband Other than Zoom 10M 6M 5M 2M 1M 500k 200k 100k
345. ted Utill Execute 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 49 Congifuration Commands Config Stop No Query Form Stops data acquisition When data acquisition stops the analyzer ignores this command Syntax Config Stop Arguments None Examples Config Stop stops the data acquisition Related Commands Config Start Config StartAgain Config System Query Only Queries the instrument name Syntax Config System Returns NR1 Examples Config System might return 3086 2 50 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Congifuration Commands Config Util Items Query Only Syntax Returns Examples Related Commands Config Util x Syntax Arguments Examples Returns the list of available programs for the Utility 1 to 8 A to H Select the program with the Config Util x command Config Util Items program name gt lt program name gt where lt program_name gt lt string gt Config Util Items might return None Sel fGainCal SaveLoad Average Config Util lt x gt Assigns the utility program to the UTILITY side key NOTE UTILITY 1 2 3 and 8 are already used Self Gain Calibration Save Load Average and Remote respectively You can assign UTILITY 4 to 7 when new utility programs are released Config Util lt x gt lt name gt None Config Util lt x gt lt name gt
346. the currently acquired data as the source Zoom specifies the zoomed data as the source D1D2 to D7D8 specify the register pair DID2 to D7D8 as the source respectively file name string specifies the data file as the source The file name must be IQ the IQ format or AP the AP format Util3 Source Active specifies the currently acquired data as the source Config Mode Uti13 RMS Util3 PeakHold Util3 Version Query Only Syntax Returns Examples 2 380 Queries the version of the Average program Util3 Version lt NR2 gt Util3 Version might return 1 1 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual VE S Remote Commands Use the Remote command group to set up the GPIB and TCP IP interfaces 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 381 Remote Commands Clipboard Query Only Syntax Arguments Returns Examples Related Commands Set Query Only Syntax Arguments 2 382 Queries the contents of the Windows clipboard Use this command to read the clipboard after executing the command View lt x gt CopyTo Clipboard Clipboard None lt NR1 gt The line feed character LF will be replaced by comma and space Clipboard a partial response might look like this 0 00111001 00001001 01101001 11001000 16 10001011 01001100 11000100 01010101 32 01100110 00000000 10101011 11111100
347. ts Specify the average range of all frames Set the uppermost frame in the average range Set the lowermost frame in the average range View lt x gt Average Execute View lt x gt Average MarkerloFrame View lt x gt Average Times Execute averaging Specify the average range between two markers Set the number of acquisitions for averaging View lt x gt Average Type Select the average type View lt x gt Marker DeltaMarker View lt x gt Marker ResetDelta View lt x gt Marker SearchMax View lt x gt Marker SearchMin Turn on or off the delta marker Move the delta marker to the marker position Search the maximum peak and place the marker on it Search the minimum peak and place the marker on it View lt x gt Marker SearchSeparation Set the resolution to separate two peaks View lt x gt Marker X View lt x gt Scale AutoScale View lt x gt Scale XScale Set the horizontal position of the marker Reset the vertical axis scale to the default Scale the horizontal axis View lt x gt Scale XStart View lt x gt Scale YScale View lt x gt Scale Y Start View lt x gt Version Set the start point of the horizontal axis on the screen Scale the vertical axis Set the start point of the vertical axis on the screen Query the version of the CodePower View program lt gt 2 Set the symbol number 3086 option 16
348. ttings Config Mode command option 20 only 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Preface This is the Programmer Manual for the 3066 and 3086 Real Time Spectrum Analyzer This manual provides information on operating the instrument over the GPIB and TCP IP interfaces It also covers the 3066 Option 15 cdmaOne analysis functions the 3086 Option 16 W CDMA cdmaOne analysis functions and the 3066 3086 Option 20 CCDF analysis functions This manual provides the following information W Getting Started describes how to connect and set up the analyzer for remote operation m Syntax and Commands defines the command syntax and processing conventions and describes each command in the analyzer command set m Status and Events explains the status information and event messages reported by the analyzer m Programming Examples shows some example analyzer programs m Appendices contains various tables of reference information m Glossary and Index contains a glossary of common terms and an index to this manual Related Manuals Other documentation for the analyzer includes m The 3066 and 3086 Real Time Spectrum Analyzer User Manual Tektronix part number 071 0501 X X describes the operation of the instrument m The 3066 and 3086 Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Service Manual Tektro nix part number 071 0503 X X provides information for maintaining and servicing the analyz
349. ue is the argument of the specified command Uti 18 Dev1 IDN sends the command IDN to the GPIB device with the address 1 Util8 Error Query Only Syntax Returns Examples Returns error code and message UTIL8 Error lt NR1 gt lt message gt Refer to page 3 4 for the error codes and messages UTIL8 Error might return 0 No error 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 383 Remote Commands Util8 Event lt message gt No Query Form Specifies that the analyzer generates the event with the specified message For example when you save a file using the Save Load commands refer to 2 361 page along with this command you can determine when the process completes Syntax Uti18 Event message where message specifies the event message Arguments None Examples Util2 Data Save Active 199 0 SAMPLE1 IQ Util8 Event Saved sends the message Saved to the Event port when the file save operation completes Util8 Format Selects or queries the waveform display format This setting is necessary to execute the 0 118 Source lt item gt command Syntax Util8 Format FregAmpl FreqPhase FreqI FreqQ TimeAmpl TimePhase TimeI TimeQ Uti18 Format Arguments Defines the parameters associated with the horizontal and vertical axes Argument Horizontal axis Vertical axis FregAmpl Frequency span Amplitud
350. ult settings Setup BlockSize Max 200 depends on span 200 Setup CDMA Channel 1 Setup CDMA Standard 1595 Setup CDMA TriggerLevel 30 dBm Setup CenterFrequency 1 5 GHz Setup FFTPoints 1024 Setup FFTWindow Blackman Setup FramePeriod 80 us Setup FrequencyOffset 0 Setup InputCoupling AC Setup InputMode RF Setup LevelOffset 0 Setup MemoryMode Frequency Setup ReferenceLevel 0 dBm 0 dBm Setup ReferenceOsc Internal Internal Setup Span 3 GHz 5 MHz Setup Trigger Auto Auto Setup TriggerCount On On Setup TriggerDelayed 0 0 Setup TriggerDomain Frequency Frequency Setup Triggerlnterval 60 60 Setup TriggerPosition 50 96 50 Setup TriggerSlope Rise Rise Setup TriggerSource Internal Internal Setup TriggerTimeout 0 0 Setup TriggerTimes 1 1 Setup Zoom Frequency 0 Setup Zoom Mag 2 B 2 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Appendix B Factory Initialization Settings View Commands Table B 3 Factory initialization settings Waveform View commands Header Default settings View x Average Times 10 View lt x gt Average Type RMSExpo lt gt View lt x gt Edit Off View lt x gt Format FregAmpl View lt x gt Marker Band Left 0 View lt x gt Marker Band Right 0 View lt x gt Marker Band Width 0 View lt x gt Marker DeltaMarker Off View lt x gt Marker
351. use 2 42 Config PrintScreen 2 43 Config PrintScreen Printer 2 43 Config PrintScreen Printer Items 2 44 Config PrintScreen Save 2 44 Index 4 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Index Config Roll 2 45 Config Setup 2 45 Config Setup Items 2 46 Config Setup Show 2 46 Config Start 2 47 Config StartA gain 2 47 Config Status Overload 2 48 Config Status Pause 2 48 Config Status Triggered 2 49 Config Status Uncal 2 49 Config Stop 2 50 Config System 2 50 Config Util Items 2 51 Config Util x 2 51 Config Util x Show 2 52 Config Version 2 52 Config View BackgroundColor 2 53 Config View Items 2 53 Config View MarkerLink 2 54 Config View Style 2 54 Config View lt x gt 2 54 Config View lt x gt Show 2 56 connecting the interface 4 constructed mnemonics 2 6 creating commands 2 2 creating queries 2 2 D Difference between the 3066 and 3086 1 1 E error messages 3 4 Ethernet interface 4 event 3 7 messages 3 3 port 1 6 3 1 EVM View commands View lt x gt Symbol 2 206 View lt x gt CopyTo 2 198 View lt x gt Format 2 198 View lt x gt Marker DeltaMarker 2 799 View lt x gt Marker DeltaX 2 199 View x Marker DeltaY 2 200 View lt x gt Marker ResetDelta 2 200 View x Marker SearchMax 2 200 View x Marker
352. ut source Syntax View lt x gt Scale HoldYScale On Off View lt x gt Scale HoldYScale Arguments On holds the vertical scale setting when you change the input source Off resets the vertical scale to full scale Examples Viewl Scale HoldYScale On holds the vertical scale setting when you change the input source Related Commands View lt x gt Scale YScale View lt x gt Scale YStart View lt x gt Source View lt x gt Scale Origin No Query Form Resets the horizontal and vertical axis scale to the default setting Syntax View lt x gt Scale Origin Arguments None Examples Viewl Scale Origin resets the horizontal and vertical axis scale to the default setting Related Commands View lt x gt Scale XScale View lt x gt Scale YScale 2 342 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual CCDF Commands Option 20 Only View x Scale XScale Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the horizontal time axis full scale to display a portion of data View lt x gt Scale XScale value View lt x gt Scale XScale lt value gt lt NR3 gt ranges from time length of a frame 256 to time length of a frame Viewl Scale XScale 50 sets the horizontal axis full scale to 50 us View lt x gt Scale XStart View lt x gt Scale YScale View lt x gt Scale XStart Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or quer
353. value View lt x gt Scale XStart lt value gt lt NR3 gt ranges from the minimum to the maximum value on the horizontal axis of the acquired data Viewl Scale XStart 543 2M sets the value represented by the left edge of the horizontal axis to 543 2 MHz View lt x gt Scale XScale View lt x gt Scale YScale Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the Y color axis full scale to display a portion of the data View lt x gt Scale YScale value View lt x gt Scale YScale lt value gt lt NR3 gt ranges full scale 100 to full scale of the acquired data Viewl Scale YScale 2 sets the Y axis full scale to 2 dB when the axis represents the amplitude View lt x gt Scale XScale 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 151 Spectrogram View Commands View x Scale YStart Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the value represented by the minimum bottom edge of the Y color axis View lt x gt Scale YStart value View lt x gt Scale YStart value NR3 ranges from the minimum to the maximum value on the Y axis of the acquired data Viewl Scale YStart 12 5 sets the value represented by the bottom edge of the Y axis to 12 5 dBm View lt x gt Scale YScale View lt x gt Scale ZScale Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands 2 152 Sets or queries the fr
354. value for these parameters The command descriptions which start on page 2 7 list the valid values for all parameters For example Viewl Marker X 1 5is a valid command created from the hierarchy tree in Figure 2 1 NOTE If you specify a parameter value that is out of range the parameter will be set to a default value To create a query start at the root node of a tree structure move down to the end of a branch and add a question mark Viewl Marker X is an example of a valid query using the hierarchy tree in Figure 2 1 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Command Syntax Headers in Query You can control whether the analyzer returns headers as part of the query Responses response Use the Uti18 Header command page 2 386 to control this feature If header is on the query response returns command headers and formats itself as a valid set command When header is off the response includes only the values This may make it easier to parse and extract the information from the response Table 2 2 shows the difference in responses Table 2 2 Comparison of header off and on responses Query Header off response Header on response Viewl Source FILE1 AP Viewl Source Filel AP Setup Span Setup Span 5M Parameter Types Parameters are indicated by angle brackets such as file name There are several different types of parameters as listed in Table 2 3 The parameter type
355. verage BeginZ Arguments lt value gt lt NR1 gt ranges from 0 to the number of slots 1 Examples Viewl Average BeginZ 199 sets the uppermost slot number to 199 Related Commands _ View lt x gt Average EndZ View x Average EndZ Specifies or queries the lowermost time slot in the average range Syntax View lt x gt Average EndZ value View lt x gt Average EndZ Arguments lt value gt lt NR1 gt ranges from 0 to the number of slots 1 Examples Viewl Average EndZ 100 sets the lowermost slot number to 100 Related Commands _ View lt x gt Average BeginZ 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 321 CodeWPower View Commands 3086 Option 16 Only View x Average Execute No Query Form Performs averaging for each bin for the time slots in the specified range Syntax View lt x gt Average Execute Arguments None Examples Viewl Average Execute performs averaging for each bin for the time slots in the specified range Related Commands View lt x gt Average AllFrames View lt x gt Average BeginZ View lt x gt Average EndZ View lt x gt Average MarkerToFrame No Query Form Specifies that the time slots between the main marker and the delta marker are averaged Syntax View lt x gt Average MarkerToFrame Arguments None Examples View lt x gt Average MarkerToFrame specifies that the time slots between the main marker and the delta marker are
356. w lt x gt Measurement 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Waveform View Commands View x Position Syntax Arguments Examples Specifies or queries which frame in a block to be displayed View lt x gt Position value View lt x gt Position value lt 2 gt ranges 0 to 100 It specifies the display frame position relative to the block size specifies that the first frame in a block is displayed 100 46 represents the last frame Viewl Position 100 displays the last frame in a block View lt x gt Result lt y gt Query Only Syntax Returns Examples Related Commands Queries the measurement results Selects the measurement with the lt gt Measurement command View lt x gt Result lt y gt lt NR3 gt Resultl returns the result of the measurement specified with the View x Measurement command For the ACP measurement it returns the lower measurement result Result2 returns the upper measurement result Viewl Measurement OBW Result1 might return 57 36E 03 indicating that the occupied bandwidth is 57 36 kHz View lt x gt Measurement 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 109 Waveform View Commands View x Scale AutoScale No Query Form Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Adjusts the scaling of the vertical axis automatically to best display the
357. wed between or within nodes correct VTEW1 MASK RBWIM FREQUENCY 25M incorrect VIEW1 MASK RBWIM FREQ UENCY 25M 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 5 Command Syntax Constructed Mnemonics 2 6 Some header mnemonics specify one of a range of mnemonics For example a view mnemonic can be either Viewl View2 or View8 You use these mnemonics in the command just as you do any other mnemonic For example there is a Viewl Format command and there is also a View2 Format command In the command descriptions this list of choices is abbreviated as View lt x gt Table 2 4 Constructed mnemonics Symbol Meaning View x view specifier where x 1 to 8 corresponding to A H Utility lt x gt A utility specifier where x 1 to 8 corresponding to A H Dev lt x gt A GPIB device where x is the GPIB address Result x result specifier whrere x ranges 1 to 26 depending on commands address GPIB address ranging 1 to 30 command IEEE 488 2 command e g IDN message Specify the message for the command item Specify the item for the command 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Command Groups The following sections list the 3066 and 3086 spectrum analyzer commands in two ways They first present them by functional groups then list them alphabeti cally The functional group lists start below
358. x gt Carrier View lt x gt Display View lt x gt Format Set the threshold to detect the rising edge of a burst Set the carrier frequency Select the display data source Select the waveform display format View lt x gt Marker A View lt x gt Marker DeltaT View lt x gt Marker P Query the amplitude at the marker position Set the delta marker position on the time axis Query the phase at the marker position View lt x gt Marker T Set the marker position on the time axis View lt x gt Marker X View lt x gt Marker Y View lt x gt MeasDestination View lt x gt MeasFilter Query the horizontal position of the marker Query the vertical position of the marker Select the data register to which the measurement data is output Select the filter for the measurement data 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual Command Groups Table 2 14 Polar View commands Cont Header Description View x Modulation Select the modulation type View lt x gt Position Set display position in a block View lt x gt RefDestination Select the data register to which the reference data is output View lt x gt RefFilter Select the filter for the reference data View lt x gt Result lt y gt Query the measurement results View lt x gt Source Select the input data source View lt x gt Stand
359. x gt Marker DeltaX Syntax Arguments Examples Related Commands Sets or queries the horizontal position of the delta marker View lt x gt Marker DeltaX value View lt x gt Marker DeltaX lt value gt lt 3 gt ranges from the minimum left edge to the maximum right edge of the the horizontal time axis Viewl Marker DeltaX 1 2m positions the delta marker at 1 2 ms View lt x gt Marker DeltaY View lt x gt Marker DeltaY Query Only Syntax Returns Examples Related Commands Queries the vertical position of the delta marker View lt x gt Marker DeltaY lt NR3 gt Viewl Marker DeltaY might return 850 5M indicating that the delta marker is positioned at 850 5 MHz View lt x gt Marker DeltaX 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 2 133 FSK View Commands View x Marker Peak No Query Form Moves the marker to the adjacent peak in the specified direction Note that the adjacent peak is farther than the distance specified with the View x Marker SearchSeparation command Syntax View lt x gt Marker Peak 1 1 Arguments 1 moves the marker to the adjacent peak on the left of the marker moves the marker to the adjacent peak on the right of the marker Examples Viewl Marker Peak 1 moves the marker to the adjacent peak on the right of the marker Related Commands View lt x gt Marker SearchMax View lt x
360. zer The analyzer provides information in the form of status and error messages Figure 1 3 illustrates the basic operation of this system The Status and Events chapter starting on page 3 1 describes how to obtain status and event messages in your programs Your program requests status and event reports Controller The analyzer sends status and event reports 3066 3086 o 0 0 0 0 01101 01 D Figure 1 3 Event interrupt driven programs Programming Examples The Programming Examples chapter starting on page 4 1 describes some example programs of the PERL source codes PERL is a freeware Main tcp client S 3000 tcp client SS 3001 print S NewLine LF n print S Config Pause On n print S Config Viewl Waveform n print S Viewl Trace2 Source 1 Figure 1 4 Example programs of the PERL source codes 3066 amp 3086 3 GHz Real Time Spectrum Analyzer Programmer Manual 1 3 Getting Started Connecting the Interface The analyzer has an IBM PC based expansion slots on its rear panel as shown in Figure 1 5 The analyzer is shipped standard with a GPIB port In addition the analyzer can be configured with optional networking cards m GPIB interface This connector has a D type shell and conforms to IEEE Std 488

TEK 3066, 3086 Sony Programming

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents